Service Manual - 7400-7420-7440 Reach Fork
Service Manual - 7400-7420-7440 Reach Fork
Maintenance Manual
Model 7400/7420/7440 Reach-Fork ® Truck
With The ACR System ™
If you need assistance with your lift truck, or to order additional copies of this manual, contact your local
authorized Raymond dealer.
Table of Contents
Publication 1026304B is a major update to Publication 1026304A. The book has been repaginated,
so page numbers in most cases will not correspond.
Service Bulletins
Included
Table 1-1. Service Bulletin content included in this manual
RCH-04-010 Condensation in cold storage fore-aft primary control handle 8 Dec 2004
RCH-05-002 Condensation in cold storage fore-aft primary control handle 22 Feb 2005
RCH-05-006 HTI encoder/belt guard for freezer curtain application 8 Apr 2005
RCH-06-011 VM 3.3 and DM 2.4 for false fault codes FE and FG 11 Oct 2006
RCH-07-006 Hydraulic Filter with Shield for Model 7400 Series BA/EA 17 May 2007
Product Improvement
Notices Included
Table 1-2. Product Improvement Notice content included in this manual
RCH-05-R005 Loop back test corrections to Tests I33 through I36 1 Aug 2005
GEN-06-R003A Maintenance Schedules for Trucks with Electric Brakes 6 Jun 2007
Table of Trouble-
Contents shooting
Page Revision
Record Messages,
Codes, and
Tests
Map of the
Manual
Component
Locator Photos
Manual Design
Component
Procedures by Lift
Start Page Truck System
Theory of
Safety Operation
Systems Appendix
Overview
Scheduled Index
Maintenance
CE compensating
These abbreviations, acronyms and symbols element (valve)
may be used in this manual.
cfg configuration
Table 1-1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, and Symbols CFS clogged filter switch
Term/Symbol Definition cm centimeter
A ampere COP computer operating
program
AC alternating current
CV check valve
ACR AC electronics in
combination with CW clockwise
functional
performance
enhancements
DC direct current
and/or ergonomic
enhancements DdManH hour meter hours on
deadman pedal
AGND analog ground
DGND digital ground
amp ampere or amplifier
diam. diameter
ANSI American National
Standards Institute DOT US Department of
Transportation
API American Petroleum
Institute DVM digital voltmeter or
multimeter
approx approximately
aux auxiliary
E UL Electric Truck
AWG American Wire
Type Certification
Gauge
Rating with
safeguards against
inherent fire and
B+, B– Battery Voltage electrical shock
hazards
BSOC Battery
State-of-Charge EE UL Electric Truck
Type Certification
Rating where
C Celsius or Centigrade electrical equipment
is completely
CAN controller area enclosed
network
EPO emergency power off
CB counterbalance valve
ESD electrostatic
CCW counterclockwise discharge (static)
F Fahrenheit l liter(s)
LR LPA precharge
resistor
in. inch or inches
LS load shuttle
in. lb. inch-pound(s)
m meter(s)
JP jack and pin
connector mA milliampere
mm millimeter
RF radio frequency
OACH overall collapsed
height ROM read only memory
oz. ounce(s)
S switch
TH thermostat
TS terminal strip
UL Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc.
V volt or volts
VM Vehicle Manager
VR variable resistor
(potentiometer)
@ at
™ trademark
START Page
Section 1. How to Use This Manual
START Page
1STARTPG1.WMF
Go to Chapter 2
Review safety "Safety"
Yes
precautions?
No
Go to Chapter 3
Examine "Systems Overview"
Yes
specifications?
No
Go to Chapter 4
Do scheduled "Scheduled Maintenance"
Yes
maintenance?
No
Go to Chapter 5
Troubleshoot a "Troubleshooting"
Yes
problem?
No
Go to Chart
START-2
START Page
1STARTPG2.WMF
START-2
Trouble- Go to Chapter 6
shoot a "Messages, Codes,
fault code or run Yes and Tests"
a diagnostic
test?
No
Test,
Go to Chapter 7
inspect, adjust,
"Component Procedures"
remove/install a Yes
component?
Component Locator
No
Photos
Find Go to Chapter 8
Component Procedures by
information on "Theory of Operation"
Yes Lift Truck System
theory of
operation?
No
Go to Chapter A
Find
"Appendix"
general reference Yes
information?
No
Locate
Go to the Index
an object or
Yes
procedure by
name?
Section 2. Safety
Definitions
Definitions
Throughout this manual, you will see two kinds
of safety reminders:
General Safety
General Safety Operate this lift truck only from the operator’s
position.
26173_002.eps
26173_005.eps
26173_003.eps
Do not wear watches, rings, or jewelry when
working on this lift truck.
2jewelry.eps
26173_004.eps
General Safety
Follow the scheduled lubrication, maintenance Do not use gasoline or other flammable liquids
and inspection steps. for cleaning parts.
2schedmnt.eps 26173_007.eps
Follow exactly the safety and repair instructions Clean up any hydraulic fluid, oil or grease that
in this manual. Do not take “shortcuts.” has leaked or spilled on the floor.
28b15008d.eps 2spills.eps
Do not use an open flame near the lift truck. Always operate and park this lift truck indoors.
26173_006.eps 26173_008.eps
General Safety
26173_009.eps
26173_010.eps
Battery Safety
225l6s014.eps
223L6S012.eps
Battery Safety
Keep the charging area well-ventilated to avoid Keep batteries clean. Corrosion causes shorts
hydrogen gas concentration. to the frame and possibly sparks.
204g6s058.eps
Keep plugs, terminals, cables and receptacles in
good condition to avoid shorts and sparks.
227Y7S013.tif
26173_005.eps
204g6s057.eps
Battery Safety
Make sure the vent holes in the filler plugs are Never plug a battery charger into the lift truck’s
open to allow the gas to escape from the cells. battery connector. Plug the battery charger only
into the battery connector from the battery.
Vent
Hole
26173_012.eps
209g6s047.tif
26173_011.eps
Static Precautions
Whenever working on or near static-sensitive Wrist straps are available in quantities of 25, as
electronics, always use static discharge P/N 1-187-058/001.
precautions.
A wrist strap tester is available as
1. Place a static discharge wrist strap around
P/N 1-187-060/100.
your wrist. Connect the ground lead to the
wrist strap connector. The wrist strap
Contact your local Raymond dealer for
must have a 1 megohm resistor to
information.
dissipate static charges slowly.
2. Connect the ground plug to the ESD
ground jack on the lift truck. The ESD
ground jack is located by the inertial
dampener cover under the traction power
amplifier.
Traction
Power
Amplifier
27074-004.TIF
Figure 2-1. ESD Ground Jack Location
Static Precautions
2mat2.tif
Figure 2-2. Anti-Static Kit with Wrist Strap and Mat
Jacking Safety
Jacking Safety
You need to jack the lift truck off the floor to Use extreme care when the lift truck is
perform some maintenance procedures. When jacked up. Never block the lift truck
doing so, follow approved safety precautions: between the telescopic and the floor.
1. Lower the forks completely. Remove any Use a suitable hoist to stabilize the mast.
load. Keep hands and feet clear while jacking
2. Place all controls in neutral. the lift truck. After the lift truck is
jacked, place solid blocks or jack stands
3. Block the wheels to prevent movement of beneath it to support it. Do not rely on the
the vehicle. jack alone to support the lift truck.
4. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
5. If possible, stabilize the top of the mast Jack only in
with an overhead chain hoist. these areas
6. Before jacking the lift truck, examine the
A-frame down-travel adjustment bolt. See
Figure 2-3. If the bolt is missing, or the
hole that it passes through is excessively
worn, the A-frame will not be held in place
when the lift truck is jacked up; the No Jack Area
A-frame could pivot down and allow the
springs to fall out.
A-frame Springs
2toyrch_t.eps
Figure 2-4. Correct Jacking Locations
Jacking Safety
Welding Safety
Welding Safety
Disconnect the battery before you
attempt to inspect, service, or repair the
lift truck.
Flame cutting or welding on painted
surfaces can produce potentially
harmful fumes, smoke and vapors.
Before doing flame cutting or welding,
remove the coating in the area where
the operation(s) will occur.
• You know where the nearest eyewash • When you are finished welding, re-install
station is. connectors on circuit cards and do all
ground tests and electrical inspections
before operating the lift truck.
Introduction
Introduction
This manual provides information for
maintenance and repair of the Model
7400/7420/7440 Reach-Fork ® truck by
Raymond.
Power rating of
of lift truck with TRUCK WEIGHT BATTERY WEIGHT BATTERY MAX. RATED CAPACITY
and operator
lb. (kg) lb. (kg)
HORIZONTAL MOTION OF BATTERY NOT TO EXCEED 0.5" (13mm) ATTACH RESTRAINT AS REQUIRED
Maximum battery
WITH ATTACHMENT OR
weight for this lift
WITH FORKS
truck
ALTERNATE LOAD CENTER
in.
MAX.
CAPACITY
l b.
DIM. D
in.
MAX.
CAPACITY
l b.
DIM. D
in.
MAX.
CAPACITY
l b.
DIM. D
in.
weight for this lift
C
truck
Load center B
Battery weight must
dimensions be between the
A D
FL
OO
R
minimum and
Maximum load ATTACHMENT TYPE MODEL SERIAL NUMBER
maximum weight
capacity for this lift MANUFACTURED TO COMPLY WITH THE MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS OF ASME B56.1 PART III EFFECTIVE ON THE DATE OF
truck MANUFACTURE FOR TYPE ___ INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS WHEN EQUIPPED WITH TYPE EO BATTERY
INCLUDE MODEL AND SERIAL NUMBER ON ALL CORRESPONDENCE
Attachment
MADE IN CANADA 412-843 information
3412-843_B.EPS
Figure 3-1. Lift Truck Specification Plate on Tractor
Max Load
Mast Series
Model(s) Forks Carriage Type
Designation
Lowered
Tractor Series
7400 7420 7440 740 742 744 FA, FB AC Single Side Stance
Battery Specifications
Nominal
Weight (Pounds) Weight (Kilograms)
Volts Width Hours Amperes
(inches) Min Max Min Max
Operator Display
Operator Display
8
Up Button
4
Right Button
Enter Button
5
Left Down
1 6 7 Button Button
1. Battery Charge
2. Lift Limit (optional)
3. Service Required
4. Drive/Lift Motor or Power Panel Over-Temperature
5. Lift Truck Speed
6. SelfTest, Hour Meters, BSOC, Weight of Load on Forks,
Clock/Calendar, and Status Messages
7. Display Dialog Buttons
8. Dashboard Selection and Optional Feature Buttons
3OPR DISP
Figure 3-2. Operator Display
Modes of Operation
This lift truck has two modes of operation: Run Use Service Mode to calibrate, test, cycle, and
Mode and Program Mode. Run Mode is the troubleshoot individual electrical circuits.
normal operating mode for the lift truck. Service Mode tests are divided into two
Program Mode permits configuration, categories: static and active.
calibration, and diagnostic testing (service).
Use the Learn Function to calibrate the lift
truck for correct operation. You can select the
Run Mode following categories for calibration:
When you power on the lift truck normally, the • Controls (travel, lift/lower)
on-board firmware does a number of internal • Weight
self-tests and enters the default mode of
operation, Run Mode. Run Mode is the normal To enter Learn Function, you must enter
operating mode. In Run Mode, the Operator Service Mode through the Superword.
Display shows date, time, BSOC, ambient
temperature, and weight on forks. For To enter Service Mode, you must enter the
information on the Operator Display, see Superword.
“Operator Display” on page 3-6.
For detailed description, see “Using Service
Run Mode is also entered when the lift truck Mode” on page 6-17.
exits Program Mode.
Passwords
Program Mode
For detailed description of how to enter
Use Program Mode for configuration, passwords, see “Entering an Electronic Key,
calibration, and diagnostic testing of the lift Password, or Superword” on page 6-6.
truck. You need a password in order to enter
Program Mode. See “Passwords” below. Electronic Operator Key
Program Mode is divided into several categories: Electronic Operator Key is a configurable
• Serial Number software feature that permits the customer to
set an operator electronic key or operator
• Version password. When the operator turns the key
• Hour Meters switch ON, the software prompts the operator to
• Configure Mode enter the electronic key. The lift truck will not
enter Run Mode unless the correct electronic
• Service Mode key is entered. Up to 20 different electronic
keys can be set.
Configure Mode
Password
Configure Mode is used to adjust various lift
truck performance parameters to specific Password permits access to Configure Mode
customer requirements. To enter Configure only. It is intended for customer use in setting
Mode, you must enter either the Password or performance parameters within those features
Superword for the lift truck. purchased with the lift truck.
Modes of Operation
Superword
Maintenance Guidelines
Service
Type of Service Working Environment
Frequency
Disabling
Item No.
See
“Scheduled
Component What to do Refer to
Maintenance
Points”
beginning on
page 4-12.
8 Drive Unit Break free, reapply thread-locking compound
(P/N 990-544), and retorque mounting bolts to
150 ft. lb. (204 Nm).
Change fluid
Item No.
See
“Scheduled
Component What to do Refer to
Maintenance
Points”
beginning on
page 4-12.
1 Battery Compare the weight stamped on the battery in the lift Page 3-5
truck against the minimum and maximum approved
weights on the spec tag for the lift truck. Report any lift
trucks that are operating with batteries under the
minimum, or over the maximum approved weight.
Make sure the battery gates are in place and not
damaged. Make sure the battery has no more than 0.5
inch (13 mm) free play in any direction.
Test for voltage leaks to frame. Page 5-5
2 Battery Inspect all battery connectors and leads for damage Page 7-113
Connectors and and cuts in protective coatings. Shorts to the truck
Leads frame cause electronic component failure or
intermittent electrical failures.
Item No.
See
“Scheduled
Component What to do Refer to
Maintenance
Points”
beginning on
page 4-12.
4 Contactors Inspect contactor tips for burnt or pitted surfaces.
Failure to replace the tips can cause surfaces to weld
together, causing unscheduled down time.
7 Drain Holes Make sure the drain holes under the deadman pedal
and in the battery compartment are free of any debris.
8 Drive Unit Examine fluid level. If low, check for leaks and refill. Page 7-79
Inspect for leaks. Make sure O-ring is present on the
dipstick.
Examine for drive unit radial ring wear.
9 Electrical Inspect all power cables for nicks or cuts. Give special Page 5-3
Cables attention to those cables that are not stationary, for
example, cables to the drive motor. Replace any cable Page 7-116
that is damaged or shows signs of excessive heat.
Failure to do so will cause intermittent system
shutdowns and/or electronic failures.
Measure the tension of the over-the-mast pulley cables. Page 7-229
Set tension so the cables just stay on the pulleys.
Higher tension will cause premature failure.
Item No.
See
“Scheduled
Component What to do Refer to
Maintenance
Points”
beginning on
page 4-12.
12 Forks Check fork mounting surfaces for wear. Make sure fork
positioning lock is working correctly.
Examine for excessive wear, bends, cracks, welding
arcs, excessive heat, or unauthorized modifications.
Replace if found.
Measure fork thickness (tool P/N 922-369). Page 7-213
13 Frame and Examine all structural parts of lift and tilt mechanism.
Baselegs Visually examine tractor, baselegs, and mast members
for cracks.
16 Hydraulic Inspect for leaks, nicks, cuts, chafing, and bulges. Page 5-13
Hoses Replace damaged or worn hoses immediately.
Inspect fittings for leaks; repair immediately.
Inspect over-the-mast hoses for correct tension. Page 7-229
Make sure over-the-mast pulleys spin freely and show
no signs of wear.
18 Lift Chains Examine for too much stretch or wear (tool Page 7-208
P/N 950-350/CG).
Check adjustment. Page 7-208
Lubricate. Page A-2
Lubrication Apply grease to all fittings on carriage and tractor. Page 4-18
Apply small amount of grease to steering gear on drive
unit.
Item No.
See
“Scheduled
Component What to do Refer to
Maintenance
Points”
beginning on
page 4-12.
21 Mast Wipe old grease off mast uprights and apply new Page A-2
grease.
Check for smooth transition from free lift to tele lift.
Inspect anti-rattle pads and anti-bow pads (7400 only).
Anti-bow pad minimum thickness is 0.187 inch (4.75 Page 7-196
mm) and correct gap is 0.03 to 0.09 inch (0.8 to 2.3
mm).
Examine mast bearings.
Inspect mast and carriage stops for tightness and wear.
Inspect the outside of the main frame for wear,
especially if the lift truck is used in drive-in racks.
Inspect rails for abnormal wear, metal flakes or
shavings.
Repair any grooves worn in the mast deeper than
1/8 inch (3 mm).
24 Power Amplifier Make sure power amplifier heat sink fins are free of Page 7-110
debris and that air flows freely through them. Check
power cable torque.
27 Static Straps Make sure static straps are not worn or broken.
Clean debris from straps.
Measure resistance of resistor in standoff. Page 7-111
NOTE: EE lift trucks require phosphor-bronze, not
steel-braided straps.
Item No.
See
“Scheduled
Component What to do Refer to
Maintenance
Points”
beginning on
page 4-12.
28 Steering Inspect pivot points and bearings in the steering
linkage. Inspect teeth on the steering gear and drive
unit for wear.
Check adjustment of the steerable caster. Page 7-45
Lubricate the steer axle assembly.
Inspect the caster wheel axle and bearings for excessive
wear, play, or binding.
Inspect and adjust the steering encoder for correct Page 7-43
force to turn the wheel.
Make sure steering function is smooth and responsive,
without binding or excess play.
Check the gap on the steer limit switch (S11). Page 7-44
See
“Scheduled
Component What to do Refer to
Maintenance
Points”
beginning on
page 4-12.
8 Drive Unit Change fluid. Page 7-94
23
18
21
30
30
13
7 (under battery)
12
32
46353_118.JPG
Figure 4-1. Scheduled Maintenance Points, Mast View, R45TT mast shown
31 (on OHG)
23
18
21
26
30
29
13
12
32
46353_117G.JPG
Figure 4-2. Scheduled Maintenance Points, Mast View, R45TT mast shown
23
18
9, 16
30
22 18
24
17
24
15
22
11
8 (under frame)
3, 6, 7
28, 32
32
46353_012G.JPG
Figure 4-3. Scheduled Maintenance Points, Tractor View, Series CA/FA (AC lift)
28
47074_001.TIF
Figure 4-4. Scheduled Maintenance Points, Operator Compartment (Series AA/BA/CA shown)
28 27
28 28
28
32
28 28
28, 32
4P5180009.TIF
Figure 4-5. Scheduled Maintenance Points, Underside
Motor Maintenance
Motor Maintenance
DC Motor Cleaning
401A7S002.TIF
Figure 4-6. Motor cleaning with compressed air
Lubrication Points
1 (access in battery
2 compartment)
4 (access on
top side) 3
4P5180009.TIF
Figure 4-7. Lubrication Points, Steering Linkage and A-frame (underside view)
Lubrication Points
Deadman
4
Pedal
Battery
Compartment
4QAP289_B.JPG
4P5180011.TIF
Figure 4-8. Lubrication Points, Steering Linkage and A-frame (top views)
46353_005.JPG
4P5180019.TIF
Figure 4-9. Lubrication Points, Idler Wheel bearing and axle
Lubrication Points
46353_103G.JPG
Figure 4-10. Lubrication Points, Drive Unit
Lubrication Points
8 (Both Sides)
8 (Both Sides)
8
8
8 (also
other side)
4R1020670_A1.CGM
4R1020670_A.CGM
Figure 4-11. Lubrication Points, Scissor Mechanism R45TT
Lubrication Points
8 (Inside Surface
8 (Both Sides)
Both Sides)
4R1021624_A1.CGM
4R1021575_A1.CGM
Figure 4-12. Lubrication Points, Scissor Mechanism DR32TT
Lubrication Points
4DSC_0873A.JPG
Figure 4-13. Lubrication Points, Reach Cylinder
12
12
12
4R1020739_A.CGM
Figure 4-14. Lubrication Points, Sideshift Carriage
Lubrication Points
10
11
12
46353_117G.JPG
Figure 4-15. Lubrication Points, Mast and Carriage
Chain Maintenance
Chain Maintenance
Condition-Cause Chart
Chain Elongation Wear Use a chain gauge or lay the chain on a flat
surface and push it together. Measure and
mark a 12 in. (305 mm) length that has
operated over the pulley sheave. Stretch the
chain; if more than 1/3 in. (8.5 mm) play is
detected, replace the chain.
Rust
Corrosion
Chain Fatigue
Chain Maintenance
Section 5. Troubleshooting
Visually examine all wiring and electrical For diagrams showing electrical connector
components for: location on circuit cards, see “Circuit Card
Connectors” on page 6-116.
• Loose connections or connectors
• Loose or broken terminals Use a digital multi-meter such as a Fluke meter
• Damaged terminals, blocks, or strips for all measurements. Analog meters can give
inaccurate readings and load down sensitive
• Exposed wire at terminations, excessive electronic circuits enough to cause failure.
strip gap Make sure to connect meter cables to the
• Abrasions, scrapes, nicks in the wire, correct meter jacks and to select the correct
damage from overheating or burns, or function and scale.
other general insulation damage
• Broken wire strands and shorted When measuring voltage, connect the positive
conditions (especially those that are close meter lead to the connector or probe point
to metal edges or surfaces) marked (+) in the test. Connect the negative
meter lead to the connector or probe point
marked (–).
you proceed before correcting this a. To identify the cause of the short to
condition. frame, disconnect circuit components
a. To identify the cause of the short to until the leakage current reads less
frame, disconnect circuit components than 0.001A (1 mA). Do not reconnect
until the low resistance condition components one at a time, but leave
disappears. Do not reconnect them disconnected until the leakage
components one at a time, but leave current reads less than 0.001A (1mA).
them disconnected until the low Prevent disconnected terminals or
resistance reading disappears. Prevent connectors from touching lift truck
disconnected terminals or connectors frame or other conductive surfaces.
from touching lift truck frame or other b. The most likely areas to examine are:
conductive surfaces.
• Motors
b. The most likely areas to examine are: • Heat sinks
• Motors • Power cables and tie points
• Heat sinks • Power circuit components
• Power cables and tie points • Control circuit components and
• Power circuit components terminals strips
• Control circuit components and c. Repair or replace the component(s)
terminals strips causing the leakage current.
c. Repair or replace the component Repeat step 6.
causing the low resistance condition, d. Reconnect all other components
then repeat Step 4. previously disconnected, measuring
d. Reconnect all other components current between steps. If a reading is
previously disconnected, one at a time, more than 0.001A (1 mA) when
measuring resistance between steps. If reconnecting a component, that
a reading is less than 1000 ohms when component or its wiring is bad.
reconnecting a component, that Repair/replace as appropriate.
component or its wiring is bad; repair 7. When, after all components are
or replace as appropriate. reconnected, and you repeat Step 6, you
e. When, after all components are get a reading less than 0.001A (1 mA)
reconnected, and you repeat Step 4, there is no short to frame condition with
you get readings greater than 1000 the lift truck or the battery. If you
ohms, continue with the next step. previously removed the battery from the
lift truck, re-install the battery.
5. Reconnect the battery connector to the lift
truck and turn the key switch ON. If the
battery was previously removed, make
sure the battery case does not touch the
lift truck frame.
6. Use a volt/ohm/ammeter on the current
function to measure leakage current to the
lift truck frame from B+, B–, and all fuses
and motor terminals. Begin measuring at
the highest Ampere scale and work toward
the lowest scale. If the current is less than
0.001A (1mA), go to step 7. If the current
is more than 0.001A (1 mA), continue with
the following steps.
Fuses
Fuses
Test/Inspection
FU7 15/5 Relay/Control Fuse Panel Control fuse for aux power B+
FU8 15/5 Relay/Control Fuse Panel Control fuse for aux power B–
FU10 50 TP6 and Glass Guard Contactor Control fuse for heated glass mast guard
FU11 10 In-line harness Control fuse for warning light and strobe
FU12 10 In-line harness Control fuse for working lights and fan
FU13 n/a Control Handle Thermal fuse for control handle external heater
FU14 10 ThermaKit Control Module Control Fuse for ThermaKit handle and floor pad
heaters
DC Motor Troubleshooting
Auxiliary A1 or A2 to
Greater than
Motor Frame
100,000 ohms
5MOTOR_SERIES.EPS
MOTOR_COMPOUND.EPS A1 or A2 to
Figure 5-1. Motor Circuits Steer Motor
Frame
DC Motor Troubleshooting
AC Motor Troubleshooting
AC
3φ
V W
U
AC
V
3φ
W
5MOTOR_AC3PHASEA.EPS
MOTOR_AC3PHASEB.EPS
Figure 5-2. Drive Motor circuits
Motor Type
Open Winding
Battery State-of-Charge
Battery State-of-Charge
Hydraulic
Troubleshooting
Guidelines
Troubleshooting Procedure
Troubleshooting Procedure
Section 5. Troubleshooting
Is a
Message or
Yes
Fault Code
displayed?
Find
Message or Code
No in Chapter 6
Is
symptom
listed in symptom Yes
tables in
Chap. 5?
Follow symptom
table directions
in Chapter 5
No
Go to
Chart GEN-1
5TS1A.WMF
Troubleshooting Procedure
GEN1: General Troubleshooting
Gather as much
information as you Eliminate unlikely
What is the problem?
can about the causes.
problem.
Where did it happen?
Examine each
Talk directly with the likely cause, using
Process
operator or foreman. the tests in this
manual.
Using schematics
if necessary,
identify all
components that
could cause the
problem.
5GEN_1.WMF
Troubleshooting Procedure
END1: End of Troubleshooting Procedure
End of Troubleshooting
5END1.WMF
Troubleshooting Procedure
Auxiliary Functions
Multiple Functions Affected
Bad aux directional solenoid 5B or 5T (valve or Run Tests O04 and O05. Follow test
wiring) recommendations.
Bad SOL8 (valve or wiring) Run Test O09. Follow test recommendations.
Bad aux directional solenoid 5B or 5T (valve or Run Tests O04 and O05. Follow test
wiring) recommendations.
Incorrect hydraulic fluid for application Replace hydraulic fluid with correct fluid. See
“Lubrication Specification Chart” on page A-2.
Aux system relief pressure too low Adjust aux pressure. See “Auxiliary Pressure
Adjustment” on page 7-140.
Incorrect hydraulic fluid for application Replace hydraulic fluid with correct fluid. See
“Lubrication Specification Chart” on page A-2.
Aux system relief pressure too low Measure pressure; normal operation should
be below bypass pressure. See “Auxiliary
Pressure Adjustment” on page 7-140. If
pressure is still too low, replace steering
orbitrol.
Tilt
Bad tilt switch (S6 and/or S7) Run Test I08 and/or I09. Follow
recommendations in test.
Bad tilt solenoid valve or coil, or wiring. Check Run Test O07. Follow recommendations in
for contamination. test. If contamination is found, flush, refill,
and bleed hydraulic system. Swap hoses with
sideshift to check valve and cylinder.
Mechanical binding in tilt cylinder or carriage Measure pressure; normal operation should
be below bypass pressure. See “Auxiliary
Pressure Adjustment” on page 7-140. Binding
will produce higher pressures. Repair/replace
cylinder or other binding components.
Mechanical binding in tilt cylinder or carriage Measure pressure; normal operation should
be below bypass pressure. See “Auxiliary
Pressure Adjustment” on page 7-140. Binding
will produce higher pressures. Repair/replace
cylinder or other binding components.
Sideshift
Bad sideshift switch (S8 and/or S9) Run Test I10 and/or I11. Follow
recommendations in test.
Reach
Bad reach solenoid (valve or wiring) Run Test I06. Check wiring. Check valve for
binding.
Switches S4 and S5 both bad (or wiring) Run tests I06 and I07. Follow
recommendations in tests.
Bad reach switch (S4) Run Test I06. Follow recommendations in test.
Retract
Bad retract switch (S5) Run Test I07. Follow recommendations in test.
Steering
Lift/Lower System
Lift Function
SOL3 main relief dump valve pressure too low Run Test O09. Replace SOL3.
Check main lift pressure at main manifold If pressure is greater than bypass pressure,
port G1 check for binding of mast or cylinders.
Battery below BSOC cutout setting Check battery voltage and BSOC settings.
Maintenance Minder ™ interval exceeded with Display config settings for Maintenance
LCutout specified Minder.
Battery below BSOC cutout setting Check battery voltage and BSOC settings.
Maintenance Minder ™ interval exceeded with Display config settings for Maintenance
LCutout specified Minder.
Incorrect lift pressure adjustment Check and adjust lift pressure setting.
Lower Function
Slow Lower
Bad lift/lower proportional solenoid valve Run Test O12. Follow recommendations in
SOL2 test.
Maximum Lower Speed not matching SOL2 In Configure Mode, adjust Lift M LwrSpd.
Contamination in load holding solenoid valve Inspect load holding solenoid SOL1 for
SOL1 contamination.
Intermittent Lower
Bad SOL2 solenoid (valve or wiring) Run Test O12. Check wiring. Replace SOL2.
Bad SOL1 load holding solenoid (valve or Run Test O11. Check wiring. Replace SOL1.
wiring)
Load Drifting/Settling
Load too large for lift truck capacity Check load weight.
DC Only: Incorrect lift pressure adjustment Check and adjust lift pressure setting.
DC Only: Contaminated or bad relief valve Replace relief valve REL1. If contamination is
REL1 present, flush, fill and bleed the hydraulic
system.
Configuration:
Electrical:
Current is limited due to high temperature Check temperature and temperature sensors
for drive motor and power amplifier. Run tests
A08, A10, A24.
Slow Travel
Mechanical:
Electrical:
Speed limited due to high temperature Run Tests A08, A10, A24. Follow
recommendations in tests.
Bad height encoder (causing false speed Run Test I26. Follow recommendations in test.
limiting)
Electrical Motors
Motor Overheating
Especially Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift): Contact Dealer Service Manager to make sure
Application exceeds designed workload -- of application.
short runs with plugging/acceleration or
heavy-duty lifting cycles
Cable, terminal, or wiring problems. Look for Replace wiring or cables as needed. Make sure
loose or discolored terminals, loose or motor cables are torqued correctly.
damaged crimps.
High motor current due to binding gearbox, Inspect gearbox or pump for binding. Check
pump, or dragging brake brake adjustment. See “Brake Adjustment” on
page 7-96.
Electrostatic discharge resulting from dirty, Clean or replace static straps as needed.
worn, or wrong type static straps
Loose display harness or card connectors; Reseat cards and harness connections. Test
intermittent wires or connectors in harness for continuity while flexing harness. If no
continuity is found, replace wiring harness.
See “Wiring and Harness Connectors” on
page 7-116.
Unmatched Vehicle Manager and Display Install matching Vehicle Manager and Display
Manager software Manager software. Matching VM and DM
versions may or may not have the same
version number. See “Matching Software
Versions” on page 7-272.
Fuse FU5 or FU6 could be blown Remove fuses and test fuse continuity. If
continuity is missing, replace fuse.
Vantage Point
NOTE: Reference “Adjusting the Monitor” on
page 7-308.
Button 3 LED lit - monitor in standby mode, Normal condition: To activate display, elevate
Monitor Standby disabled, Carriage below free above free lift transition.
lift transition
Button 3 LED it - monitor in standby mode, Normal condition: To activate display, elevate
Monitor Standby enabled, Carriage below free above free lift transition.
lift transition
Or, unlock keypad. Press Button 3. Lock
keypad.
Button 8 LED off - monitor turned off. Unlock keypad. Press Button 8.
Powersave Mode is enabled
Or, unlock keypad. Press and hold Buttons 4
& 5 for 60 seconds to disable Powersave Mode.
Lock keypad.
Button 1 LED and camera LED both blinking - Return lift truck to operating temperature
Ambient temperature out of operating range range of unit.
(–13°F/–25°C to +167°F/+75°C)
Button 8 LED off - one or both power fuses Replace fuse(s) in Aux Power circuit.
blown
Monitor is OK- keypad locked Press and hold Buttons 1 and 5 for 15
seconds to unlock the keypad.
Do not leave keypad unlocked.
Black horizontal bar in picture: Wrong Unlock keypad. Press and hold Button 4 for
monitor frequency 15 seconds. Lock keypad.
Picture is reversed (mirror-image): Image Unlock keypad. Press and hold Buttons 1 and
reversed 3 for 5 seconds. Lock keypad.
Picture is inverted (upside-down): Image Unlock keypad. Press and hold Buttons 1 and
inverted 2 for 35 seconds. Lock keypad.
Picture too light or too dark, Button 2 LED is Unlock keypad. Press Button 2 to turn
OFF. automatic brightness ON. Button 2 LED turns
ON. Lock keypad.
If picture is still too light or too dark, go to
next action.
Picture too light or too dark, Button 2 LED is Unlock keypad, press Button 2 to turn
ON, automatic brightness OFF.
To adjust brightness, press Button 5, then
Button 6 to decrease, Button 7 to increase.
To adjust contract, press Button 4, then
Button 6 to decrease, Button 7 to increase.
Press Button 2 to turn automatic brightness
ON. Lock keypad.
See also “Testing and System Setup” on
page 7-306, step 4.
Software Changes
Software Changes
When changing Vehicle Manager or Operator
The following tables summarize version changes Display Manager software, make sure a
in the Model 7400/7420/7440 Reach-Fork ® matched VM/DM set of software is installed.
truck Vehicle Manager, Operator Display See “Matching Software Versions” on
Manager, and Power Amplifier software. The page 7-272.
tables do not discuss details of engineering
changes contained in these versions.
01.9 8-24-04 All 7400 Add Tests A41 EPO Sense and I62 Bump Detect
02.1 12-7-04 All 7400 Add M Lwr Spd parameter, high speed travel speed limit
switch support and Test I63
02.3 5-22-05 All 7400 Add OACH support to 450 in., some parameters no
longer reset by Config Defaults
02.5 6-29-05 All 7400 Add FlashWare option Ext Access Enable, correct loop
back tests I33 through I36
02.7 12-7-05 All 7400 Changes to fault codes 2H, 43, CD, FG, FT; Enable Test
O02 for Series AA/BA/DA/EA; add Vantage Point and
OCSS support
03.7 3-13-07 All 7400, 7420, 7440 Add 7420 and 7440 support, new FlashWare options
WHLD and Sauer Danfoss Traction Motor, SOL3
pressure change, renumber Test I42 to Test I86,
improve fault code detection, enhanced brake software
under low voltage operation,
04.3 5-14-07 All 7400, 7420, 7440 Add Vertical Hold support
04.5 7-9-07 All 7400, 7420, 7440 Add alternate lift limit bypass options
Software Changes
01.7 8-24-04 All Add Tests A41 EPO Sense and I62 Bump Detect
02.0 12-7-04 All Add M Lwr Spd parameter, high speed travel speed limit
switch support and Test I63
02.2 5-22-05 All Add OAH support to 450 in., some parameters no
longer reset by Config Defaults
02.3 6-29-05 All Add FlashWare option Ext Access Enable, correct loop
back tests I33 through I36
02.4 12-7-05 All 7400 Changes to fault codes 2H, 43, CD, FG, FT; Enable Test
O02 for Series AA/BA/DA/EA
02.6 3-13-07 All 7400, 7420, 7440 Add 7420 and 7440 support, new FlashWare options
WHLD and Sauer Danfoss Traction Motor, SOL3
pressure change, renumber Test I42 to Test I86,
improve fault code detection,
03.0 5-14-07 All 7400, 7420, 7440 Add Vertical Hold support
03.3 7-9-07 All 7400, 7420, 7440 Add alternate lift limit bypass options
Modes of Operation
When you power on the lift truck normally, the These accumulated totals cannot be changed
on-board firmware does a number of internal from Program Mode.
selftests and enters the default mode of
operation, Run Mode. Run Mode is the normal You can also display hour meters and distance
operating mode. In Run Mode, the Operator indicator in Run Mode by pressing dashboard
Display can show date, time, BSOC, weight on button 0 on the Operator Display panel.
forks, and (optionally) ambient temperature.
For information on the Operator Display, see Configure Mode
“Operator Display” on page 3-6.
Use Configure Mode to adjust various lift truck
Run Mode is also entered when the lift truck performance parameters to specific customer
exits Program Mode. requirements. To enter Configure Mode, you
must enter either the Password or Superword
for the lift truck.
Program Mode
Some items in Configure Mode will appear only
Use Program Mode for configuration, if the Superword is entered.
calibration, and diagnostic testing of the lift
truck. You need a password in order to enter For detailed description, see “Using Configure
Program Mode. See “Passwords” below. Mode” on page 6-6.
Modes of Operation
To enter Service Mode, you must enter the Run Mode Tones
Superword.
The lift truck signals various situations by
For detailed description, see “Using Service using different tone patterns.
Mode” on page 6-17.
1. A single tone (chirp) occurs when:
Modes of Operation
Modes of Operation
Modes of Operation
Modes of Operation
Modes of Operation
Modes of Operation
Travel
UnNested (option) 3.5 [default] Travel Speed Limit with Reach Extended
0 to 3.5 mph (0 to 5.6 km/h)
AlarmT (option) None Travel Alarm enabled for forks leading, forks
Fork Ld trailing, both directions, or not enabled.
Fork Trl
BOTH
Modes of Operation
Lift
Lft Lmt STD BYP To bypass limit or continue past limit, press and
[VM ver. 04.5+] hold Up arrow on Operator Display.
(option) Alt Byp To bypass or continue past limit press and
release Up arrow on Operator Display.
No Byp No bypass even if Up arrow is pressed.
Lim Hgt Height at which limit cuts out. See next item
below.
Lft Lmt OACH [default] Height at which lift cuts out. To bypass limit or
[VM ver. < 04.5] continue past limit, press and hold Up arrow on
(option) Operator Display.
Range = overall collapsed height to maximum
elevated height
Default = overall collapsed height
Modes of Operation
Carriage
Modes of Operation
Password
Modes of Operation
Modes of Operation
Service Mode
Learn
Analog A04 Tra Pot 1.13 V Use Up and Down buttons to scroll list of Analog
... ... Tests. Test shows real time value.
A41 EPO Sns
Input I00 Dman Sw Down/Up Use Up and Down buttons to scroll list of Input
... ... Tests. Test shows real time value.
I60 Start Sw Open
Modes of Operation
Modes of Operation
right button. Scroll to CLR YES and 3. Use the up/down buttons to select
press the enter button. CLR ACT. This item only appears if you have
selected one or more tests for active
service.
Active Service Mode
4. Press the enter button. Active service tests
Active Service Mode permits testing circuits are cleared. Exit Service Mode and
while the lift truck is enabled for normal Program Mode.
operation. You can use Active Service Mode for
all analog and digital input tests.
Electrical Codes
Code 12
Code Title Code 12 – Bump Detect
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 1H
Code Title Code 1H – Traction Power Amplifier Overheated
System Response
Performance Limits
Allow time for the power amplifier to cool. Turn key switch
How to Clear
OFF, then ON.
Check:
1. Make sure power cables are torqued
properly at both traction power amplifier
and traction motor.
2. Check BSOC setting. If BSOC cutout is set
too low, a weak battery can result in
overheating.
3. If problem still exists, evaluate the duty
cycle and application.
Code 1T
Code Title Code 1T – Battery Low
Reason Lift cutout point configured for BSOC has been reached.
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 1V
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Check:
1. Make sure power cables are torqued
properly at both lift power amplifier and
lift motor.
2. Check BSOC setting. If BSOC cutout is set
too low, a weak battery can result in
overheating.
3. If problem still exists, evaluate the duty
cycle and application.
Code 2A
Code 2A – Traction Motor Approaching
Code Title
Overtemperature
System Response
Performance Limits
How to Clear Allow time for the motor to cool. Self resetting.
Check:
Code 2C
Code 2C – Traction Power Amplifier Temperature
Code Title
Sensor Out-of-Range
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
Code 2E
Code 2E – Traction Motor Temperature Sensor
Code Title
Out-of-Range
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 2H
Code 2H – Failure Detected in Traction Motor Feedback
Code Title
Encoder
System Response
Performance Limits
Tests to Run Test I19 – Drive Motor Speed Sensor (Page 6-164)
Code 2M
Code Title Code 2M – Traction Power Amplifier Failed
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
Code 2P
Code 2P – Traction Power Amplifier Reverted to Default
Code Title
Parameters
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
• If code continues to appear infrequently,
keep running.
• If code continues to appear often, reload
FlashWare; if problem continues, replace
traction power amplifier. See “Power
Amplifier, Traction” on page 7-110.
Code 2T
Code 2T – Traction Power Amplifier Current Calibration
Code Title
Error
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
Code 2U
Code Title Code 2U – Traction Power Amplifier Fault - Overcurrent
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 2V
Code 2V – Traction Power Amplifier Fault - High DC
Code Title
Voltage
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
• If this code occurs during plugging,
replace all battery cables and connections
that show signs of heat or corrosion.
• Install a battery that is in good condition.
• If code persists, replace the traction power
amplifier.
NOTE: This code cannot be caused by a bad
Vehicle Manager.
Code 42
Code 42 – Lift Contactor Detected Closed When
Code Title
Commanded Open
System Response
Performance Limits
Tests to Run Test O02 – Toggle the LPC Contactor (Page 6-186)
Code 43
Code 43 – Lift Contactor Detected Open, Low DC
Code Title
Voltage After Power-Up
Series CA/FA (AC lift): The lift power amplifier detected less
than +12VDC at LPA (+) after the LPC coil was energized.
Reason Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift): The Vehicle Manager detected
less than +18VDC at JPC22-20 after the LPC coil was
energized.
System Response
Performance Limits
Tests to Run Test O02 – Toggle the LPC Contactor (Page 6-186)
Check:
Code 44
Code 44 – TPC Contactor Detected Closed When
Code Title
Commanded Open
System Response
Performance Limits
Tests to Run Test O00 – Toggle the TPC Contactor (Page 6-184)
Code 45
Code 45 – TPC Contactor Detected Open, Low DC
Code Title
Voltage After Power-Up
System Response
Performance Limits
Check:
Code 4B
Code 4B – Steer Contactor Detected Closed When
Code Title
Commanded Open
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 4C
Code 4C – Steer Contactor Detected Open When
Code Title
Commanded Closed
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 4D
Code 4D – No Pre-Charge Traction DC Input Voltage
Code Title
During Start-Up
System Response
Performance Limits
Diagnosis:
• Check components, connections, and
wiring between JPF1-5 and TPA (+) for
correct resistance and continuity.
• TR = 12 ohms
• Thermistor on Relay/Control Fuse
Panel = 6 to 12 ohms at room
temperature (70°F, 21°C).
Code 4E
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Diagnosis:
• Check components, connections, and
wiring between JPF1-3 and LPA (+) for
correct resistance and continuity.
• LR = 12 ohms
• Thermistor on Relay/Control Fuse
Panel = 6 to 12 ohms at room
temperature (70°F, 21°C).
Code 57
Code Title Code 57 – VM Not Responding to Operator Display
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 58
Code 58 – Operator Compartment Sensor System CAN
Code Title
Communication Failure
System Response
PC Contactor Energized
Performance Limits
Tests to Run
Diagnosis:
• Check for +12V at JPX1-1 and 0V at
JPX1-4 on the OCSS CAN I/O Expander
Module.
Code 59
Code Title Code 59 – CAN Transmission Buffer Error for BUS_I
System Response
Performance Limits
Diagnosis:
• Check for shorts to frame, static, electrical
leakage from battery.
Code 5A
Code Title Code 5A – CAN Bus Error/Vehicle Manager for BUS_I
System Response
Performance Limits
Diagnosis:
• This code cannot be caused by an error on
the secondary bus BUS_E.
• Check for shorts to frame, static, electrical
leakage from battery.
Code 5B
Code Title Code 5B – CAN Receive Bus Error/Vehicle Manager
System Response
Performance Limits
Diagnosis:
• This code cannot be caused by an error on
the secondary bus BUS_E.
• Check for shorts to frame, static, electrical
leakage from battery.
Code 5G
Code 5G – No Communications Received from Traction
Code Title
Power Amplifier
System Response
Performance Limits
Diagnosis:
• Check for shorts to frame, static, electrical
leakage from battery.
• Code 5G can be caused by bad K3 relay
tips. Check for LEDs illuminated on both
power amplifiers. If both are not lit, check
the K3 relay.
Code 5J
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Diagnosis:
• Check for shorts to frame, static, electrical
leakage from battery.
Code 5M
Code 5M – Traction Power Amplifier CAN Watchdog
Code Title
Timeout
System Response
Performance Limits
Diagnosis:
• Check for shorts to frame, static, electrical
leakage from battery.
• This code can only be caused by a problem
in the Traction Power Amplifier. Code 5M
occurs when an internal circuit detects a
fault internal to the amplifier. This fault,
however, could be caused by a source
external to the amplifier, such as static
discharge, shorts to frame, bad power
amplifier cables or wiring, and CAN Bus.
Code 5P
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Diagnosis:
• Check for shorts to frame, static, electrical
leakage from battery.
• This code can only be caused by a problem
in the Lift Power Amplifier. Code 5P occurs
when an internal circuit detects a fault
internal to the amplifier. This fault,
however, could be caused by a source
external to the amplifier, such as static
discharge, shorts to frame, bad power
amplifier cables or wiring, and CAN Bus.
Code 5Q
Code Title Code 5Q – Display Manager Not Responding
System Response
NOTE: Code 5Q is recorded in the error log. The Operator Display will most likely display
Code 57.
Code 5R
Code Title Code 5R – Secondary CAN Bus Error for BUS_E
System Response
Performance Limits
Diagnosis:
• The primary Bus BUS_I and the secondary
Bus BUS_E are totally independent.
Therefore, this code cannot be caused by
devices connected to the primary bus
BUS_I.
• This code could be caused by system
noise, static discharge, or shorts to frame.
Code 5T
Code Title Code 5T – No CAN Message from any Node
System Response
Performance Limits
Series CA/FA (AC lift): Lift and aux disabled; lower enabled
Hydraulic System
Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift): No limits
Code 61
Code Title Code 61 – Mast Switch #1 Not Crossed
System Response
Performance Limits
Tests to Run Test I02 – First Speed Limiting Switch (S12) (Page 6-154)
Code 62
Code 62 – Lift Power Amplifier Reverted to Default
Code Title
Parameters
System Response
Performance Limits
How to Clear Resets after 30 seconds; if not, turn key switch OFF, then ON.
Corrective Action:
• If code continues to appear infrequently,
keep running.
• If code continues to appear often, reload
FlashWare; if problem continues, replace
Lift Power Amplifier.
Code 63
Code 63 – HS Travel and First Speed Limiting Switches
Code Title
Do Not Agree
System Response
Performance Limits
[VM ver. < 2.1] Turn key switch OFF, then ON.
How to Clear
[VM ver. 2.1+] Cross the first speed limiting switch .
Tests to Run Test I02 – First Speed Limiting Switch (S12) (Page 6-154)
Code 64
Code 64 – No Pulses Seen from Height Indicator
Code Title
Encoder
With either the lift pump running or SOL2 energized, the first
Reason mast limit switch is open, but the Vehicle Manager detected no
pulses from the Height Indicator encoder.
System Response
Performance Limits
Lower the carriage, then lift past the first mast switch.
Troubleshoot HTI system. Code will clear when pulses are
detected. Turn key switch OFF, then ON.
How to Clear
If code is intermittent, cause could be proportional valve.
Adjust valve - see “Proportional Valve Adjustment” on
page 7-139.
Code 66
Code 66 – Calculated Height Greater Than Configured
Code Title
Height
System Response
Performance Limits
How to Clear Lower the carriage below the configured maximum height.
Corrective Action:
• Check actual mast height against
configured height.
• Check actual fork height against indicated
fork height when HTI counting begins.
Code 67
Code 67 – Calculated Height Does Not Match First
Code Title
Speed Limiting Switch (S12)
System Response
Performance Limits
Lift the carriage through the first speed limiting switch height
How to Clear
or turn the key switch OFF then ON.
Tests to Run Test I02 – First Speed Limiting Switch (S12) (Page 6-154)
Code 6D
Code Title Code 6D – Pressure Sensor Out-of-Range
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 6F
Code Title Code 6F – Lift Motor Overheated
Series CA/FA (AC lift): The lift power amplifier has detected
that the AC lift motor has overheated (greater than
300°F/149°C).
Reason
Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift): The Vehicle Manager has
detected that the DC lift motor has overheated (greater than
279°F/137°C).
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 6G
Code Title Code 6G – Lift Motor Temperature Sensor Out-of-Range
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 6S
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
Code 6T
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
Code 6U
NOTE: Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 6V
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
Code 6W
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Tests to Run Test I20 – Lift Motor Speed Sensor (Page 6-165)
Code 6X
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 6Y
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 6Z
Code 6Z – FlashWare parameters do not match stored
Code Title
values
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action
Code 80
Code 80 – Primary Throttle Potentiometer
Code Title
Out-of-Range
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 81
Code Title Code 81 – Lift Potentiometer Out-of-Range
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 83
Code 83 – Primary Throttle Potentiometer
Code Title
Out-of-Neutral-Zone
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 84
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
• Adjust brake. See “Brake Adjustment” on
page 7-96.
Code 88
The +5VDC power supply (located on the VM) for the control
Reason
handle was found to be out-of-range.
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 8A
Code Title Code 8A – Operator Compartment Sensor System Failure
Reason The VM senses the beams are ON with the deadman pedal UP.
System Response
PC Contactor Energized
Performance Limits
Code 8C
Code Title Code 8C – Deadman Pedal Signals Do Not Agree
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 8F
Code Title Code 8F – Lift Throttle Out-of-Neutral-Zone
System Response
Performance Limits
How to Clear Release the lift pot. Turn key switch OFF, then ON.
Code 8G
Code 8G – Secondary Throttle Potentiometer
Code Title
Out-of-Range
System Response
Performance Limits
Travel System Coast to 0 mph. Then 1 mph limit using primary handle.
Code 8H
Code 8H – Secondary Throttle Potentiometer
Code Title
Out-of-Neutral-Zone
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 8J
Code Title Code 8J – Ambient Temperature Sensor Out-of-Range
System Response
Performance Limits
No limits, except: with heated glass mast guard, 3.5 mph when
Travel System
traveling forks first
Code 8K
Code Title Code 8K – Deadman Sensor Out-of-Range
System Response
Performance Limits
Travel System 6.5 mph speed limit; deadman pedal modulation disabled
Tests to Run Test A28 – Deadman Inductive Sensor (VR4) (Page 6-138)
Code 8L
Code Title Code 8L – Brake Feedback Current Out-of-Range
System Response
Performance Limits
Code 8M
Code Title Code 8M – Internal Handle Heater Failure
System Response
Performance Limits
Tests to Run Test A40 – Handle Heater Reference Voltage (Page 6-149)
Code 8N
Code Title Code 8N – Optional Start Switch Closed at Start-Up
System Response
Performance Limits
Tests to Run Test I60 – Security Start Switch (S23) (option) (Page 6-177)
Code A0
Code A0 – Incorrect Software For Proper Lift Truck
Code Title
Operation
The software in the lift truck does not match the vehicle ID
Reason
stored in primary memory.
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
1. Verify software versions by running Config
Version.
2. Update lift truck software. See “Software
Configuration” on page 7-271.
Code AH
Code Title Code AH – Bad Operator Display Checksum
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
1. If the problem is intermittent, check for
shorts to frame. See “Shorts to Frame
Test” on page 5-5.
2. Re-flash the software. See “Software
Configuration” on page 7-271.
3. Replace the Vehicle Manager.
4. If the proper software version appears on
the Operator Display, replace the Operator
Display.
Code AJ
Code Title Code AJ – Bad VM Flash Memory
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
1. If the problem is intermittent, check for
shorts to frame. See “Shorts to Frame
Test” on page 5-5.
2. Re-flash the software. See “Software
Configuration” on page 7-271.
3. The Vehicle Manager could be
malfunctioning. Replace the Vehicle
Manager.
Code AK
Code Title Code AK – Bad VM RAM Memory
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
1. If the problem is intermittent, check for
shorts to frame. See “Shorts to Frame
Test” on page 5-5.
2. Re-flash the software. See “Software
Configuration” on page 7-271.
3. The Vehicle Manager could be
malfunctioning. Replace the Vehicle
Manager.
Code AL
Code Title Code AL – Bad Battery Backed-Up VM RAM Memory
Reason The non-volatile RAM memory test during SelfTest has failed.
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
1. If the problem is intermittent, check for
shorts to frame. See “Shorts to Frame
Test” on page 5-5.
2. Re-flash the software. See “Software
Configuration” on page 7-271.
3. The Vehicle Manager could be
malfunctioning. Replace the Vehicle
Manager.
Code AM
Code Title Code AM – Bad Operator Display Flash Memory
System Response
Performance Limits
Code AN
Code Title Code AN – Malfunctioning Operator Display
System Response
Performance Limits
Code EH
Code Title Code EH – Invalid Interrupt - Operator Display
System Response
Performance Limits
Code F4
Code Title Code F4 – Vehicle Manager COP Time-out
Reason The COP circuit has timed out before a reset was generated.
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
1. If the problem is intermittent, check for
shorts to frame, static, battery
leakage/shorts. See “Shorts to Frame
Test” on page 5-5.
2. Re-flash the software. See “Software
Configuration” on page 7-271.
3. The Vehicle Manager could be
malfunctioning. Replace the Vehicle
Manager.
Code F5
Code Title Code F5 – Bad Op Code
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
1. If the problem is intermittent, check for
shorts to frame, static, battery
leakage/shorts. See “Shorts to Frame
Test” on page 5-5.
2. Re-flash the software. See “Software
Configuration” on page 7-271.
3. The Vehicle Manager could be
malfunctioning. Replace the Vehicle
Manager.
Code F8
Code Title Code F8 – Vehicle Manager COP Not Enabled
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
1. If the problem is intermittent, check for
shorts to frame, static, battery
leakage/shorts. See “Shorts to Frame
Test” on page 5-5.
2. Re-flash the software. See “Software
Configuration” on page 7-271.
3. The Vehicle Manager could be
malfunctioning. Replace the Vehicle
Manager.
Code FE
Code Title Code FE – Vehicle Manager Not Calibrated
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action
• Turn key switch OFF, then ON.
• Make sure lift truck firmware at Vehicle
Manager version 3.3/Display Manager
version 2.4 or higher is installed.
• If code continues, replace the Vehicle
Manager.
Code FG
Code Title Code FG – 5 and/or 12 Volt Power Supply Out-of-Range
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action
• Make sure lift truck firmware at Vehicle
Manager version 3.3/Display Manager
version 2.4 or higher is installed.
Code FH
Code Title Code FH – Battery Voltage Out-of-Range
System Response
Performance Limits
Check:
Code FN
Code Title Code FN – VM Did Not Power Off
System Response
Performance Limits
Tests to Run Test O32 – Toggle Relays K1, K2, K3, and K4 (Page 6-203)
Diagnosis:
• Check other relays and circuits associated
with the K4 relay tips.
Code FP
Code Title Code FP – VM Hardware Failure
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
• Replace the Vehicle Manager.
Code FR
Code Title Code FR – VM Config Item Out-of-Range
System Response
Code FR.
Operator Display
[Displays for 5 seconds]
Performance Limits
Code FT
Code Title Code FT – VM Internal Software Related Failure
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
Code FV
Code Title Code FV – Display Internal Software Related Failure
System Response
Performance Limits
Corrective Action:
Code G0
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Full speed permitted until speed goes to 0, then 3.5 mph speed
Travel System
limit
Code G3
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Full speed permitted until speed goes to 0, then 6.5 mph speed
Travel System
limit
Tests to Run Test I24 – Steer Feedback Proximity Sensor (Page 6-167)
Code G4
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Code G5
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Diagnosis:
Code G7
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Full speed permitted until speed goes to 0, then 3.5 mph speed
Travel System
limit
Code GD
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Code GE
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
System Response
Performance Limits
Electrical Connections
Electrical Connections
Section 6. Electrical Tests
Terminology
Jack Pins
68C04013S.TIF
Figure 6-1. Molex Jack and Pin Connector
6R1019283_B.CGM
Figure 6-2. Vehicle Manager connectors
15A 15A
PF1
1 4
FU7
FU8
FU5
FU6
K3 K2 K4 K1
K3 K2 K4 K1
13 1 7 1 10 1
6R1022159_A.CGM
Figure 6-3. Relay/Control Fuse Panel connectors
Analog Tests
Test A04 – Primary Throttle Potentiometer (VR1) Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-122
Test A05 – Lift/Lower Potentiometer Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-123
Test A08 – Traction Motor Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-124
Test A09 – Lift Motor Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-125
Test A10 – Traction Power Amplifier Heatsink Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-128
Test A11 – Traction Motor Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-129
Test A13 – Pressure Sensor Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-130
Test A14 – Power Supply +12V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-131
Test A15 – Battery Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-132
Test A19 – Lift Power Amplifier Heatsink Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-133
Test A20 – Lift Motor Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-134
Test A22 – Primary Traction Throttle (VR1) Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-135
Test A23 – Lift Throttle (VR2) Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-136
Test A26 – Travel and Lift/Lower +5V DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-137
Test A28 – Deadman Inductive Sensor (VR4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-138
Test A29 – Secondary Throttle Potentiometer (VR3) Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-139
Test A30 – Secondary Traction Throttle (VR3) Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-140
Test A31 – Solenoid 5T (AUX1) Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-141
Test A32 – Solenoid 5B (AUX2) Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-142
Test A33 – Aux Dump (SOL3)/Main Relief Dump (SOL8) Current . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-143
Test A34 – Solenoid 2 (Lift/Lower) Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-144
Test A35 – Brake Armature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-145
Test A36 – Ambient Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-146
Test A37 – Steer Power Amplifier Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-147
Test A39 – Analog Reference Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-148
Test A40 – Handle Heater Reference Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-149
Test A41 – Emergency Power Off (EPO) Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6-150
Analog Tests
Analog Tests
Section 6. Electrical Tests
Do the This column identifies Probe Probe The reading The next The next
testing any actions required point for point for required to consider action to be action to be
in this before testing the the the the step a success. performed if performed if
order. circuit, such as positive negative the the
disconnecting certain (+) meter (–) meter Expected Expected
connectors. If no lead. lead. Results are Results are
instructions are given, met. not met.
all circuits should be
connected.
Note: If something
was disconnected in
the prior step,
reconnect it before
performing the next
step.
NOTES:
1.
NOTE: Run the Learn function after you Full Forks-First 1.4 to 1.8V
replace, repair, or adjust the throttle
assembly.
• The values should change smoothly
For information on how to use service and evenly as the handle is moved from
mode, see “Using Service Mode” on full tractor-first to full forks-first
page 6-17. direction.
• If voltages are not within reference
Run Test ranges, the test is a failure.
NOTE: This test can be run in Loop Back mode. 3. In Active Service Mode, if the voltage
See Loop Back Tests (Page 6-204). fluctuates erratically as you move the
handle back and forth, replace the control
1. The Operator Display shows the voltage
handle cable.
that the Vehicle Manager reads from the
primary throttle potentiometer (VR1). 4. If there is a problem after reconnecting the
control handle cable, inspect the pins in
the DB15 connector to see if they have
been bent.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
2. Meter - DC voltage. JPC12-1 JPC12-12 4.75V to 5.25V Replace VR1. Run Test A26.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
2. Meter - DC voltage. JPC12-1 JPC12-12 4.75V to 5.25V Replace VR2. Run Test A26.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
1. Disconnect JPT1. JPT1-16 JPT1-17 Less than 800 Replace TPA. Step 2
Meter - resistance. ohms
2. Disconnect JPT3. JPT3-2 JPT3-1 Less than 800 Troubleshoot Replace traction
Meter - resistance. ohms traction motor motor
sensor wires. temperature
sensor.
Limits
AC Lift
• Normal operation: ambient to 145°C
(294°F)
• Temperature icon lights at 146°C (295°F)
• Fault Code 6F and lift shutdown at 149°C
(300°F)
DC Lift
• Normal operation, single pump:
ambient to 133°C (271°F)
• Normal operation, dual pump:
ambient to 105°C (221°F)
• Temperature icon lights at 106°C (223°F),
single and dual pump
• Fault Code 6F and lift shutdown at 137°C
(279°F), both single and dual pump
Run Test
NOTE: For information on how to use service
mode, see “Using Service Mode” on
page 6-17.
1. With the lift truck at rest and at ambient
temperature, compare the temperatures
obtained from Test A09 and Test A36.
2. If the temperatures are not within several
degrees, then the test is a failure.
3. If the lift truck is not at ambient
temperature, use the diagnosis and repair
chart to isolate the cause.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
1. Disconnect JPL1. JPL1-16 JPL1-17 More than 1200 Step 2 Replace LPA.
Meter - resistance. ohms
3. Disconnect JPL3. JPL3-2 JPL3-1 Less than Troubleshoot lift Replace lift
Meter - resistance. measurement in motor sensor motor
step 1 wires. temperature
sensor.
1. Disconnect JPL1. JPL1-16 JPL1-17 Less than 800 Replace LPA. Step 2
Meter - resistance. ohms
2. Disconnect JPL1. JPL3-2 JPL3-1 Less than 800 Troubleshoot lift Replace lift
Meter - resistance. ohms motor sensor motor
wires. temperature
sensor.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
3. Disconnect JPZ. JPZ-1 JPZ-2 Less than Troubleshoot lift Replace lift
Meter - resistance. measurement in motor sensor motor
step 1 wires. temperature
sensor.
2. Disconnect JPZ. JPZ-1 JPZ-2 Less than Troubleshoot lift Replace lift
Meter - resistance. 2200 ohms motor sensor motor
wires. temperature
sensor.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
1. Operate truck for 15 N/A N/A Heatsink should Replace traction Run Test O23 -
to 20 minutes of heat up and amplifier. Toggle Cooling
hard operation. fans turn on at Fans.
approx. 113°F
(45°C).
This test displays the current in the traction Check individual phase currents with a
motor power circuits. clamp-on ammeter
• The current should ramp evenly as the
Limits truck accelerates and decelerates.
• 0 to 450A while driving or plugging • Phase currents should be approximately
equal. Gross differences indicate a
• Above 130°C (266°F) current is reduced
problem.
linearly
• Maximum current up to 540A when If readings are not within reference limits, the
deadman pedal is released, unaffected and test is a failure.
unreduced by temperature
1. If any one phase differs significantly from
the other two, check power cable
Run Test continuity. Replace cables as necessary.
See “Terminal Nuts” on page 7-122.
NOTE: For information on how to use service
mode, see “Using Service Mode” on • If power cable continuity is OK,
page 6-17. troubleshoot the drive motor. See “AC
Motor Troubleshooting” on page 5-10.
This test shows better results in Active
Service. • If all phases give high readings, the
drive unit may be binding. Check drive
The Operator Display shows the current that unit.
the traction power amplifier reads from one 2. The power amplifier may be bad. Run Test
phase of the drive motor. O29 – Ramp the Traction Power Amplifier
(Page 6-201).
Table 6-6.
NOTE: For instructions on selecting Modes of
System Condition Current Displayed Operation, see “Modes of Operation” on
page 3-7.
Static at Rest less than 20 amps
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Test A14 – Power Supply 1. The Operator Display shows the voltage
measured from the +12V power supply.
+12V DC 2. The test is a success if the voltage
displayed is within these limits:
This test displays the Vehicle Manager +12V
Table 6-8.
Power Supply voltage.
System Condition Voltage Displayed
Run Test Lift truck at rest 10.1 to 13.0V
NOTE: For information on how to use service
mode, see “Using Service Mode” on
page 6-17. • If the reading fluctuates by more than
0.8V in 10 seconds, the test is a failure.
Perform diagnosis.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
1. Operate truck for 15 N/A N/A Heatsink should Replace lift Run Test O23 -
to 20 minutes of heat up and amplifier. Toggle Cooling
hard operation. fans turn on at Fans.
approx. 113°F
(45°C).
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift) Check individual phase currents with a
clamp-on ammeter
This test measures the lift motor current
through the power amplifier. • The current should ramp evenly as the
truck accelerates and decelerates.
• Phase currents should be approximately
equal. Gross differences indicate a
The lift carriage and forks will move problem.
during this test. • If readings are not within reference limits,
the test is a failure.
1. If any one phase differs significantly from
the other two, check power cable
The area around the forks should be continuity. Replace cables as necessary.
clear. The ceiling clearance should allow See “Terminal Nuts” on page 7-122.
for the highest lift. • If power cable continuity is OK,
troubleshoot the lift motor. See “AC
Limits Motor Troubleshooting” on page 5-10.
• If all phases give high readings, the
• 0 to 550A lifting
mast may be binding. Check mast.
• Maximum current 675A
2. The power amplifier may be bad. Run Test
O28 – Ramp the Lift Power Amplifier
Run Test (Page 6-200).
NOTE: For information on how to use service NOTE: For instructions on selecting Modes of
mode, see “Using Service Mode” on Operation, see “Modes of Operation” on
page 6-17. page 3-7.
This test shows better results in Active
Service.
Neutral 0
Run Test
Full Forks-First 0 to –100
NOTE: Run the Learn function after you
replace, repair, or adjust the throttle
assembly. The values must change smoothly and evenly
as the handle moves from full tractor-first to
For information on how to use service
full forks-first.
mode, see “Using Service Mode” on
page 6-17.
If percentages are not within reference limits,
the test is a failure.
The Operator Display shows the percentage of
throttle request that the Vehicle Manager reads
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
2. Meter - DC voltage. JPC12-1 JPC12-12 4.75V to 5.25V Replace VR1. Run Test A26.
Neutral 0
Run Test
Full Lift 0 to +100
NOTE: Run the Learn function after you
replace, repair, or adjust the lift/lower
potentiometer. The values must change smoothly and evenly
as the handle moves from full lower to full lift.
For information on how to use service
mode, see “Using Service Mode” on If percentages are not within reference limits,
page 6-17. the test is a failure.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
2. Meter - DC voltage. JPC12-1 JPC12-12 4.75V to 5.25V Replace VR2. Run Test A26.
Analog Tests Test A26 – Travel and Lift/Lower +5V DC Power Supply
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Run Test
NOTE: This test can be run in Loop Back mode.
See Loop Back Tests (Page 6-204).
1. The Operator Display shows the voltage
that the Vehicle Manager reads from the
optional secondary throttle potentiometer
(VR3).
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
2. Meter - DC voltage. JPC4-4 JPC4-2 Neutral: Replace VM. Test cable from
approx. 1V handle to VM. If
Full forks-first: OK, replace
approx. 1.5V handle or pot.
Full
tractor-first:
approx. 0.5V
Run Test
NOTE: Run the Learn function after you
replace, repair, or adjust the throttle
assembly.
For information on how to use service
mode, see “Using Service Mode” on
page 6-17.
Table 6-13.
Neutral 0
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Analog Tests Test A33 – Aux Dump (SOL3)/Main Relief Dump (SOL8) Current
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
State Current
This test displays the current that the
Neutral Approx. 0.0A
proportional lift/lower solenoid coil is drawing.
Full Lower Approx. 1.3A
Run Test
NOTE: For information on how to use service If results do not match the preceding table, the
mode, see “Using Service Mode” on test is a failure.
page 6-17.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Temperature Sensor NOTE: This test can be run in Loop Back mode.
See Loop Back Tests (Page 6-204).
NOTE: For information on how to use service
This test displays the ambient temperature of
mode, see “Using Service Mode” on
the area around the lift truck.
page 6-17.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Run Test
NOTE: For information on how to use service
mode, see “Using Service Mode” on
page 6-17.
0V Approx. 8V
NOTE: Cold Storage option only.
This test displays the voltage the Vehicle If results do not match the preceding table, the
Manager sees going through the internal test is a failure.
primary control handle heater (HTR6).
Run Test
NOTE: For information on how to use service
mode, see “Using Service Mode” on
page 6-17.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
2. Disconnect JPC12. JPC12-7 JPC12-12 Test ON: Make sure Replace VM.
Meter - DC voltage. on VM on VM approx. 8V option is turned
Test OFF: 0V ON in
FlashWare.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Do the This column identifies Probe Probe The reading The next The next
testing any actions required point for point for required to consider action to be action to be
in this before testing the the the the step a success. performed if performed if
order. circuit, such as positive negative the the
disconnecting certain (+) meter (–) meter Expected Expected
connectors. If no lead. lead. Results are Results are
instructions are given, met. not met.
all circuits should be
connected.
Note: If something
was disconnected in
the prior step,
reconnect it before
performing the next
step.
NOTES:
1.
Test I00 – Deadman The Operator Display shows the state of the
switch.
Switch (S2) Table 6-22.
Off deadman Up
On deadman Down
Do not conduct this test on a ramp.
If the display does not change when you step on
Run Test the pedal, the test is a failure.
NOTE: This test can be run in Loop Back mode.
See Loop Back Tests (Page 6-204).
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service
Mode” on page 6-17.
NOTE: This test applies only to lift trucks with NOTE: For information on how to use
the nested switch option. maintenance mode, see “Using Service
Mode” on page 6-17.
This test shows what the Vehicle Manager is
reading from the nested switch (S14). The Operator Display shows the state of the
switch.
Table 6-23.
Use extreme caution when working
around an elevated mast. Operator Display
Mast Position
Message
Nested In
Unnested Out
Lift only in an area with a ceiling height
greater than the truck’s maximum
elevated height.
Test I02 – First Speed Limiting Switch (S12) Digital Input Tests
Operator Display
Mast Position
Message
Use extreme caution when working
around an elevated mast. Lowered Below
Raised Above
Run Test
NOTE: This test can be run in Loop Back mode.
See Loop Back Tests (Page 6-204).
Digital Input Tests Test I02 – First Speed Limiting Switch (S12)
Test I06 – Reach Switch The Operator Display shows the state of the
switch:
(S4) Table 6-25.
Use this test to monitor the state of reach Reach Button Operator Display
switch (S4). This test shows what the Vehicle
Depressed In
Manager is reading from the switch.
Released Out
Run Test
NOTE: This test can be run in Loop Back mode. 1. If results do not match the preceding
See Loop Back Tests (Page 6-204). table, the test is a failure. Perform
diagnosis.
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service 2. In Active Service Mode, run the test while
Mode” on page 6-17. moving the travel pot back and forth. If the
voltage fluctuates erratically as you move
This test shows better results in Active the handle back and forth, replace the
Service. control handle cable.
3. If there is a problem after reconnecting the
control handle cable, inspect the pins in
the DB15 connector to see if they have
been bent.
[1] NOTES: Voltage to switch being tested may drop when any other control handle switch is depressed.
Test I07 – Retract Switch The Operator Display shows the state of the
switch:
(S5) Table 6-26.
Use this test to monitor the state of retract Retract Button Operator Display
switch (S5). This test shows what the Vehicle
Depressed In
Manager is reading from the switch.
Released Out
Run Test
NOTE: This test can be run in Loop Back mode. 1. If results do not match the preceding
See Loop Back Tests (Page 6-204). table, the test is a failure. Perform
diagnosis.
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service 2. In Active Service Mode, run the test while
Mode” on page 6-17. moving the travel pot back and forth. If the
voltage fluctuates erratically as you move
NOTE: This test shows better results in Active the handle back and forth, replace the
Service. control handle cable.
3. If there is a problem after reconnecting the
control handle cable, inspect the pins in
the DB15 connector to see if they have
been bent.
[1] NOTES: Voltage to switch being tested may drop when any other control handle switch is depressed.
Test I08 – Tilt Up Switch The Operator Display shows the state of the
switch:
(S6) Table 6-27.
Use this test to monitor the state of tilt up Tilt Button Operator Display
switch (S6). This test shows what the Vehicle
Depressed In
Manager is reading from the switch.
Released Out
Run Test
NOTE: This test can be run in Loop Back mode. 1. If results do not match the preceding
See Loop Back Tests (Page 6-204). table, the test is a failure. Perform
diagnosis.
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service 2. In Active Service Mode, run the test while
Mode” on page 6-17. moving the travel pot back and forth. If the
voltage fluctuates erratically as you move
NOTE: This test shows better results in Active the handle back and forth, replace the
Service. control handle cable.
NOTE: If you can enter Service Mode and use 3. If there is a problem after reconnecting the
this switch to select tests, then the control handle cable, inspect the pins in
switch is working correctly. the DB15 connector to see if they have
been bent.
[1] NOTES: Voltage to switch being tested may drop when any other control handle switch is depressed.
Test I09 – Tilt Down The Operator Display shows the state of the
switch:
Switch (S7) Table 6-28.
Use this test to monitor the state of tilt down Tilt Button Operator Display
switch (S7). This test shows what the Vehicle
Depressed In
Manager is reading from the switch.
Released Out
Run Test
NOTE: This test can be run in Loop Back mode. 1. If results do not match the preceding
See Loop Back Tests (Page 6-204). table, the test is a failure. Perform
diagnosis.
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service 2. In Active Service Mode, run the test while
Mode” on page 6-17. moving the travel pot back and forth. If the
voltage fluctuates erratically as you move
NOTE: This test shows better results in Active the handle back and forth, replace the
Service. control handle cable.
NOTE: If you can enter Service Mode and use 3. If there is a problem after reconnecting the
this switch to select tests, then the control handle cable, inspect the pins in
switch is working correctly. the DB15 connector to see if they have
been bent.
[1] NOTES: Voltage to switch being tested may drop when any other control handle switch is depressed.
Test I10 – Sideshift Right The Operator Display shows the state of the
switch:
Switch (S9) Table 6-29.
Use this test to monitor the state of sideshift Sideshift Button Operator Display
right switch (S9). This test shows what the
Depressed In
Vehicle Manager is reading from the switch.
Released Out
Run Test
NOTE: This test can be run in Loop Back mode. 1. If results do not match the preceding
See Loop Back Tests (Page 6-204). table, the test is a failure. Perform
diagnosis.
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service 2. In Active Service Mode, run the test while
Mode” on page 6-17. moving the travel pot back and forth. If the
voltage fluctuates erratically as you move
NOTE: This test shows better results in Active the handle back and forth, replace the
Service. control handle cable.
3. If there is a problem after reconnecting the
control handle cable, inspect the pins in
the DB15 connector to see if they have
been bent.
[1] NOTES: Voltage to switch being tested may drop when any other control handle switch is depressed.
Test I11 – Sideshift Left The Operator Display shows the state of the
switch:
Switch (S8) Table 6-30.
Use this test to monitor the state of sideshift left Sideshift Button Operator Display
switch (S8). This test shows what the Vehicle
Depressed In
Manager is reading from the switch.
Released Out
Run Test
NOTE: This test can be run in Loop Back mode. 1. If results do not match the preceding
See Loop Back Tests (Page 6-204). table, the test is a failure. Perform
diagnosis.
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service 2. In Active Service Mode, run the test while
Mode” on page 6-17. moving the travel pot back and forth. If the
voltage fluctuates erratically as you move
NOTE: This test shows better results in Active the handle back and forth, replace the
Service. control handle cable.
3. If there is a problem after reconnecting the
control handle cable, inspect the pins in
the DB15 connector to see if they have
been bent.
[1] NOTES: Voltage to switch being tested may drop when any other control handle switch is depressed.
When this test is activated and the NOTE: The display will show CLSD until the
deadman pedal is depressed, the steer TPC and LPC timeout. The contactor will
motor/pump will activate. open but capacitors in the steer
amplifier take some time to bleed off.
Run Test
If the STR contactor tips do not close, run
NOTE: This test can be run in Loop Back mode. Test O01.
See Loop Back Tests (Page 6-204).
NOTE: For information on how to use If the display message does not change when
maintenance mode, see “Using Service the test is activated, the test is a failure.
Mode” on page 6-17.
Test I15 – Horn Switch The Operator Display shows the state of the
switch:
(S3) Table 6-32.
[1] NOTES: Voltage to switch being tested may drop when any other control handle switch is depressed.
3. Disconnect TA and JPD1-6 JPD1-7 Approx. Call Technical Test wires from
display. 120 ohms Support. display to VM. If
Meter - Resistance. OK, replace VM.
Over Metal On
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
Not Over Metal Off
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Operator
Horn Button Audible Alarm
NOTE: Only with optional secondary control Display
handle
Depressed Sounding In
This test shows what the Vehicle Manager is Released Off Out
reading from S10.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
4. Meter - DC voltage. JPC4-3 JPC4-2 S10 open: Replace VM. Repair wiring to
more than 4V switch S10.
S10 closed:
less than 1V
Digital Input Tests Test I33 – Steer Tiller Encoder 1 Connect Detect
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
2. Meter - DC voltage. JPE1-1 JPE1-4 10.5 to 13V Replace steer Repair wiring
tiller encoder. from VM.
Test I34 – Steer Tiller Encoder 2 Connect Detect Digital Input Tests
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
2. Meter - DC voltage. JPE2-1 JPE2-4 10.5 to 13V Replace steer Repair wiring
tiller encoder. from VM.
Digital Input Tests Test I35 – Steer Tiller Encoder 1 (Channel A & B)
This test monitors input to Vehicle Manager Count should increase CW; decrease CCW. If
from Channel 1. not, the test is a failure.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Test I36 – Steer Tiller Encoder 2 (Channel A & B) Digital Input Tests
This test monitors input to Vehicle Manager Count should increase CW; decrease CCW. If
from Channel 2. not, the test is a failure.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Table 6-37.
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift)
Deadman Pedal Operator Display
This test displays the neutral pulses seen by
Depressed Toggles between On
the Vehicle Manager from the Steer Power
and Off
Amplifier.
Released >15 sec = On or Off
Run Test
NOTE: This test can be run in Loop Back mode. If results do not match the preceding table, the
See Loop Back Tests (Page 6-204). test is a failure.
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service
Mode” on page 6-17.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
2. Meter - DC voltage. JPC6-1 JPC6-4 Deadman Pedal Replace VM. Repair wiring or
Up: more than replace Steer
4V Power Amplifier.
Run Test
NOTE: This test cannot be run in Active Service
Mode.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Digital Input Tests Test I60 – Security Start Switch (S23) (option)
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Run Test
Diagnosis and Repair
Make sure the beam is not blocked by objects,
debris, or dirt. The Operator Display shows the Remove sensor housing covers. Turn key switch
state of the beam: ON and verify LEDs are illuminated as follows:
Deadman Pedal
LED Status
Position
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
2 Make sure Emitter is not obscured (dirty) and is Step 3 Clean Emitter eye
aligned properly and/or align
properly.
Deadman Pedal
LED Status
Position
Action/ Expected
Step Meter Scale
(+) Lead (–) Lead Results
Step Passed Step Failed
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
2 Make sure Emitter is not obscured (dirty) and is Step 3 Clean Emitter eye
aligned properly and/or align
properly.
Run Test
NOTE: This test cannot be run in Active Service
Mode.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Do the This column identifies Probe Probe The reading The next The next
testing any actions required point for point for required to consider action to be action to be
in this before testing the the the the step a success. performed if performed if
order. circuit, such as positive negative the the
disconnecting certain (+) meter (–) meter Expected Expected
connectors. If no lead. lead. Results are Results are
instructions are given, met. not met.
all circuits should be
connected.
Note: If something
was disconnected in
the prior step,
reconnect it before
performing the next
step.
NOTES:
1.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Run Test
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service
Mode” on page 6-17.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Run Test
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service
Mode” on page 6-17.
Digital Output Tests Test O04 – Toggle Aux1 Directional (SOL5T) Solenoid
Test O05 – Toggle Aux2 Directional (SOL5B) Solenoid Digital Output Tests
Test O06 – Toggle the 1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
Reach Solenoid 2. Disconnect wire REACH-1 from the reach
solenoid.
This test turns the reach solenoid ON and OFF, 3. Connect a digital ammeter in series with
verifying its correct operation electrically. the reach solenoid coil, positive lead (+) to
the wire removed and the negative lead (–)
A successful test proves that the reach solenoid to terminal REACH-1 on the solenoid.
coil, wiring, and related circuitry in the vehicle 4. Reconnect the battery connector and turn the
manager are functioning correctly. key switch ON.
It does not prove that the reach solenoid valve is 5. Run Test O06 and toggle the solenoid coil
functioning properly mechanically. ON. Use the ENTER button to toggle the
test ON and OFF. The operator display
NOTE: If the horn does not work and the truck shows ON or OFF. The ammeter must read
will not lower, test the B+K2 circuit for approx. 560 milliamps.
battery positive before running this test.
a. If the ammeter reading is correct, the
solenoid coil is functioning properly
Run Test electrically.
NOTE: For information on how to use b. If the solenoid is not working properly,
maintenance mode, see “Using Service check for a mechanical problem in the
Mode” on page 6-17. valve, such as binding or
contamination.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Test O07 – Toggle the Tilt 1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
Solenoid 2. Disconnect wire TILT-1 from the tilt
solenoid.
This test turns the tilt solenoid ON and OFF, 3. Connect a digital ammeter in series with
verifying its correct operation electrically. the tilt solenoid coil, positive lead (+) to the
wire removed and the negative lead (–) to
A successful test proves that the tilt solenoid terminal TILT-1 on the solenoid.
coil, wiring, and related circuitry in the vehicle 4. Reconnect the battery connector and turn the
manager are functioning correctly. key switch ON.
It does not prove that the tilt solenoid valve is 5. Run Test O07 and toggle the solenoid coil
functioning properly mechanically. ON. Use the ENTER button to toggle the
test ON and OFF. The operator display
NOTE: If the horn does not work and the truck shows ON or OFF. The ammeter must read
will not lower, test the B+K2 circuit for approx. 560 milliamps.
battery positive before running this test.
a. If the ammeter reading is correct, the
solenoid coil is functioning properly
Run Test electrically.
NOTE: For information on how to use b. If the solenoid is not working properly,
maintenance mode, see “Using Service check for a mechanical problem in the
Mode” on page 6-17. valve, such as binding or
contamination.
NOTE: This test is available only if the tilt
option is configured for the lift truck.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Test O08 – Toggle the 1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
Sideshift Solenoid 2. Disconnect wire SIDESHIFT-1 from the
sideshift solenoid.
This test turns the sideshift solenoid ON and 3. Connect a digital ammeter in series with
OFF, verifying its correct operation electrically. the sideshift solenoid coil, positive lead (+)
to the wire removed and the negative lead
A successful test proves that the sideshift (–) to terminal SIDESHIFT-1 on the
solenoid coil, wiring, and related circuitry in the solenoid.
vehicle manager are functioning correctly. 4. Reconnect the battery connector and turn the
key switch ON.
It does not prove that the sideshift solenoid
valve is functioning properly mechanically. 5. Run Test O08 and toggle the solenoid coil
ON. Use the ENTER button to toggle the
NOTE: If the horn does not work and the truck test ON and OFF. The operator display
will not lower, test the B+K2 circuit for shows ON or OFF. The ammeter must read
battery positive before running this test. approx. 560 milliamps.
a. If the ammeter reading is correct, the
Run Test solenoid coil is functioning properly
electrically.
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service b. If the solenoid is not working properly,
Mode” on page 6-17. check for a mechanical problem in the
valve, such as binding or
NOTE: This test is available only if the sideshift
contamination.
option is configured for the lift truck.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Test O09 – Aux Dump (SOL3)/ Main Relief Dump (SOL8) Current Digital Output Tests
Digital Output Tests Test O11 – Toggle the Load Hold (SOL1) Solenoid
Test O11 – Toggle the 1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
Load Hold (SOL1) 2. Disconnect wire SOL1-1 from the load
hold solenoid.
Solenoid 3. Connect a digital ammeter in series with
the load hold solenoid coil, positive lead (+)
This test turns the load hold solenoid ON and to the wire removed and the negative
OFF, verifying its correct operation electrically. lead (–) to terminal SOL1-1 on the
solenoid.
A successful test proves that the load hold
4. Reconnect the battery connector and turn the
solenoid coil, wiring, and related circuitry in the
key switch ON.
vehicle manager are functioning correctly.
5. Run Test O11 and toggle the solenoid coil
It does not prove that the load hold solenoid ON. Use the ENTER button to toggle the
valve is functioning properly mechanically. test ON and OFF. The operator display
shows ON or OFF. The ammeter must read
NOTE: If the horn does not work and the truck approx. 800 milliamps.
will not lower, test the B+K2 circuit for
battery positive before running this test. a. If the ammeter reading is correct, the
solenoid coil is functioning properly
electrically.
Run Test
b. If the solenoid is not working properly,
NOTE: For information on how to use check for a mechanical problem in the
maintenance mode, see “Using Service valve, such as binding or
Mode” on page 6-17. contamination.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Test O12 – Ramp the Proportional Lower (SOL2) Solenoid Digital Output Tests
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Test O23 – Toggle Fans Use the TILT UP/DOWN buttons to toggle the
test ON and OFF. The operator display shows
ON or OFF.
This test toggles the power amplifier fans and
motor compartment cooling fans ON and OFF. NOTE: Upon exiting this test, the power
amplifier fans will remain in the ON or
NOTE: If the horn does not work and the truck OFF state last chosen, until the
will not lower, test the B+KA circuit for technician exits Program Mode. This
battery positive before running this test. permits running Test O23 in
conjunction with Test A27.
Run Test
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service
Mode” on page 6-17.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Digital Output Tests Test O25 – Toggle the 2d Pump (SOL4) Solenoid
Test O25 – Toggle the 2d 1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
Pump (SOL4) Solenoid 2. Disconnect wire SOL4-1 from the 2d Pump
solenoid.
NOTE: Only with Series BA/EA (DC dual pump 3. Connect a digital ammeter in series with
lift) the 2d Pump solenoid coil, positive lead (+)
to the wire removed and the negative
This test turns the 2d Pump solenoid ON and lead (–) to terminal SOL4-1 on the
OFF, verifying its correct operation electrically. solenoid.
4. Reconnect the battery connector and turn the
A successful test proves that the 2d Pump
key switch ON.
solenoid coil, wiring, and related circuitry in the
vehicle manager are functioning correctly. 5. Run Test O25 and toggle the solenoid coil
ON. Use the ENTER button to toggle the
It does not prove that the 2d Pump solenoid test ON and OFF. The operator display
valve is functioning properly mechanically. shows ON or OFF. The ammeter must read
650 to 900 milliamps.
NOTE: If the horn does not work and the truck
will not lower, test the B+KA circuit for a. If the ammeter reading is correct, the
battery positive before running this test. solenoid coil is functioning properly
electrically.
Run Test b. If the solenoid is not working properly,
check for a mechanical problem in the
NOTE: For information on how to use valve, such as binding or
maintenance mode, see “Using Service contamination.
Mode” on page 6-17.
Use correct electrostatic discharge precautions. See “Static Precautions” on page 2-9.
Action/ Expected
Step (+) Lead (–) Lead Step Passed Step Failed
Meter Scale Results
Test O28 – Ramp the Lift Power Amplifier Digital Output Tests
Power Amplifier
NOTE: Series CA/FA (AC lift) Use correct electrostatic discharge
precautions. See “Static Precautions” on
This test turns on the lift power amplifier by page 2-9.
gradually increasing the command to it through
the CAN bus. This test verifies that the lift 1. If the RPM request on the display changes
power amplifier can generate current. and the amperage and RPM on the display
does not, replace the lift power amplifier.
See “Power Amplifier, Lift Series CA/FA
(AC lift)” on page 7-110.
Prolonged application of the current to
2. If the RPM request on the display is
the motor without movement will cause
greater than zero and the amperage on the
damage to the motor.
display ramps up, but the motor does not
turn, troubleshoot the motor, associated
wiring and pump. Check also for
mechanical binding in the mast.
Run Test
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service
Mode” on page 6-17.
Digital Output Tests Test O29 – Ramp the Traction Power Amplifier
Run Test
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service
Mode” on page 6-17.
NOTE: The deadman pedal must be depressed
for the brake to release.
Run Test
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service
Mode” on page 6-17.
Table 6-41.
Digital Output Tests Test O32 – Toggle Relays K1, K2, K3, and K4
Run Test
NOTE: For information on how to use
maintenance mode, see “Using Service
Mode” on page 6-17.
Table 6-42.
ON Tips closed
Test A04 – Primary Throttle Potentiometer (VR1) Voltage JPC-12 0.00 5.0V ±0.2V
(Page 6-122)
Test A13 – Pressure Sensor Voltage (Page 6-130) JPC-24 0.00 5.00V ±0.2V
Test A15 – Battery Voltage (Page 6-132) JPC-24 0.00 35.00 V ±2V
Test A28 – Deadman Inductive Sensor (VR4) JPC-24 0.00 5.00 V ±0.2V
(Page 6-138)
Test A29 – Secondary Throttle Potentiometer (VR3) JPC-04 0.00 5.00 V ±0.2V
Voltage (Page 6-139)
Test A36 – Ambient Temperature Sensor (Page 6-146) JPC-24 400 to 460°F/ 44°F/6°C
204 to 238°C ±10°F/6°C
Test A37 – Steer Power Amplifier Current (Page 6-147) JPC-6 550A ±20A 100A ±10A
Test I02 – First Speed Limiting Switch (S12) JPC-22 Above Below
(Page 6-154)
Test I09 – Tilt Down Switch (S7) (Page 6-159) JPC-12 Out In
Test I10 – Sideshift Right Switch (S9) (Page 6-160) JPC-12 Out In
Test I11 – Sideshift Left Switch (S8) (Page 6-161) JPC-12 Out In
Test I24 – Steer Feedback Proximity Sensor (Page 6-167) JPC-22 Off On
Test I27 – Secondary Horn Switch (S10) (Page 6-170) JPC-04 Out In
Test I35 – Steer Tiller Encoder 1 (Channel A & B) JPC-22 High Low
(Page 6-173)
Test I36 – Steer Tiller Encoder 2 (Channel A & B) JPC-22 High Low
(Page 6-174)
Main Lift
Chain
Overhead
Free Lift Guard
Cylinder &
Chain
Main Lift
Cylinder
Mast Guard
Operator
Manual
Lift Motor & Location
Power Amp
Fans
Load
Backrest
Battery
Reach
Fork Scissor
Carriage Mechanism
(integral
sideshift)
Battery
Load Baseleg
Gate
Wheel
Forks
76353_117G.jpg
Figure 7-1. Mast and Carriage, R45TT
Overhead
Guard
Operator
Manual Primary
Pocket Control
(on Mast) Handle
Hydraulic
Fluid Filler
Cap
Spec Plate
(not visible)
Deadman
Pedal
Brake
Drive
Motor
Drive
Unit
Steer Caster
(not visible)
Drive
Wheel
7DSC_898a.jpg
Figure 7-2. Mast and Tractor, AC Lift, Fore-Aft Stance (Series CA shown)
Operator
Display
Primary
Control
Handle
Main
Hydraulic
Manifold
Reservoir
Relay/
Control
Fuse Panel
Electric
Steer Vehicle
Motor Manager
Horn Contactor/
Fuse Panel
Brake Traction
Power
Amplifier
Drive
Motor
Spec Plate
(not visible)
Drive Unit
(not visible)
Deadman
Pedal
Tractor
Cooling
Fan
Steer Idler
(not visible)
Drive Wheel
7DSC_901a.jpg
Figure 7-3. Tractor, AC Lift, Fore-Aft Stance (Series CA shown)
Hydraulic
Reservoir
Sight
Glass
Horn
Electric
Steer
Motor
Brake
Drive
Motor
Drive
Unit
7DSC_908a.jpg
Figure 7-4. Motor Compartment, AC Lift, Fore-Aft Stance (Series CA shown)
Optional
Primary Secondary
Control Control
Handle Handle
Vehicle
Manager
Contactor/
Fuse Panel
Traction
Spec Plate Power
Amplifier
Inertial
Dampener
Traction
Power ESD Jack
Amplifier
Cooling Fan
7DSC_911a.jpg
Figure 7-5. Electronics Compartment, AC Lift, Fore-Aft Stance (Series CA shown)
Key Switch
7DSC_920a.jpg
Figure 7-6. Tractor Deck, Operator View, AC Lift, Fore-Aft Stance (Series CA shown)
Lift Power
Amplifier
Operator
Display
Lift Pump
Lift Motor
Emergency
Power Off
Knob
Steer Power
Amplifier
TP4
7DSC_939a.jpg
Figure 7-7. Tractor Deck, EPO, AC Lift, Fore-Aft Stance (Series CA shown)
7DSC_935a.jpg
Figure 7-8. Tractor Deck, Lift Power Amplifier, AC Lift, Fore-Aft Stance (Series CA shown)
Overhead
Guard
Mast Guard
(Mesh or
Warning Decal Glass)
Primary
Control
Handle
Operator Manual
Pocket (on Mast)
Hydraulic Fluid
Filler Cap
Spec Plate
Deadman
Pedal
Brake
Drive
Motor
Drive
Unit Steer Caster
(not visible)
Drive
Wheel
7DSC_854a.JPG
Figure 7-9. Tractor, DC Lift, Side Stance (Series DA/EA)
Emergency
Power Off
Button
Steering
Operator Wheel
Display
Relay/
Control
Main
Hydraulic Fuse Panel
Manifold
Fluid
Reservoir
Sight Glass
Steering
Orbitrol Vehicle
Manager
Aux
Motor/
Contactor
Pump
Fuse Panel
Horn
Traction
Brake Power
Amplifier
Traction
Power
Amplifier
Cooling Fan
Drive Deadman
Unit Pedal
Steer Idler
(not visible)
Steering
Wheel
Main
Hydraulic Fluid
Manifold
Fluid
Reservoir Sight
Reservoir
Glass
Steering
Orbitrol
Reservoir
Brake
Aux Pump
Drive
Motor
Hydraulic
Steer Motor
Drive
Unit
Motor
Compartment
Cooling Fan
7DSC_0843a.jpg
Figure 7-11. Motor Compartment, DC Lift, Side Stance (Series DA/EA)
Relay/
Control
Fuse Panel
Vehicle
Manager
Contactor
Fuse Panel
Traction
Power
Amplifier
Traction
Power
Amplifier
Cooling Fan
ESD
Ground Jack
7DSC_848a.JPG
Figure 7-12. Electronics Compartment, DC Lift, Side Stance (Series DA/EA)
7DSC_0866.JPG
Figure 7-13. Tractor Deck, DC Lift, Side Stance (Series DA shown)
Ambient
Temperature Free Lift
Sensor Cylinder
Chain
Anchor
Hose
Retainer/
Guide
Hose
Tensioning
Spring
Bleed Screw
Carriage
Stop
Aux
Manifold
Reach
Cylinder
Tilt Cylinder
7DSC_0873a.JPG
Figure 7-14. Standard Reach Carriage, Operator View (Mast Guard removed for clarity)
Underside Components
Static
Strap
Steering
Linkage
A-frame
Steerable Drive Wheel
Caster
7P5180009.TIF
Figure 7-15. Underside Components
Cover Removal
Sequence
[Open the Motor Compartment Door] [16 in. battery compartment: remove mast guard]
Primary Control Handle Cover Left Front and Right Front Covers
Covers Component
Procedures Summary
Procedure Thread-Locking
Component /Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Procedure Thread-Locking
Component /Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Procedure Thread-Locking
Component /Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Decals Drawings:
N/A
page 7-33
Fastener
location
Fastener 7R1008452_C2A.CGM
location Figure 7-18. Right Front Cover fastener
7R1011308_C1A.CGM
Figure 7-16. Left Front Cover
7R1011307_D1A.CGM
Figure 7-19. Right Front Cover
Fastener
location
7R1008452_C2B.CGM
Figure 7-17. Left Front Cover fastener
Fastener
location
7R1011300_B1A.CGM
Figure 7-22. Secondary Control Handle Filler Cover
Removal,
Series AA/BA/CA (Fore-Aft Stance)
Fastener
location
Right Side Cover
7R1008452_C3G.CGM
Figure 7-20. Primary Control Handle Cover,
Series AA/BA/CA (Fore-Aft Stance)
Fastener
locations
7R1011298_C1A.CGM
Figure 7-21. Secondary Control Handle Cover,
Series AA/BA/CA (Fore-Aft Stance)
Fastener
locations
7R1011299_C1A.CGM
Figure 7-23. Right Side Cover,
Series AA/BA/CA (Fore-Aft Stance)
Steering Cover
Fastener
location
7R1008452_C3A.CGM
Figure 7-24. Steering Cover,
Series AA/BA/CA (Fore-Aft Stance)
7R1011302_B1A.CGM
Figure 7-25. Steering Cover,
Series AA/BA/CA (Fore-Aft Stance)
Top Cover
Fastener location
- see Figure 7-27
Fastener
location Figure 7-28. Top Cover,
7R1011825.CGM
7R1008452_C2C.CGM
Series AA/BA/CA (Fore-Aft Stance)
Figure 7-26. Top Cover,
Series AA/BA/CA (Fore-Aft Stance)
Underside fastener
location in motor
compartment
7R1008452_C3B.CGM
Figure 7-27. Top Cover fastener,
Series AA/BA/CA (Fore-Aft Stance)
Fastener
location
Fastener location
- underside
7R1014215_A.CGM
Figure 7-30. Top Cover, Elbow,
Series DA/EA/FA (Side Stance)
Fastener
location
7R1014218
Figure 7-29. Right Side Cover,
Series DA/EA/FA (Side Stance)
Steering Cover
Fastener
location
Underside
fastener location
7R1014221_B1a.CGM
7R1014221_B1b.CGM
Figure 7-32. Cover, Steering,
Series DA/EA/FA (Side Stance)
7R1014211_B2.CGM
7R1014211_B1.CGM
Figure 7-31. Top Cover, Display,
Series DA/EA/FA (Side Stance)
10 General Safety Decal Mast guard, bottom edge of decal 1.5 inches
above bottom of guard, left edge of decal
11.5 inches inside widest tractor dimension.
14 Torque Specs (motor, power amplifier, Front of operator compartment, under top
contactors) cover, centered on sloping deck
7 8
7 6
9
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
1
10 10
14 14
17
17
16 11
16 11
15
15
12
12
13
13
7R1017410_A1.CGM
7R1010652_A1.CGM
7R1017410_A2.CGM
7R1010652_A2.CGM
Figure 7-33. Decal and Specification Plate Locations, Tractor
24 (inside surface) 23
5 20
21
22
19
7R1017504_A1.CGM
Figure 7-34. Decal and Specification Plate Locations, Mast
10
17
23
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
EPO Switch No P/N 990-536/6 ft. lb. Separate switch button from body by
(8.6 Nm) pushing in and twisting button.
Hydraulic Locator Spur Gear: Pressure fittings: 60 ft. lb. (81 Nm)
Steering Motor Photo: P/N 990-536/ Drain connection: 21 ft. lb. (28 Nm)
Series Figure 7-11 6.25 ft. lb. (8.5 Nm)
AA/BA/DA/EA on page 7-17 Motor Mounting bolts:
(DC lift) P/N 990-536/
55 ft. lb. (72 Nm)
Flange Mounting Bolts:
P/N 990-536/
75 ft. lb. (102 Nm)
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Series N/A
AA/BA/DA/
EA (DC lift):
Figure 7-12
on page 7-18
Drawings:
page 7-121
Steer Limit Adjustment Switch Bracket to Adjust the vertical gap between sensor and
Switch S11 Procedure: Drive Unit: sensing rail to 0.05 to 0.10 inch (1.3 to
Series CA/FA page 7-44 P/N 990-536/ 2.5 mm).
(AC lift) 9 ft. lb. (12 Nm)
Steer Motor, Locator Pinion gear set screw: Apply anti-seize compound (P/N 990-638) to
Electric Photo: P/N 1013829/ pinion gear. Orient pinion gear with teeth
Series CA/FA Figure 7-4 on 6 ft. lb. (8.6 Nm). toward gear box and shoulder toward the
(AC lift) page 7-10 Pinion gear mounting mounting bolt (see photo).
bolt: P/N 1013829/ Orient steer motor with encoder harness
21 ft. lb. (29 Nm). towards the operator compartment.
Motor mounting bolts:
P/N 1013829/ Pinion
Gear Gear Teeth
30 ft. lb. (42 Nm).
Flange mounting bolts: Mounting
P/N 990-536/ Bolt
95 ft. lb. (129 Nm).
Set Screw
Shoulder
7RCH07R009BW.JPG
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Steering Wheel No Series CA/FA (AC lift): Series CA/FA (AC lift)
Mounting bolts: Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift)
P/N 990-536/ Apply anti-seize compound (P/N 990-452) to
21 ft. lb. (29 Nm). shoulder bolt through knob.
Steering Knob Bolt:
P/N 990-536/
35 ft. lb. (47 Nm)
Series AA/BA/DA/EA
(DC lift): Mounting
bolts: P/N 990-536/
15 ft. lb. (21 Nm).
Steering Knob Bolt:
P/N 990-536/
35 ft. lb. (47 Nm)
Fore-Aft Stance
Removal
1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
Snubber
Adjustment Nut
Use correct electrostatic discharge
precautions. See “Static Precautions” on
page 2-9.
76353_108G.JPG
Figure 7-36. Steer Encoder and Snubber
2. Remove the top cover and steering cover.
Reference “Top Cover” on page 7-30 and Installation
“Steering Cover” on page 7-29. (You must
remove the knob, steering wheel cover, 1. Route wiring harness of new encoder
and steering wheel before removing the through the hole in the bracket. Install
steering cover.) encoder to bracket with three bolts.
3. Remove the steering wheel cover. 2. Route encoder harness and install cable
a. Remove the plastic plug in the steering ties where previously removed. Connect
knob. Remove the shoulder bolt and harness connectors JPE1 and JPE2.
knob. 3. Assemble the snubber and tighten the jam
nut on the eyebolt so that the force
b. Remove the 2 bolts holding the steering
required to turn the steering wheel is 5 to
wheel cover to the steering wheel.
7 in. lb. (0.5 to 0.7 Nm).
4. Remove the 2 cap screws holding the
4. Apply thread-locking compound
steering wheel to the steering encoder.
(P/N 990-536) to the steering wheel
Remove the wheel.
cap screws.
5. Remove three screws holding the steering
5. Position the steering wheel over the
cover to the steering bracket. Remove the
steering encoder. Install cap screws.
cover.
6. Install the steering wheel cover.
6. Remove the snubber adjustment nut and
swing the halves of the snubber out of the a. Attach the steering wheel cover to the
way. See Figure 7-36. steering wheel with two bolts.
7. Disconnect encoder harness connectors b. Apply anti-seize compound
JPE1 and JPE2. Cut cable ties as needed. (P/N 990-452) to the shoulder bolt.
Install the steering knob.
7. Install the top cover.
Sensing Rail
View is toward
motor compartment
door, drive motor
removed for clarity
7R1016524_A.CGM
Figure 7-37. Steer Limit Switch
Adjustment
1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
2. Open the drive motor compartment door.
3. Loosen the nuts securing the switch to the
bracket.
4. Adjust the vertical gap between the switch
and the sensing rail to 0.05 to 0.10 inch
(1.3 to 2.5 mm). Tighten the nuts.
Steering Steering
Straightedge Drive Tire Link Link
Locking Adjusting
Bolts (4) Bolts (2)
E E
C 7R86758A.EPS
Cover Plate
Initially Initially
1 in. 6 in.
(25 (152
77074_004.TIF
mm) mm)
Figure 7-40. Inertial Dampener Cover Plate
A-frame Spring Nuts 3. Jack the lift truck until the caster is clear
of the floor.
4. Turn the A-frame down-travel adjustment
bolt to obtain an initial gap of 1.0 inch
(25 mm) between the arm and frame.
Adjust the A-frame spring nuts to obtain
an initial spring length of 6.0 inches
(152 mm). See Figure 7-41 and
Figure 7-42.
A-frame
5. Lower the lift truck back onto the floor.
Down-Travel
Adjustment Bolt Make sure the lift truck is sitting on a flat
floor surface.
713Y7S001.TIF
6. Adjust the A-frame spring nuts to obtain
Figure 7-41. A-frame Down-Travel Adjustment Bolt the spring length in the table that follows.
The dimension is measured from the top of
the spring to the top of the caster, not the
frame.
0.12 in.
All
(3.05 mm)
A-frame
Up-Travel
Stop Bolt
713Y7S001.TIF
Steering Linkage
Use Figure 7-44 as a reference when components. After replacing any components,
removing/replacing steering linkage make sure the steering is adjusted correctly.
Section BB
and
Section CC
D
C
B
B
C D
A A
Detail of
Section AA
E E
Section EE
Section AA
Table 7-5. Control Handle Repair, Series AA/BA/CA, Primary Control Handle
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
1 X X X X X
4 Slide the lift knob off the lift pot shaft. NOTE: The outer spring X X X X X
paddle might fall off when the lift knob is removed.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
9 Carefully pull the flex circuit down the cable clamp slot. X X X X X
Flex Circuit
7HNDL_FA1.jpg
11 Carefully peel the flex heater from the travel pot. It is attached X X X
to the pot with double-sided tape.
7HNDL_FA2.jpg
12 Press the latch on the travel pot connector and disconnect the X X X
travel pot from the flex circuit. See Figure 7-46.
Travel Pot
13 Slide the travel pot out of the travel shaft assembly. Note: Be X X
careful not to lose the D-shaped metal spring clip seated inside
the travel shaft. See Figure 7-47.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
“D” Ring
Spring
Snap Ring
Pin
Paddle Paddle
7HNDL_FA3.jpg
7HNDL_FA4.jpg
17 Slide the spring and paddles part way down the travel shaft to X
engage the lower spring tang.
18 Using the upper paddle, press the upper spring tang over the X
pin on the travel shaft. With one paddle and one spring tang on
each side of the pin, slide all parts down to expose the snap
ring groove. See Figure 7-48.
20 Confirm that the D-shaped metal clip is inside the travel shaft. X X
21 Slide a new travel pot into the travel shaft assembly. Skip the X
next step.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
Lift Pot/Spring
23 Note orientation of lift pot spring, paddles, and dowel pin. Slide X
the outer spring paddle and lift pot spring off the lift pot
bracket.
Lift Pot
Connector Paddle Spring Dowel Pin
7HNDL_FA5.jpg
24 If you are replacing the inner spring paddle, slide the old inner X
spring paddle off the lift pot bracket.
25 Slide the new inner spring paddle onto the lift pot bracket. X
27 Slide the outer spring paddle part way onto the lift pot bracket X
to engage the outer spring tang.
28 Using the outer paddle, press the outer spring tang over the X
dowel. Slide parts together until the outer paddle is flush with
the lift pot bracket. See Figure 7-49.
Lift Pot
29 Press the latch on the lift pot connector and disconnect the lift X X X
pot from the flex circuit. See Figure 7-49.
30 Carefully peel the flex heater from the lift pot. It is attached to X X
the pot with double-sided tape.
31 Pull the lift pot/bracket assembly out of the lower handle shell. X X
32 Slide the old lift pot out of the lift pot bracket. X
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
33 Slide the new lift pot into the lift pot bracket. The lift pot tang X
must slide into the slot on the lift pot bracket.
7HNDL_FA6.jpg
ThermaKit Tilt/Sideshift
Heaters Card
7HNDL_FA7.jpg
36 Gently remove the lift pot connector from the slot in the lower X
handle shell.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
7HNDL_FA8.jpg
43 Hold the new flex circuit over the lower handle shell and hang X
the reach/retract switches over their mounting ribs. The
switches do not have to been in their final position. The
switches are being used to position the flex circuit temporarily.
46 Press the ThermaKit and travel pot connectors into the slots in X
the lower handle shell. See Figure 7-46.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
Card Sits
Forward
of Ridge
Card Sits
Behind
Ridge
7HNDL_FA10.jpg
49 Route the harness connector end of the flex circuit through the X
locating slots.
Slot in Shell
Tab on Pot
Bracket
7HNDL_FA11.jpg
51 Re-tape the lift pot flex heater to the pot body. Replace the X X
double-sided tape if necessary. Use a screwdriver blade to
press the heater against the pot body.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
54 Align the tang on the travel pot with the 2nd rib on the flex X
circuit side of the lower handle shell.
Tang
Rib
7HNDL_FA12.jpg
55 Re-tape the travel pot flex heater to the pot body. Replace the X X X
double-sided tape if necessary. See Figure 7-46.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
Assemble Handle
58 Position the upper handle shell over the lower shell and ease it X X X X X
into position. See Figure 7-56. Make sure:
If the lift knob was not removed, rotate the knob slightly to
allow the upper handle shell to clear it. The upper handle shell
should mate with the lower shell with very little force.
F D D
A
A
C B
7HNDL_FA13.jpg
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
60 Place the tip of a screwdriver into the travel shaft set screw X X X X X
hole. Gently rotate the shaft in both directions to confirm that
the pin in the upper handle shell is between the paddles. Do
not over-rotate the shaft, as this can cause plastic parts to
break. You should feel spring tension immediately and there
should be no free play in the travel shaft. If you do not feel
spring tension, lift off the upper handle shell, and repeat step
58.
63 Slide the cable clamp into the cable clamp slot. Install one X X X X X
M5x10mm SHCS to fasten the cable clamp.
64 Confirm that the two spring paddles and spring are in place. X X X X X
The outer paddle must be flush with the end of the lift pot
bracket. See Figure 7-49.
65 Set the flat on the lift pot shaft 90 degrees to the top spring X X X X X
paddle.
7HNDL_FA14.jpg
66 Slide the lift knob on, with the dowel pin in the knob is passing X X X X X
between the paddles.
67 Tighten the steel set screw until it bottoms, then 1/4 turn X X X X X
additional (4 to 6 in. lb.).
68 Install the nylon set screw. Run the nylon set screw down flush X X X X X
or below the surface of the knob.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
1 X X X X X
4 Slide the lift knob off the lift pot shaft. NOTE: The outer spring X X X X X
paddle might fall off when the lift knob is removed.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
7HNDL_SS1.JPG
8 Press the latch on the travel pot connector and disconnect the X X X
travel pot from the flex circuit. See Figure 7-58.
Travel Pot
9 Lift the travel pot shaft out of the lower handle shell. X X
10 Slide the travel pot out of the travel shaft assembly. Note: Be X X
careful not to lose the D-shaped metal spring clip seated inside
the travel shaft.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
Snap Ring
7HNDL_SS2.JPG
14 Slide the spring and paddles part way down the travel shaft to X
engage the lower spring tang.
15 Using the upper paddle, press the upper spring tang over the X
pin on the travel shaft. With one paddle and one spring tang on
each side of the pin, slide all parts down to expose the snap
ring groove.
7HNDL_SS3.JPG
17 Confirm that the D-shaped metal clip is inside the travel shaft. X X
18 Slide a new travel pot into the travel shaft assembly. Skip the X
next step.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
20 Insert the travel shaft assembly into the lower handle shell. X X
Make sure the tang on the travel pot enters the center slot in
the shell. See Figure 7-61.
Tang
Slot
7HNDL_SS4.JPG
Lift Pot
21 Press the latch on the lift pot connector and disconnect the lift X X X
pot from the flex circuit. Lift the wires past the reach/retract
buttons.
7HNDL_SS5.JPG
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
22 Carefully peel the flex heater from the lift pot. It is attached to X X
the pot with double-sided tape.
23 Pull the lift pot/bracket assembly out of the lower handle shell. X X
7HNDL_SS6.JPG
24 Slide the old lift pot out of the lift pot bracket. X
25 Slide the new lift pot into the lift pot bracket. The lift pot tang X
must slide into the slot on the lift pot bracket.
7HNDL_SS8.JPG
Lift Pot/Spring
26 Note orientation of lift pot spring, paddles, and dowel pin. Slide X
the outer spring paddle and lift pot spring off the lift pot
bracket. See Figure 7-64.
27 If you are replacing the inner spring paddle, slide the old inner X
spring paddle off the lift pot bracket.
28 Slide the new inner spring paddle onto the lift pot bracket. X
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
30 Slide the outer spring paddle part way onto the lift pot bracket X
to engage the outer spring tang.
31 Using the outer paddle, press the outer spring tang over the X
dowel. Slide parts together until the outer paddle is flush with
the lift pot bracket. See Figure 7-64.
36 Gently remove the lift pot connector from the slot in the lower X
handle shell.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
Tilt/Sideshift
Button Circuit Card
7HNDL_SS9.JPG
41 Hold the new flex circuit over the lower handle shell and hang X
the reach/retract switches over their mounting ribs. The
switches do not have to been in their final position. The
switches are being used to position the flex circuit temporarily.
44 Press the ThermaKit, lift pot, and travel pot connectors into the X
slots in the lower handle shell. See Figure 7-58 and
Figure 7-62.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
Card Sits
Behind
Ridge
7HNDL_SS10.JPG
7HNDL_SS06.JPG HNDL_SS7.JPG
47 Re-tape the lift pot heater to the pot body. Replace the X X
double-sided tape if necessary. Use a screwdriver blade to
press the heater against the pot body.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
53 Route the harness connector end of the flex circuit through the X
locating slots.
Assemble Handle
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
55 Position the upper handle shell over the lower shell and ease it X X X X X
into position.
B B
7HNDL_SS11.JPG
Make sure:
A: Travel pot tang is entering the slot in the lower shell.
B: Travel shaft rib on upper shell is passing between the
paddles of the travel shaft assembly.
If the lift knob was not removed, rotate the knob slightly to
allow the upper handle shell to clear it. The upper handle shell
should mate with the lower shell with very little force.
57 Place the tip of a screwdriver into the travel shaft set screw X X X X X
hole. Gently rotate the shaft in both directions to confirm that
the pin in the upper handle shell is between the paddles. Do
not over-rotate the shaft, as this can cause plastic parts to
break. You should feel spring tension immediately and there
should be no free play in the travel shaft. If you do not feel
spring tension, lift off the upper handle shell, and repeat step
55.
59 Confirm that the two spring paddles and spring are in place. X X X X X
The outer paddle must be flush with the end of the lift pot
bracket.
Step
Procedure Step LP LPS TP TPS FC
No.
60 Set the flat on the lift pot shaft parallel to the top spring X X X X X
paddle.
7HNDL_SS12.JPG
61 Slide the lift knob on, with the dowel pin in the knob is passing X X X X X
between the paddles.
62 Tighten the steel set screw until it bottoms, then 1/4 turn X X X X X
additional (4 to 6 in. lb.).
63 Install nylon set screw. Run nylon set screw down flush or X X X X X
below the surface of the knob.
Travel
Step Travel Horn
Procedure Step Pot
No. Pot Button
Spring
Travel Pot
3 Attach the foam pad to the back of the new travel pot body. X
4 Turn the travel pot shaft so the flat on the shaft aligns with the tang X
on the pot body.
Tang
Snap Ring Flat on Shaft
7HNDL_SEC1.JPG
5 Insert travel pot into the handle shell, aligning the flat on the shaft X
with the D-clip, and the tang on the pot body with the slot in the
shell. See Figure 7-70.
Travel
Step Travel Horn
Procedure Step Pot
No. Pot Button
Spring
Other Components
M4x8 mm
M4x12 mm
7HNDL_SEC2.JPG
9 Pull the travel pot out of the handle shell. Note: Be careful not to X
lose the D-shaped metal spring clip seated inside the travel shaft.
10 Remove the snap ring in the handle shell. See Figure 7-70. X
Travel
Step Travel Horn
Procedure Step Pot
No. Pot Button
Spring
7HNDL_SEC3.JPG
14 Slide the spring and paddles part way down the travel shaft to X
engage the lower spring tang.
15 Using the upper paddle, press the upper spring tang over the tab on X
the travel shaft. With one paddle and one spring tang on each side
of the pin, slide all parts down to expose the snap ring groove.
Paddle/Tang Spring
Tab on Shaft
Paddle/Tang
7HNDL_SEC4.JPG
17 Confirm that the D-shaped metal clip is inside the travel shaft. X
18 Insert the travel shaft assembly into the handle shell. Make sure X
the tab on the shell slides between the paddles on the shaft
assembly. See Figure 7-73.
Travel
Step Travel Horn
Procedure Step Pot
No. Pot Button
Spring
19 Insert travel pot into the handle shell, aligning the flat on the shaft X
with the D-clip, and the tang on the pot body with the slot in the
shell. See Figure 7-70.
Horn Button
20 Remove the three wires from the PH3 connector, noting their colors X
and locations for later re-connection.
Insulation
7HNDL_SEC5.JPG
21 Remove the two-inch length of insulator tubing from the wires. See X
Figure 7-74.
22 Remove the snap ring from the back of the horn button. X
Snap Ring
7HNDL_SEC6.JPG
25 Install the horn button in the grip and secure it with the snap ring. X
Travel
Step Travel Horn
Procedure Step Pot
No. Pot Button
Spring
28 Shrink the insulator tubing at the connector end of the wires. See X
Figure 7-74.
Handle Reassembly
29 Slide the handle grip over the handle shaft and shell assembly. X X
Orient the notch in the handle flange with the harness channel in
the grip.
7HNDL_SEC7.JPG
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Brake Procedure: Total air gap locking Lower air gap: 0.012 inch (0.305 mm)
Adjustment page 7-96 screws: Total air gap: 0.030 inch (0.762 mm)
17 ft. lb. (23 Nm)
Deadman Photo:
N/A
Sensor VR4 page 7-102
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Drive Motor Locator Pinion gear: Remove electric steering motor, steer limit
Photos: P/N 990-536/ switch and rail, brake.
Series CA/FA 85 ft. lb. (115 Nm) Motor weighs approx. 125 lb. (57 kg).
(AC lift): Drive Motor mounting
Figure 7-3 on bolts: P/N 990-536/ Note end bell and cabling differences:
page 7-9 and 18 ft. lb. (24.4 Nm) P/N 1020728/601 ..... P/N 1029753/600
Figure 7-4 on Power cables:
page 7-10. 18 ft. lb. (24.4 Nm)
Steer limit sensing rail:
Series P/N 990-536/
AA/BA/DA/ 9 ft. lb. (12 Nm)
EA (DC lift):
Figure 7-9 on
page 7-15
and
Figure 7-10
on page 7-16.
Series
See procedure.
AA/BA/DA/
EA (DC lift):
Figure 7-9 on
page 7-15
and
Figure 7-10
on page 7-16.
Procedure:
page 7-79
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Inertial Procedure: See procedure. Adjust dampener spring length to 1 9/16 in.
Dampener page 7-103. (40 mm). Adjust idler after installing
dampener. See Page 7-45.
Drive Unit
Drive Unit Set-Up
22 23 21 20 19 25 26
24
4
27
3
2
18
6
12 16
13
5
9
7
28 8 10 11 7 14 15 32
7R1008858_C.CGM
Figure 7-77. Drive Unit Exploded View
Standard Tools
Table 7-9. Legend for Figure 7-77
Before performing any maintenance on the
Item Description
drive unit, note the tools required. Also, make
1 Housing, Drive Unit sure that any maintenance performed does not
void warranty.
2 Gear, Pinion, Drive Unit
21 Fitting, Grease
22 Screw
23 Washer, Flat
25 Bearing, Ball
27 Fitting, Grease
28 Cover, Shim
32 Cover, Shim
Troubleshooting
Oil leaks Damaged lip seal Replace lip seal, main cover and Seal Kit
bearing shims, and output shaft P/N 410-029/50
bearings
Worn or damaged output Replace lip seal, main cover and Axle Shaft Kit
shaft bearing shims, output shaft P/N 410-029/51
bearings, and output shaft
Drive wheel Worn or damaged output Replace lip seal, main cover and Seal Kit
wobbles shaft bearings bearing shims, and output shaft P/N 410-029/50
bearings
Worn or damaged output Replace lip seal, main cover and Axle Shaft Kit
shaft bearing shims, output shaft P/N 410-029/51
bearings, and output shaft
Loose wheel mounting Inspect housing and main cover for N/A
hardware damage, retorque mounting
hardware
Noise Worn or damaged output Replace lip seal, main cover and Seal Kit
shaft bearings bearing shims, and output shaft P/N 410-029/50
bearings
Worn or damaged gear set - Replace lip seal, main cover and Seal Kit
Output shaft is in good bearing shims, output shaft P/N 410-029/50
condition bearings, pinion bearings, gear set, Drive Gear Kit
and clamp nut P/N 410-029/52
Worn or damaged gear set - Replace lip seal, main cover and Axle Shaft Kit
Output shaft is worn or bearing shims, output shaft P/N 410-029/51
damaged bearings, pinion bearings, gear set, Drive Gear Kit
clamp nut, and output shaft P/N 410-029/52
Worn or damaged pivot Replace radial ring set, steel balls, Steer Kit
bearing bearing filler plug, and spherical P/N 410-029/53
bearing
Steering Worn or damaged spur Replace spur gear and spherical N/A
binds gear bearing
Worn or damaged pivot Replace pivot ring, radial ring set, Steer Kit
ring steel balls, bearing filler plug, and P/N 410-029/53
spherical bearing
35°
Typical
“Eye” welded
to plate
73323_002.EPS
Figure 7-78. Drive Unit Removal/Installation Tool
Disassembly
Use extreme care whenever the lift truck All item numbers refer to exploded view,
is jacked up. Never block the lift truck Figure 7-77 on page 7-79.
between the telescopic and the floor. Clean the outside of the drive unit thoroughly
Use a suitable hoist to stabilize the mast. and drain any remaining oil from the drive unit
Keep hands and feet clear from vehicle by removing the drain plug (Item 12).
while jacking the lift truck. After the lift
truck is jacked, place solid blocks or jack Visually inspect the outside of the housing
stands beneath it to support it. Do not (Item 1) for damage, wear or cracks.
rely on the jack alone to support the lift
truck. See “Jacking Safety” on
Pivot Ring Disassembly
page 2-11.
1. On the pivot ring (Item 18), remove the
12. Secure the lift truck with a suitable grease fitting (Item 21) and the bearing
capacity hoist attached to the overhead filler plug (Item 20). Inspect the bearing
guard. Jack the rear of tractor so that the filler plug hole for uneven wear.
bottom edge of the bumper is approx.
6.5 in. (16.5 cm) off the floor.
Filler Plug
13. Remove the drive wheel.
14. Disconnect the steer linkage from the drive
unit; swing the linkage clear (if the lift
truck has a steered idler).
15. Place a temporary support under the drive
unit or attach a hoist to the tool installed
in Step 10.
Pivot Ring
71018_003.tif
Radial Rings
71018_002.tif
71018_001.tif
Figure 7-80. Remove Steel Ball Bearings
Figure 7-82. Remove Radial Rings
3. After removing all the steel balls, remove
the pivot ring (Item 18) by working it off Main Cover and Output Shaft
toward drive end of the housing. Disassembly
1. Visually inspect the housing around the
main cover (Item 16) for wear outside the
cover bolts (Item 13). Refer to Figure 7-83.
NOTE: Excessive housing wear outside the
Pivot Ring cover bolts can make them difficult to
remove. If this occurs, replace the entire
drive unit. No further disassembly is
necessary.
2. Remove the main cover bolts (Item 13).
3. Using a mallet, knock the flanged output
shaft (Item 9) to break the seal on the
71018_004.tif main cover (Item 16).
Figure 7-81. Remove Pivot Ring 4. Remove the main cover and output shaft
assembly.
4. Remove the radial rings (Item 24) from the
channel in the housing and inside the 5. You need a press and 8 in. x 6 in. tube to
pivot ring. remove the bearing cup (Item 14) on the
end of the output shaft.
Main Cover
71018_005.tif
Output Shaft
Output Shaft
71018_012.tif
12. Remove the lip seal (Item 15) from the Spiral Pinion Disassembly
main cover.
NOTE: The spiral pinion and bevel gear are a
matched set. Their alignment is critical. Do not
replace them separately.
Lip Seal 1. Loosen the set screw on the clamp nut
(Item 4) on the spiral pinion (Item 7).
Remove the clamp nut.
71018_013.tif
Apply even pressure on both tools to lift Figure 7-89. Remove Clamp Nut
the cone out.
2. Using a brass punch and hammer, drive
the spiral pinion (Item 7) out of the
housing.
Output Shaft
Bearing Cone NOTE: You may need to remove the spiral
pinion with a press or pressing device
equivalent.
Helical Gear
71018_009.tif
NOTE: The bearing cups and cones are usually 2. Install the second bearing cup (Item 6) into
damaged during removal. Replace them the housing bore on the opposite side.
as sets; they are included with Kits #1
and #2.
Bearing Cup
71018_014.tif
Bearing Cup
Figure 7-92. Drive In Bearing Cup
71018_008.tif
Thoroughly wash the housing and visually Always watch for pinch points when
inspect entire housing again for excessive using a press or pressing tools.
damage, wear, or cracks.
3. Press the bearing cone (Item 5) onto the
Assembly spiral pinion (Item 7) until it is seated.
Main Cover and Output Shaft that dial indicator tips come into contact
Assembly with flange surface.
71826_127.tif
10. Press the bearing cone onto the output 14. Press the bearing cone (Item 8) down until
shaft. it is fully seated against the spacer and
snap ring.
Bearing Cone
Output
Bearing
71018_020.tif
Spacer
Figure 7-98. Press on Bearing Cone 71018_023.tif
Bearing Cup
Bearing Cone
71018_022.tif
12. Install the external retaining ring (Item 13) Figure 7-101. Eliminate Backlash
on the output shaft (Item 10). Pull up on
the bevel gear (Item 7) to make sure the 16. Place bearing cup (Item 8) onto bearing
external retaining ring is installed and rotate cup while applying downward
securely. pressure to seat bearing.
13. Place the output bearing spacer (Item 10), 17. Position dial indicator onto the main cover
with the recessed area down, over the so that the tips rest on the bearing cup.
output shaft. Place the bearing cone The readings on the two dial indicators
(Item 8) on top of the output shaft. should be the same. If they are different,
repeat Steps 15 and 16 until the readings NOTE: Complete steps 2 through 4 before the
are identical. bearing cools.
Clamp Nut
Helical Gear
71826_130.tif
71018_028.tif
71018_029.tif
Cover Shim
71826_131.tif
71018_030.tif
Figure 7-110. Backlash Measurement
Figure 7-108. Install Cover Shims
2. Calculate any necessary adjustments to
8. Place the main cover assembly over the the shims. Remove the main cover
shims, being sure to line up the marked assembly and the bearing cup, and adjust
teeth on both the spiral and bevel gears the shims. Repeat Steps 6 through 9 “Installing
(Item 7). and Testing Shims” until backlash is between
0.004 and 0.006.
9. Put in four housing cover bolts (Item 13),
evenly spaced, and tighten to 40 ft. lb. 3. When backlash is within acceptable range,
(54 Nm). remove the main cover assembly and the
cover shims.
Outer
Radial Ring
Roll Pin
71018_035.tif
Steel Ball
Roll Pins
71018_036.tif
71018_038.tif
Washer
71018_040.tif
Installation
1. Place the new drive unit in position.
2. Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 990-544) to the drive unit mounting
bolts. Install and torque the drive unit
mounting bolts to 130 ft. lb. (176 Nm).
3. Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 990-536) to the steer linkage bolt
threads. Reconnect the steering linkage.
Torque bolts to 150 ft. lb. (204 Nm).
4. Reinstall the steering shaft and hydraulic
motor.
5. Refill the drive unit with the correct type
fluid. Add fluid until level reaches the
bottom of the helical gear.
6. Install the drive motor and brake. Use a
fiber gasket between drive motor and drive
unit.
Brake, Electric
Coil Locking
Body Brake Armature 0.007 in. Bolt
Pad Plate Shim
Shoulder Total
Bolt Air Gap
Rotor 0.030
Adjuster in.
Lock Nut
Total
Lower Air Gap
Air Gap Adjuster
0.012 in.
Base Brake
Plate Pad
Lower
Air Gap Encoder
Adjuster Bearing
7Brake Engaged-7400-Gold.jpg
Figure 7-116. Brake cross-section
0.007 in.
Gap
0.011 in.
+ Gap
0.012 in.
+ Gap
0.030 in.
Total
Air Gap
7Brake Engaged-7400-Gold.jpg
Figure 7-117. Brake gaps
Brake Pads
Baseplate
Spacer
Coil Body
Rotor
Locking Bolts
7R1010694_B.CGM
Figure 7-118. Brake Assembly
Brake Adjustment 2. Turn the steering wheel all the way left or
right.
3. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
Use extreme caution whenever the lift 4. Open drive motor compartment door.
truck is jacked up. Never block the lift Remove cable ties holding the cable
truck between the telescopic and the bundle to the brake assembly.
floor. Use a suitable hoist to stabilize the NOTE: Adjustment photos show drive motor
mast. Keep hands and feet clear from P/N 1020728/600. Drive motor P/N
vehicle while jacking the lift truck. After 1029753/600 and 1029754/600 are
the lift truck is jacked, place solid blocks similar.
or jack stands beneath it to support it.
DO NOT rely on the jack alone to NOTE: Make sure to adjust both the total air gap and
support the lift truck. See “Jacking lower air gap. See Figure 7-116 and
Safety” on page 2-11. Figure 7-117 on page 7-95.
5. Adjust the total air gap at each of the three
NOTE: If black lower air gap adjuster nuts total air gap adjusters:
crack, replace with zinc-plated nuts. See
a. Loosen the locking bolt.
Parts Catalog for part number.
b. Turn the total air gap adjuster until
1. Jack up the lift truck so the drive wheel is there is a 0.030 inch (0.762 mm) gap
off the ground. between the armature plate and the coil
body, close to the adjuster and at the a. Loosen the locking nut on top of the
outer perimeter of the brake base plate.
(Figure 7-120).
7D20000054_2BW.JPG
Figure 7-121. Loosening brake base plate locking nut
7D20000054_5BW.JPG
Figure 7-119. Loosening brake locking bolt b. Turn the hex head adjuster under the
base plate (Figure 7-123) until there is
a 0.012 inch (0.305 mm) gap between
the adjuster and the top surface of the
drive motor (Figure 7-122).
c. Tighten the locking nut while holding
the adjuster with another wrench.
7D20000054_6BW.JPG
Figure 7-120. Adjusting total air gap
Brake Assembly
Removal and Disassembly
Figure 7-123. Adjusting brake lower air gap
7D20000054_4BW.JPG
NOTE: You can remove the entire brake
assembly without disassembling it and
7. Reconnect the battery connector and turn the without using the brake release bolts.
key switch ON. 1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
8. Turn the steering wheel carefully until the the battery connector.
next set of adjusters is accessible. Make 2. Chock the drive tire to prevent movement.
sure the loose cables do not catch on
adjacent parts. 3. Remove the top cover and open the motor
compartment door.
9. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector. 4. Note the location of cable ties securing the
cable bundle to the cable bracket. Cut
10. Repeat steps 6 through 9 until you have cable ties to free the cables from the
adjusted all air gap adjuster sets. bracket. Remove the cable bracket.
11. Torque total air gap locking screws to 5. Scribe a witness mark down the side of the
17 ft. lb. (23 Nm). brake to help orientation during
12. Measure all gaps again. Readjust as reassembly.
needed. 6. If you are replacing only the brake coil or
13. Install cable ties removed previously. upper brake pad, skip to step 12.
14. Close the motor compartment door. 7. If you have an air wrench available, skip to
Remove blocks and lower the lift truck to step 8. Otherwise, loosen one of the
the floor. locking bolts enough to insert a penny or
15. Reconnect the battery connector and turn the similar spacer between the armature plate
key switch ON. and coil body. Do not turn the total air gap
adjuster. See Figure 7-124. Tighten the
16. Test the brake for correct operation. locking bolt to lock the armature plate to
the coil body. This prevents rotation of the
brake rotor as the retaining nut is 13. Remove the three bolts holding the coil
removed. and armature plate to the base plate.
Remove coil and armature plate (with
upper brake pad). If you performed steps 7
through 11, the rotor and base plate (with
Coil Body Locking Bolt
lower brake pad) are now free.
“Brake3.doc” photo 8
14. Remove the three total air gap adjusters
from the brake coil body.
15. The brake release bolts are under tension
from springs inside the coil body. Carefully
loosen and remove the brake release bolts.
Spacer
Separate the coil from the armature plate.
1047867 is installed on the drive motor 20. Make sure brake operates correctly and
end bell. See Figure 7-126. drive motor rotates without interference to
motor cables.
NOTE: When the truck is stationary, depressing
Sleeve Spacer
and releasing the deadman pedal should
cause the brake to release and engage.
When the truck is traveling, the brake
should remain released (coil energized)
until the truck speed reaches zero.
Motor
Harness
Lower
Bracket
7BRKT_SHIELD2.JPG
Figure 7-126. Lower Cable Bracket
Motor Shaft
Sleeve Spacer
End Bell
Encoder Bearing
End Bell
End Bell
Shoulder
Shoulder
Encoder Encoder
Bearing Bearing
7sleeve spacer
Figure 7-127. Drive Motor Shaft Sleeve Spacer Orientation (Motors P/N 1029753/600 and 1029754/600)
Connector
Sensor VR4
Jam Nuts
Switch S2
7R1011291 _D1.CGM
7R1011291_D2.CGM
Figure 7-128. Deadman Sensor and Switch
Inertial Dampener
Mounting
Bracket
Slide Plate
Friction
Plate
Friction
Plate
Dampener
Spring
Spring
Retainer
Locknut
7R1014725_B.CGM
Figure 7-129. Inertial Dampener Assembly
NOTE: The A-frame up-travel stop bolt 4. Loosen and remove the inertial dampener
adjustment is critical. Incorrect lock nuts, spring retainer, two springs,
adjustment will result in damage to the and friction plate. See Figure 7-130.
inertial dampener. See “Steerable
Caster” on page 7-45. If extra A-frame
Dampener
Dampener Spring
Spring
travel is required such that stop bolt
(1 (1
9/16
9/16
in.in.
oror
4040
mm)
adjustment cannot be maintained,
remove the inertial dampener.
Spring
Retainer Friction
Removal
Plate
1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
2. Remove the right side cover.
3. Remove the inertial dampener cover plate.
Locknut
713Y7S001.TIF
Figure 7-130. Inertial Dampener (unrelated parts removed
for clarity)
5. If necessary, turn the A-frame down-travel 10. Remove the bolt holding the friction plate
adjustment bolt clockwise until there is to the A-frame yoke. See Figure 7-132 and
clearance between the dampener bolts and Figure 7-133.
the bottom of the slot in the slide plate.
See Figure 7-131 and Figure 7-135 on
page 7-105. Friction Plate
6. Remove the cap screws holding the slide
plate mounting bracket to the frame.
Remove the bracket. See Figure 7-131.
Cap Screws
Bolt
A-frame
Spring Slide
Plate
713Y7S004.TIF
Figure 7-132. Inertial Dampener (A-frame springs, slide
plate removed)
A-frame Down-Travel
A-frame Friction Plate
Adjustment Bolt
Down-Travel
713Y7S002.TIF Adjustment
Figure 7-131. Inertial Dampener (nuts, retainer, springs,
Bolt Hole
friction plate removed)
Bolt Thread-Locking
Use extreme care whenever the lift truck Compound
is jacked up. Never block the lift truck 713Y7S005.TIF
between the telescopic and the floor. Figure 7-133. Inertial Dampener (jacked up for shoulder
Use a suitable hoist to stabilize the mast. bolt removal)
Keep hands and feet clear from vehicle
while jacking the lift truck. After the lift Installation and Adjustment
truck is jacked, place solid blocks or jack
1. Attach the friction plate to the A-frame
stands beneath it to support it. DO NOT
yoke with the bolt and nylon lock nut.
rely on the jack alone to support the lift
truck. See “Jacking Safety” on 2. Install the A-frame springs. Lower the lift
page 2-11. truck slightly on the jack to seat the
springs in their retainer holes.
8. Jack the tractor up approximately 2 in. 3. Install the A-frame down-travel
(5 cm) at the tractor frame and block. See adjustment bolt with the plastic washer
Figure 7-133. between the metal washer and the frame.
9. Remove the A-frame springs. See Tighten until the distance between the top
Figure 7-131 and Figure 7-132 this page. of the A-frame and the bottom of the
A-frame spring upper weldment is 7 in. (40 mm) at both bolts. See Figure 7-130 on
(17.7 cm). page 7-103.
7. Adjust the idler. See “Steerable Caster” on
Dampener page 7-45.
Slide Plate
Spring 8. Install the inertial dampener cover plate.
Spring 9. Reattach the right side cover.
Retainer
Locknuts
Friction Plates
76906_001.JPG
Figure 7-134. Inertial Dampener parts
76906_002.JPG
Figure 7-135. Inertial Dampener adjustment
Electrical Components
Electrical Components
Section 7. Component Procedures
Electrical Component
Procedures Summary
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Auxiliary Motor Locator Motor Mounting bolts: Remove hydraulic steer motor, steer bracket,
Series Photo: P/N 990-536/ aux motor with pump attached.
AA/BA/DA/EA Figure 7-11 15 ft. lb. (21 Nm)
(DC lift) on page 7-17
Battery Gate No N/A Less than 0.5 in. (13 mm) “free play”
Inspection movement
Battery Procedure:
For explanation of BSOC, see page 5-11.
State-of-Charge page 5-11
Connectors, Procedure:
See procedure.
AMP page 7-118
Connectors, Procedure:
See procedure.
Molex page 7-117
Contactors Locator
Photo:
Series CA/FA
(AC lift):
Figure 7-5 on
page 7-11;
Series
AA/BA/DA/ N/A
EA (DC lift):
Figure 7-11
on page 7-17;
Drawings:
Figure 7-149
on
page 7-121.
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Fan, Lift Motor No N/A Series CA/FA (AC lift): Attach guards and
(FAN-LM) fan to bracket, bracket to frame.
Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift): Attach
shroud to lift motor, guard and fan to
shroud.
Lift Motor Locator Series CA/FA (AC lift) Series CA/FA (AC lift):
Photos: Series AA/BA/DA/EA Motor weighs 125 lb. (57 kg).
Series CA/FA (DC lift):
(AC lift): Lift pump mounting Series CA/FA (AC lift)
Figure 7-7 on bolts: P/N 990-536/ Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift):
page 7-13; 55 ft. lb. (72 Nm) Remove pump from motor, leaving hoses
Series Motor mounting bolts attached.
AA/BA/DA/ to bracket: Apply anti-seize compound (P/N 990-638) to
EA (DC lift): P/N 990-536/15 ft. lb. pump spline and mating surfaces.
Figure 7-13 (21 Nm)
on page 7-19 Bracket mounting bolts
to deck: P/N 990-536
Lift motor power
cables: 18 ft. lb.
(24.4 Nm)
Over-the-Mast Procedure:
See procedure.
Cable page 7-220
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Relays, Drawing
Relay/Control Figure 6-3 on
Fuse Panel page 6-117;
Locator
Photo:
Series CA/FA
(AC lift):
N/A
Figure 7-6 on
page 7-12;
Series
AA/BA/DA/
EA (DC lift):
Figure 7-12
on page 7-18
Steer Limit Adjustment Switch Bracket to Adjust the vertical gap between sensor and
Switch S11 Procedure: Drive Unit: sensing rail to 0.05 to 0.10 inch (1.3 to
Series CA/FA page 7-44 P/N 990-536/ 2.5 mm).
(AC lift) 9 ft. lb. (12 Nm)
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Temperature Locator
Sensor, Ambient photo: N/A
(T) page 7-20
Temperature Procedure:
Sensor, AC page 7-123
See procedure.
Motor (LMT or
TMT)
Vehicle Manager Locator N/A After installation, run config mode, set
Photo: defaults, then set parameters to customer
Series CA/FA settings.
(AC lift):
Figure 7-5 on When changing VM software, make sure a
page 7-11; matched VM/DM set of software is installed.
Series See “Matching Software Versions” on
AA/BA/DA/ page 7-272.
EA (DC lift):
Figure 7-12
on page 7-18
Battery
Connector
7BATTCON2.TIF
Figure 7-137. Battery Cable and Connector
76353_118G.JPG
Figure 7-136. Battery Connector location
When replacing battery cable ends,
remove only one end at a time from the
Inspection connector, to avoid the cable ends
1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect touching and causing a short circuit. Do
the battery connector. not allow the metal cable end to touch
the battery. Use insulated tools and
2. Check the battery connector for damaged avoid contact with battery case or cable
cables. ends.
3. Check to see if battery cables are pulling
out of the connector. 1. To remove a cable from the connector,
4. Check the cables at the battery terminals. push the retainer down while pulling the
Connections should be tight, with no battery cable towards the rear and out of
corrosion.
the connector. See Figure 7-138 and battery and battery charger
Figure 7-137. manufacturer’s manuals.
725L6S014.EPS
1. Read, understand, and follow procedures, Figure 7-139. Battery Cable and Filler Plug
recommendations and specifications in the
5. Keep the top of the battery clean and dry.
Corrosion, dust, and moisture provide a
conducting path to short-circuit cells or
create shorts to ground.
Do not clean the top of the battery with Never plug the battery charger into the
the soda solution while it is installed in lift truck. This will severely damage the
the lift truck. Water can seep into the lift truck’s electrical system. Plug the
electrical components and cause serious charger only into the connector from the
damage. battery.
Locking
Ears Pin Insertion
7MOLEX.EPS
Figure 7-140. Molex Connector, end view
To insert a pin into a Molex connector, insert
the pin into the back side of the connector and
For pin orientation of Molex connectors, see
push the wire all the way in until it clicks. The
Figure 6-1 on page 6-115. Molex connectors
locking ears have now engaged the connector.
have pins with locking ears that engage ridges
in the plastic connector body. To remove a pin
Top view of
connector Tool inserted over
pin
Extraction
Locking Tool
ears
Side view of
connector
7MOLEX1.EPS
Figure 7-141. Pin Extraction
AMP Water-Resistant
Connectors
AMP connectors provide water-resistant
connection by the use of seals between wires
and connectors and between the mating
connector halves.
Wire Seal
Interface
Seal
Contact
Cavity
Pin Contact
Pin Housing
Sealing Plug
74570_001.TIF
Figure 7-142. AMP Water-Resistant Connector
Pin Extraction
prevents damage to the seal. See make sure the contact is locked in place.
Figure 7-144. See Figure 7-146.
74570_008.TIF 74570_004.TIF
Figure 7-144. Removing Wire Figure 7-146. Wire Insertion
74570_002.TIF
Figure 7-145. Wire Seal Sealing Plug
74570_005.TIF
Figure 7-147. Sealing Plug
Interface
Seal
Pin Housing
74570_003.TIF
Figure 7-148. Interface Seal
Locking
Latches
74570_006.TIF
Figure 7-149. Latching AMP Connector
Contactor Panel
Series CA/FA (AC lift)
7R1020143_A.CGM
Figure 7-150. Contactor Panel layout, Series CA/FA (AC lift)
7R1013882_A.CGM
Figure 7-151. Contactor Panel layout, Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift)
Motors
Terminal Nuts
Motors
DC Motor Troubleshooting
See “DC Motor Troubleshooting” on page 5-8.
AC Motor Troubleshooting
See “AC Motor Troubleshooting” on page 5-10.
Temperature
Sensor
Power
Cables
74612_019.TIF
Installation (External)
1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
2. Drive Motor (TMT): Open drive motor
compartment door.
Lift Motor (LMT): Remove top cover.
Removal
1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
2. Remove the top and right side covers.
3. Remove the motor from the lift truck. Place
the motor on a bench.
4. Remove the six end bell rod nuts securing Snap Ring
the end bells to the motor. A vise grip 74472_016.TIF
pliers is useful in gripping the rods. Figure 7-154. Speed Sensor Removed
5. Remove the three machine screws
securing the encoder assembly to the Installation
upper end bell.
1. Make sure you install the bearing retainer
6. Remove the motor end bell. over the motor shaft with the recess
7. Remove the snap ring securing the speed towards the end bell.
sensor bearing. 2. Place the sensor bearing over the motor
8. Using a wheel puller behind the bearing shaft with the wiring harness in line with
retainer, remove the bearing from the the motor power cables. Place a deep
motor shaft. See Figure 7-153. socket or pipe nipple with a 1.25 inch
(30 mm) inside diameter over the motor
shaft and onto the bearing inner race. Seat
Wheel Puller the bearing firmly with a hammer by
striking the socket or pipe nipple.
See Figure 7-155.
Bearing Retainer
Sensor Bearing
Snap Ring
74472_015.TIF
Figure 7-153. Speed Sensor Removal
74472_017.TIF
Figure 7-155. Seating the Bearing
ring and snap ring. See Figure 7-156. 6. Install and tighten the machine screws
Install shims as needed to fill the gap. securing the bearing and retainer to the
end bell.
7. Install and tighten the nuts securing the
Encoder Bearing end bell to the end bell rods. Torque to
55 in. lb. (6.2 Nm).
Support Ring 8. Re-install the lift motor in the lift truck.
9. Re-install top and right side covers.
Shim Here
Snap Ring
7P1010738r.JPG
Figure 7-156. Shimming the Motor Shaft
74472_018.TIF
Figure 7-157. Aligning End Bell with Bearing Retainer
Removal
1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
2. Series CA (Fore-Aft Stance): Remove the
top cover, right side cover, primary control
handle cover, and right front cover.
Reference “Top Cover” on page 7-30,
“Cover Drawings, Series AA/BA/CA
(Fore-Aft Stance)” on page 7-28, “Primary
Control Handle Cover” on page 7-28, and
“Right Front Cover” on page 7-27.
7R1020143_A.CGM
Figure 7-159. Contactor/Fuse Panel
Installation
1. Install steer manager to frame with bolts.
2. Route steer motor wires to steering electric
motor and connect. Install cable ties where
previously removed.
3. Route wire STR-1 to the contactor panel
and connect to STR-2 on the steer
contactor. Install cable ties where
previously removed. Make sure cable is
not pinched behind traction power
amplifier.
4. Connect the remaining wire to TP4.
5. Install the contactor cover, right front
Steer cover, primary control handle cover, right
TP4 side cover, and front cover. Close the drive
Manager
motor compartment door.
76353_116G.JPG
Figure 7-158. Steer Manager Removal
7RCH_05_002.JPG
Figure 7-160. Condensation Drip Guard
Hydraulic Components
Hydraulic Components
Section 7. Component Procedures
Hydraulic Component
Procedures Summary
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Auxiliary Pump Locator Pressure fitting torque: Clamp and cap hydraulic hoses. Remove
Series Photo: 45 ft. lb. (61 Nm) hydraulic steer motor, steer bracket, aux
AA/BA/DA/EA Figure 7-11 Mounting bolts: motor with pump.
(DC lift) on page 7-17 P/N 990-536/ Apply anti-seize compound (P/N 990-638) to
11 ft. lb. (15 Nm) spline, mating surfaces.
Counterbalance See manifold See Table 7-18 on If carriage drifts, replace CB-1 P/N
Valve CB-1 and drawing: page 7-154. 1020951/001 with 1020951/004, and
CB-2 page 7-149 REL-3 P/N 1007104/001 with
Deep-Reach 1009281/013.
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Hydraulic Procedure:
See procedure.
System Bleeding page 7-134
Lowering, Procedure:
Manual Page 7-138
See procedure.
Lowering of
Carriage
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Pressure See manifold See Table 7-16 on Install with new O-ring.
Transducer drawings page 7-152.
CYL-P page 7-141, See Table 7-17 on
page 7-145 page 7-153.
Relief Valve See manifold See Table 7-18 on If carriage drifts, replace CB-1 P/N
REL-3 drawings: page 7-154. 1020951/001 with 1020951/004, and
Deep-Reach only page 7-149 REL-3 P/N 1007104/001 with
1009281/013.
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Hydraulic System 6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for the other main lift
cylinder.
Bleeding 7. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for each of the two
free lift cylinders.
You must bleed the hydraulic system to remove
any trapped air whenever you:
• Change a hydraulic hose
• Disconnect a hydraulic fitting
• Remove a hydraulic cylinder
Bleed Screw
• Remove the hydraulic pump
• Remove the hydraulic reservoir
• Notice that the load is bouncing
Procedure
1. Elevate the fork carriage past free lift and
lower it to the floor. Repeat several times.
This will tend to encourage any trapped air
bubbles to migrate to the top of the
cylinders.
7bleederfree.jpg
2. With no load on the forks, elevate the forks Figure 7-163. Bleed Screw, Free Lift Cylinder
2 to 3 inches (5 to 7.5 cm) off the floor.
3. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect 8. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the battery connector. the key switch ON.
4. Loosen (but do not remove) the bleed screw 9. Lower the forks all the way down to the
at the top of the main lift cylinder. Hold a floor.
rag close to and beneath the bleed screw to 10. Fully extend and retract the reach
keep hydraulic fluid from spraying out. mechanism several times.
11. If the truck is equipped with tilt, tilt the
carriage all the way forward and backward
several times.
12. If the truck is equipped with sideshift,
shift the carriage all the way to the left and
right several times.
13. Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift): Step on the
deadman pedal and turn the steering
wheel from stop to stop for approx. 2
Bleed Screw
minutes.
14. Thoroughly clean up any spilled hydraulic
fluid.
15. Check the hydraulic reservoir level and
7bleedermain.jpg
refill as necessary. Do not overfill the reservoir.
Figure 7-162. Bleed Screw, Main Lift Cylinder
Filter Type 1
Removal
1. Remove the top cover.
2. If you are not draining the reservoir,
elevate the mast to lower the hydraulic oil
level in the reservoir to minimize oil
leakage.
3. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
7R1022231_A.CGM
the battery connector. Figure 7-165. Filter Extraction
4. Remove the plug retaining the oil filter
using a 3/4 in. socket. Installation
1. Check the cavity for contamination and
clean as required.
Extraction Bolt
2. Install the new filter, making sure it seats
into the cavity correctly.
3. Install the spring on top of the filter.
4. Install and torque the hex plug to 30 ft. lb.
(40 Nm).
5. Reinstall the extraction bolt into the
manifold.
6. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
Plug 7. Lower the mast and check for leaks.
8. Install the top cover.
7R1022231_A.CGM
Figure 7-164. Filter Plug
7R1022231_A.CGM
Figure 7-167. Cartridge Core
7R1022231_A.CGM
Figure 7-166. Filter Plug 2. Install the new filter cartridge onto the
cartridge core.
5. Remove the filter cartridge.
6. If contamination is evident, remove the
cartridge core and clean as required.
7. Inspect the O-ring on the core and replace
if necessary.
7R1022231_A.CGM
Figure 7-168. Filter Cartridge (without shield)
Lift Pressure Adjustment 10. Loosen the lock nut on the main lift
pressure relief valve (REL1) on the main
manifold. See “Manifold, Main, DC Lift,
Series CA/FA (AC lift) Model 7400” on page 7-145.
11. Elevate the carriage until the upper limit is
Lift pressure is set by software in Series CA/FA reached.
(AC lift). 12. Continue trying to elevate and turn the
relief valve adjusting screw to obtain a
See Table 7-15 for maximum permissible lift pressure reading 200 psi (1379 kPa)
pressure. greater than that required to lift the
maximum rated load (the value recorded
in step 8). Turn the adjusting screw
clockwise to increase pressure,
Table 7-15. Maximum Permissible LIft Pressures
counterclockwise to decrease pressure.
Maximum
Model/Mast Permissible Lift For maximum permissible lift pressure,
Pressure see Table 7-15.
Model 7400 3300 psi (22,753 kPa) 13. Tighten the lock nut on the lift pressure
R45TT mast relief valve.
14. Check the pressure again. If the value has
Model 7400 3600 psi (24,821 kPa)
DR32TT mast changed, repeat this procedure until the
correct pressure reading is obtained.
Model 7420/7440 2950 psi (20,339 kPa)
15. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
R45TT mast
the battery connector.
Model 7420/7440 2600 psi (17,926 kPa) 16. Remove the pressure gauge from the lift
DR32TT mast pressure test port and replace the cap.
17. Reinstall the top cover. Reconnect the
Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift) battery connector and turn the key switch
ON.
1. Lower the carriage completely.
2. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
3. Remove the top cover.
4. Remove the cap from the G1 lift pressure
test port on the main manifold. See
“Manifold, Main, DC Lift, Model 7400” on
page 7-145.
5. Connect a pressure gauge capable of
reading at least 5000 psi (34,470 kPa).
6. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
7. Place the maximum rated load on the
forks.
8. Elevate the carriage past free lift, that is,
until the telescopics begin to lift. Record
the pressure required to lift the load.
9. Lower the carriage and remove the load.
Proportional Valve
Adjustment
Series CA/FA (AC lift) and
Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift)
If the carriage hesitates when being lowered, or
cannot be feathered, adjust the proportional
valve as follows:
1. Raise the fork carriage to eye level.
2. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
3. Remove the top cover.
4. Remove one of the coil wires from SOL2.
See “Manifold, Main, AC Lift, Model 7400”
on page 7-141 or “Manifold, Main, DC Lift,
Model 7400” on page 7-145. Loosen the
jam nut and lock nut holding the
adjusting screw on the proportional valve.
5. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
6. Energize the load holding solenoid by
requesting “lower” with the lift/lower
potentiometer.
7. Slowly rotate the adjusting screw
clockwise until the carriage just starts to
creep downward. Turn the screw
counterclockwise until the carriage stops.
Repeat several times in order to refine the
adjustment point. When adjustment is
complete, tighten the lock nut and jam
nut.
8. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
9. Reconnect the coil wire previously
removed.
10. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
11. Check for correct lowering operation
empty and loaded, using Test A23 in active
Service Mode. Carriage movement should
start at approximately 9 to 10% request.
12. Reinstall the top cover.
Auxiliary Pressure
Adjustment
Series CA/FA (AC lift)
1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
2. Remove the top cover.
3. Loosen the lock nut on the aux pressure
relief valve (REL2) on the main manifold.
See “Manifold, Main, AC Lift, Model 7400”
on page 7-141.
4. Remove the cap from the G2 auxiliary test
port on the main manifold. Connect a
pressure gauge capable of measuring
5000 psi (34,470 kPa).
5. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
6. Tilt the carriage all the way back against
the stops.
7. While continuing to try tilting the carriage
backward, use a hex key to turn the
auxiliary pressure adjusting screw to
obtain a pressure of 2000 psi
(13,790 kPa).
8. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
9. Tighten the locknut on the aux pressure
relief valve. Remove the pressure gauge
from the auxiliary pressure test port and
replace the cap.
10. Reinstall the top cover.
S-RET
SOL 3
SOL 5
7R1015351_B1A.CGM
7R1015351_B1B.CGM
Figure 7-169. Main Manifold, Model 7400 Series CA/FA (AC lift)
Hydraulic POD-1
G2 port A1
Filter Valve
CYL-1
CV-1
CFS G1 port HTI P1 or REL-2
TANK SOL 3 SOL 2
PMP-1
LS-1
7R1015351_B2.CGM
Figure 7-170. Main Manifold, Model 7400 Series CA/FA (AC lift)
Hydraulic
Filter
S-RET
TANK
SOL 5
71044947_B1.CGM
71044947_B2.CGM
Figure 7-171. Main Manifold, Model 7420/7440 Series CA/FA (AC lift)
Hydraulic POD-1
Filter Valve A1
G2 port
CYL-1
CV-1
CFS G1 port HTI P1 or REL-2
TANK SOL 2 SOL 3
PMP-1
LS-1
71044947_B3.CGM
71044947_B4.CGM
71044947_B6.CGM
71044947_B5.CGM
Figure 7-172. Main Manifold, Model 7420/7440 Series CA/FA (AC lift)
A2 A1 Hydraulic
CV-2 P2 Fore-Aft
Filter
P2 Side Stance
CYL-1
SOL 5
SOL 4
SOL 2
CV-1
CYL-P
SOL 1
LS-1 REL-1
G2 port
S-RET P2
PWR BYND
TANK
CE-1
7R1020354_A1.CGM
7R1020354_A2.CGM
Figure 7-173. Main Manifold, Model 7400 Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift)
CYL-P
CYL-1
G1 Port
SOL 4
CFS
P2 SOL 1
SOL 2
SOL 2
CYL-P
SOL 4
CV-2 REL-1
CV-1
SOL 5 PP
Hydraulic
Filter
LS1
A2
A1
SOL 8
SOL 5
G2 Port
CE-1
PWR HTI
BYND
S-RET TANK
7R1020534_A3.CGM
7R1020534_A4.CGM
7R1020534_A5.CGM
7R1020534_A6.CGM
Figure 7-174. Main Manifold, Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift)
Manifold, Auxiliary
(Single Reach)
Sideshift
Solenoid
Tilt
Solenoid
Reach
Solenoid
Tilt
Sideshift Solenoid
Solenoid
A1
A2
SSL TR
7R1015154_A1.CGM
7R1015154_A2.CGM
Figure 7-175. Manifold, Aux (Single Reach), with Reach, Tilt, Sideshift
Installation
NOTE: For torque values, see Table 7-18 on
page 7-154.
1. Install all fittings in the new manifold in
the same orientation as they were in the
manifold removed.
2. Install and torque all valves and solenoid
coils.
3. Position the manifold and connect all
auxiliary hoses.
4. Mount auxiliary manifold to carriage.
Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 990-536) to mounting bolt threads
and torque to 21 ft. lb. (29 Nm).
Manifold, Reach
(Deep-Reach ®)
RR
RC
CV-3
REL-3
Reach
Solenoid
RR
RC
CV-3
7R1020906_B1.CGM
7R1020906_B2.CGM
7R1020906_B3.CGM
Figure 7-176. Manifold, Reach (Deep-Reach Carriage)
Manifold, Tilt/Sideshift
(Deep-Reach ®)
Sideshift Tilt
Solenoid Solenoid
71014583_A1.CGM
Figure 7-177. Manifold, Tilt/Sideshift (Deep-Reach Carriage)
Installation
NOTE: For torque values, see Table 7-18 on
page 7-154.
1. Install all fittings in the new manifold in
the same orientation that they were in the
manifold removed.
2. Install and torque all valves and solenoid
coils.
Manifold Solenoids,
Fittings, and
Attachments
Table 7-16. Series CA/FA (AC lift) Main Manifold Attachment Torques
Valve/ Valve/
Coil Nut Coil Nut
Solenoid/ Fitting Fitting Locking tab
Torque Torque
Attachment/Fitting Torque Torque or bracket
(ft. lb.) (Nm)
(ft. lb.) (Nm)
A1 21 28 No n/a n/a
A2 21 28 No n/a n/a
G1 21 28 No n/a n/a
G2 21 28 No n/a n/a
P1 55 75 No n/a n/a
Table 7-17. Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift) Main Manifold Attachment Torques
Valve/ Valve/
Solenoid/ Coil Nut Coil Nut
Fitting Fitting Locking tab
Attachment/Fitting Torque Torque
Torque Torque or bracket
(ft. lb.) (Nm)
(ft. lb.) (Nm)
Table 7-18. Series CA/FA (AC lift) and Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift) Aux Manifold and Cylinder Attachment Torques
Valve/ Valve/
Coil Nut Coil Nut
Solenoid/ Fitting Fitting Locking tab
Torque Torque
Attachment/Fitting Torque Torque or bracket
(ft. lb.) (Nm)
(ft. lb.) (Nm)
Hydraulic Component
(Cylinder) Procedures
Summary
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Cylinder, Main Lift Procedure: Model 7400: Use cylinder brackets with sleeves (kit
page 7-167 P/N 1042989). Bracket bolts: P/N 1013829/55 ft. lb.
(75 Nm)
Lift Cylinder, Free Lift, 12. Disconnect the hydraulic line at the
bottom of the cylinder. Plug and cap the
Remove/Install fittings to prevent contamination from
entering the system.
NOTE: Place a pan below the mainframe to
Model 7400 catch any hydraulic fluid when the line
is disconnected.
Left Side Free Lift Cylinder
13. Remove the eyelet retainer pin at the top of
the cylinder housing.
Removal
14. Position the carriage at an appropriate
1. Remove mast guard.
height to allow removal of the cylinder.
2. Elevate telescopics to access the
15. Using a suitable lifting device, remove the
over-the-mast (OTM) hoses/cable clamp at
cylinder.
the bottom of the free lift cylinder.
3. Remove the clamp and the free lift cylinder Installation
set screw at the bottom of the cylinder
mounting bracket. Remove any cable ties NOTE: The left side free lift cylinder contains a
securing the hoses/cable to the cylinder. flow limiter located in the manifold block
at the bottom of the cylinder. See “Flow
4. Fully lower the telescopics carefully so as Limiter, Free Lift” on page 7-185.
not to damage the hoses and cable.
1. Install the flow control, fitting, and feed
5. Using a suitable lifting device, lift the
hose at the bottom of the cylinder.
carriage to relieve the tension on the lift
chains and hoses. 2. Position the cylinder into the truck.
6. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect 3. Install the upper eyelet retainer pin and
the battery connector. the set screw at the bottom of the cylinder.
7. Remove the master link from the free lift 4. Connect the hydraulic line at the bottom of
chain at the free lift cylinder anchor bolt. the cylinder.
8. Drape the chain over the carriage 5. Lift the carriage assembly to provide slack
assembly. in the lift chains and hoses for assembly.
9. Remove the chain pulley to access the 6. Apply thread-locking compound
pulley bracket assembly mounting bolt. (P/N 1013829) to the threads of the
Remove the pulley bracket assembly from mounting bolt and install the pulley
the piston and set to the side with the bracket assembly.
hoses and cable in place. 7. Install the chain pulley and the free lift
10. Mark the OTM hoses and cable at the chain.
upper free lift cylinder retainer for the 8. Install the OTM upper free lift cylinder
correct stretch when re-assembled. retainer, noting the marks made on the
Remove the retainer. hoses/cable when removed.
11. Using the lifting device, lift and block the 9. Lower the carriage and remove the lifting
carriage assembly to a height that permits device.
access to the tubing at the bottom of the
10. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
cylinder.
the key switch ON.
NOTE: As the carriage is being lifted, feed the 11. Carefully lift the telescopics to access the
right side free lift chain towards the bottom of the free lift cylinder.
operator compartment to avoid jamming
of the chain. 12. Install the OTM hoses/cable clamp at the
bottom of the free lift cylinder. Make sure
there is correct clearance between the
bracket, hoses/cable and the front plate of NOTE: Place a pan below the mainframe to
the tractor. catch any hydraulic fluid when the line
13. Bleed the hydraulic system. See is disconnected.
“Hydraulic System Bleeding” on 12. Remove the set screw at the bottom of the
page 7-134. cylinder.
14. Check the truck for leaks and correct 13. Position the carriage at an appropriate
operation. height to permit removal of the cylinder.
15. Install the mast guard. 14. Using a suitable lifting device, remove the
cylinder.
Right Side Free Lift Cylinder
Installation
Removal 1. Position the cylinder into the truck.
1. Remove the upper eyelet retainer pin. 2. Install the upper eyelet retainer pin.
NOTE: You can gain easier access by raising the 3. Position and block carriage to permit
telescopics. access to bottom of the cylinder.
2. Fully lower the forks to the floor. 4. Install the set screw at the bottom of the
cylinder.
3. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector. 5. Connect the hydraulic line at the bottom of
the cylinder.
4. Remove the mast guard.
6. Lift the carriage assembly to provide slack
5. Using a suitable lifting device, lift the
to install the free lift chain.
carriage to relieve the tension on the lift
chain. 7. Install the ring adapter. Apply
thread-locking compound (P/N 1013829)
6. Remove the master link from the free lift
to the mounting bolt threads and install
chain at the free lift anchor bolt.
the pulley bracket assembly to the piston.
7. Remove and drape the chain over the
8. Install the chain pulley and the free lift
carriage assembly.
chain.
NOTE: Twist the pulley assembly to permit the 9. Lower the carriage and remove the lifting
removal of the chain. device.
8. Remove the chain pulley to access the 10. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
pulley bracket assembly mounting bolt. the key switch ON.
9. Remove the pulley bracket assembly and 11. Bleed the hydraulic system. See
ring adapter. “Hydraulic System Bleeding” on
10. Using the lifting device, lift and block the page 7-134.
carriage assembly to a height that permits 12. Check the truck for leaks and correct
access to the bottom of the cylinder. operation.
NOTE: As the carriage is being lifted, feed the 13. Install the mast guard.
left side free lift chain toward the
operator compartment to avoid jamming
the chain.
Model 7420/7440
11. Disconnect the hydraulic line at the Left Side Free Lift Cylinder
bottom of the cylinder. Plug and cap the
fitting to avoid contamination from Removal
entering the system.
1. Elevate the fork carriage approximately
4 inches (10 cm) above the floor.
2. Place hardwood blocks under the carriage. 8. Secure the hoses to the hose clamps with
3. Lower the carriage to slacken the chains. cable ties.
4. Request lower and collapse the free lift 9. Reattach the mast guard.
cylinder. This minimizes the amount of 10. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
hydraulic fluid in the cylinder. the key switch ON.
5. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect 11. Elevate the fork carriage.
the battery connector. 12. Remove blocking.
6. Remove the mast guard. 13. Test lift and lower function for correct
7. Cut the cable ties on the hose clamps. operation. Check for hydraulic leaks.
8. Place a chalk witness mark on the hoses to
aid in reassembly. Right Side Free Lift Cylinder
9. Remove the hose retainer brackets near
the top of the cylinder. Removal
10. Disconnect the free lift chain at the 1. Remove the auxiliary manifold top cover
adjusting chain anchor and feed the chain on the carriage.
over the pulley. 2. Disconnect the over-the-mast (OTM) cable
11. Remove the pulley shaft securing screw, at terminal strip TS-2.
pin, and the pulley. 3. Elevate the fork carriage approximately
12. Remove the pulley bracket from the 4 inches (10 cm) above the floor.
cylinder. 4. Place hardwood blocks under the carriage.
13. Disconnect and cap/plug the hydraulic 5. Lower the carriage to slacken the chains.
line at the bottom of the cylinder. 6. Request lower and collapse the free lift
14. Remove the nut from the cylinder cylinder. This minimizes the amount of
retaining anchor at the inner telescopic hydraulic fluid in the cylinder.
crosstie. 7. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
15. Wrap a hoist strap securely around the the battery connector.
cylinder at the retaining bracket. 8. Loosen the U-clamp and feed the OTM
16. Using a hoist or other suitable lifting cable through.
device, carefully lift the cylinder out. 9. Cut the cable ties on the cable clamps.
1. Wrap a hoist strap securely around the 11. Disconnect the free lift chain at the
cylinder at the retaining bracket. adjusting chain anchor and feed the chain
over the pulley.
2. Using a hoist or other suitable lifting
device, carefully lower the cylinder onto 12. Remove the pulley shaft securing screw,
the two locating pins on the inner pin, and the pulley.
telescopic lower crosstie. 13. Remove the pulley bracket from the
3. Connect the hydraulic line. cylinder.
4. Attach the cylinder retaining nylon nut 14. Disconnect and cap/plug the hydraulic
snug to the shoulder. line at the bottom of the cylinder.
5. Reattach the pulley bracket to the 15. Remove the nut from the cylinder
cylinder. retaining anchor at the inner telescopic
crosstie.
6. Install the pulley, pin, and securing screw.
16. Wrap a hoist strap securely around the
7. Using a new master link, install the free cylinder at the retaining bracket.
lift chain to the upper chain anchor.
Installation
1. Wrap a hoist strap securely around the
cylinder at the retaining bracket.
2. Using a hoist or other suitable lifting
device, carefully lower the cylinder onto
the two locating pins on the inner
telescopic lower crosstie.
3. Connect the hydraulic line.
4. Attach the cylinder retaining nylon nut
snug to the shoulder.
5. Reattach the pulley bracket to the
cylinder.
6. Install the pulley, pin, and securing screw.
7. Using a new master link, install the free
lift chain to the upper chain anchor.
8. Route the OTM cable through the spring
tension bracket, over the pulley, and
through the U-clamp to terminal strip TS2
in the auxiliary manifold cover.
9. Hook the cable tensioner to the bracket.
10. Tighten the U-clamp.
11. Connect the OTM cable wires at terminal
strip TS2.
12. Reattach the auxiliary manifold top cover
on the carriage.
13. Secure the cable to the cable brackets with
cable ties.
14. Reattach the mast guard.
15. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
16. Elevate the fork carriage.
17. Remove blocking.
18. Test lift and lower function for correct
operation. Check for hydraulic leaks.
Hydraulic Components, Cylinder Lift Cylinder, Free Lift, Exploded Parts Drawing
Piston Rod
Pressure Ring
Wiper Seal
Backup Ring Piston Ring
Sleeve
O-Ring
Staging Zone Spring
Packing Seal
Bleed
Screw O-Ring
Gland
Snap Ring
71023208_G.CGM
Figure 7-178. Free Lift Cylinder, Staging, Model 7400
Lift Cylinder, Free Lift, Exploded Parts Drawing Hydraulic Components, Cylinder
Snap Ring
Cap Screw
Retaining
Seal Ring
Piston Rod
Spring
Square Seal
Wiper Seal
Piston Seal
Gland
71023600_G.CGM
Figure 7-179. Free Lift Cylinder, Non-Staging, Model 7400
Hydraulic Components, Cylinder Lift Cylinder, Free Lift, Exploded Parts Drawing
Check Valve
O-Ring
Piston Plug
(Cushion
Housing)
Piston Rod
Piston Ring
Sleeve
Staging Zone
Stop Screw (3)
Bleed Screw
O-Ring
Packing Pressure Ring
Seal
Gland
Wiper Seal
71048548_C.CGM
Figure 7-180. Free Lift Cylinder, Staging, Model 7420/7440
Lift Cylinder, Free Lift, NOTE: If necessary, use the piston to extract
the gland by removing the three staging
Seal Repacking zone stop screws and the bleeder screw
and lifting the cylinder with the use of a
hoist.
Model 7400 10. On a clean work surface, remove the wiper
seal, packing seal, O-rings, and back-up
Series CA/FA (AC lift) ring from the gland. Note the position and
orientation of each when removing.
NOTE: See Figure 7-178 on page 7-161.
11. Inspect the surfaces of the gland for any
Disassembly scratches or damage. Remove minor
imperfections using fine emery cloth.
Trucks with AC lift have a staging zone 12. Clean the gland.
mechanism in the free lift cylinders in addition 13. Inspect the inside of the housing for
to a cushion at the bottom of the cylinder. damage and clean as required.
1. Remove the mast guard.
2. Lower the carriage onto a suitable block Reassembly
and fully lower cylinder to relieve the 1. Lubricate with new hydraulic fluid, the
tension on the hoses, cable, and free lift wiper seal, packing seal, O-rings, and
chains. back-up ring and install into their
3. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect respective grooves on the gland. Make sure
the battery connector. that they are correctly seated within the
grooves.
4. Remove the free lift chain master link at
the free lift cylinder anchor bolt and lay
Make sure to install the pressure ring with
the chain over the carriage.
the seal towards the open end of the
NOTE: Twist the right side pulley to remove the housing. See Figure 7-181.
chain from the pulley.
5. Remove the chain pulley to access the
pulley bracket mounting bolt.
6. Remove the pulley bracket assembly. Set
the left side to the side with the hoses and
cable in place.
7. For 3 inch lowered height option, remove
the adapter ring.
8. If you are removing the piston, remove the
three staging zone mechanism stop screws
and the bleeder screw. It may be necessary
to loosen the upper OTM retainer to allow
the removal of the three stop screws.
7RPIN06005.JPG
NOTE: Mark the hoses and cable to make sure Figure 7-181. Pressure Ring Orientation
the correct stretch when re-assembled.
2. Lubricate the piston rod with new
9. Remove the snap ring and gland. hydraulic fluid. Carefully slide the gland
NOTE: When the snap ring is removed, a spring over it.
behind the packing plug should push 3. Using the seal installation driver
the gland out of the housing. (P/N 401-000-051), push the gland into
the housing and compress the spring.
4. Install the snap ring inside the housing. 6. Remove the pulley bracket assembly. Set
Make sure that the snap ring is fully the left side to the side with the hoses and
seated in the groove. cable in place.
5. Wipe away any excess hydraulic fluid. 7. For 3 inch lowered height option, remove
6. Install the three staging zone mechanism the adapter ring.
stop screws, if previously replaced. 8. Using cylinder end cap tool (P/N A9587),
Tighten the upper OTM retainer, if remove the end cap (gland).
previously loosened. 9. On a clean work surface, remove the
7. For 3 inch lowered height option, install piston seal, wiper seal, and square seal
the adapter ring. from the end cap. Note the position and
8. Apply thread-locking compound orientation of each when removing.
(P/N 1013829) to the threads of the 10. Inspect the surfaces of the gland for any
mounting bolt and install the pulley scratches or damage. Use fine emery cloth
bracket assembly. to remove minor imperfections.
9. Install the chain pulley and the free lift 11. Clean the threads on the gland and the
chain. cylinder.
10. Reconnect the battery connector and turn 12. Inspect the inside of the housing for
the key switch ON. damage and clean as required.
11. Remove the block from beneath the
carriage. Reassembly
12. Bleed the hydraulic system. See 1. Lubricate with new hydraulic fluid, the
“Hydraulic System Bleeding” on piston seal, wiper seal, and square seal
page 7-134. and install into their respective grooves on
the gland. Make sure they are correctly
13. Check the truck for leaks and correct seated within the grooves and not twisted.
operation.
2. Apply thread-locking compound
14. Install the mast guard. (P/N 990-571) to the threads of the gland.
3. Lubricate the piston rod with new
Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift) hydraulic fluid, and carefully install the
NOTE: See Figure 7-179 on page 7-162. gland.
4. Torque the end cap to 200 ft lb. (271 Nm).
Disassembly
5. For 3 inch lowered height option, install
1. Remove the mast guard. the adapter ring.
2. Lower the carriage onto a suitable block 6. Apply thread-locking compound
and fully lower cylinder to relieve the (P/N 1013829) to the threads of the
tension on the hoses, cable and free lift mounting bolt and install the pulley
chains. bracket assembly.
3. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect 7. Install the chain pulley and the free lift
the battery connector. chain.
4. Remove the free lift chain master link at 8. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the free lift cylinder anchor bolt and lay the key switch ON.
the chain over the carriage. 9. Remove the block from beneath the
NOTE: Twist the right side pulley to remove the carriage.
chain from the pulley. 10. Bleed the hydraulic system. See
5. Remove the chain pulley to access the “Hydraulic System Bleeding” on
pulley bracket mounting bolt. page 7-134.
11. Check the truck for leaks and correct Do not apply compound to the first
operation. threads to engage.
12. Install the mast guard. 3. Lubricate the piston rod with new
hydraulic fluid. Carefully slide the gland
over the piston rod.
Model 7420/7440
4. Torque the gland to 200 ft. lb. (271 Nm).
NOTE: See Figure 7-180 on page 7-163.
5. Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 1013829) to the threads of the
Disassembly
mounting bolt and install the pulley
1. Elevate the carriage about 4 inches bracket assembly.
(10 cm) and lower the carriage onto blocks
6. Install the pulley and pulley shaft on the
to slacken the chains.
bracket.
2. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
7. Install the pulley shaft locking screw.
the battery connector.
8. Route the free lift chain over the pulley
3. Collapse the cylinder.
and attach to the chain anchor with a
4. Disconnect the lift chain master link from master link.
the chain anchor.
9. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
5. Secure the lift chain to the crosstie with a the key switch ON.
welding or sheet metal locking clamp. This
10. Slowly request lift, lift the carriage, remove
minimizes rethreading of chain later.
the blocking, and lower the carriage.
6. Remove the nut from the tractor side of
11. Bleed the cylinder as required. See
the free lift cylinder mounting bracket.
“Hydraulic System Bleeding” on
7. Remove the locking screw from the pulley page 7-134.
shaft.
12. Test lift and lower functions. Check for
8. Drive out the pulley shaft. leaks.
9. Remove the pulley bracket.
NOTE: With slack in hoses and cable, it is not
necessary to remove the hoses or cable.
10. Using a 2 in. spanner wrench, remove the
end cap (gland).
11. On a clean work surface, remove the wiper
seal, packing seal, and O-ring from the
gland.
12. Inspect the surfaces of the gland for any
scratches or damage. Remove minor
imperfections using fine emery cloth.
Reassembly
1. Lubricate with new hydraulic fluid the
packing seal, wiper seal, and O-ring and
install into their respective grooves on the
gland. Make sure that they are correctly
seated within the grooves.
2. Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 990-571) to the threads of the gland.
Lift Cylinder, Main, 12. Place a jack beneath the tractor to slightly
spread the tractor and the attachment to
Remove/Install allow the removal of the connector.
13. Remove the connector.
14. Using a suitable lifting device, remove the
Model 7400 cylinder from the truck.
8. Remove the OTM hose/cable retainer 11. Carefully rotate the lift knob to raise the
bracket from the cylinder. piston to the telescopic crosstie.
9. Place a pan below the tractor and 12. Install the bolt, washer, and spacer at the
disconnect the cylinder feed hose at the crosstie to the top of the piston.
tractor bulkhead fitting. 13. Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 1013829) to the threads and tighten,
NOTE: The feed hose can remain connected to
leaving a 0.12 in. (3 mm) gap between the
the bottom of the cylinder to assist in
head of the bolt and the washer.
removal.
14. Tighten the cylinder mounting L-bracket
10. From inside the battery compartment, bolts to 55 ft. lb. (75 Nm).
loosen the right side mast connector
mounting bolts. 15. Remove the blocks from the telescopics
and the mainframe.
11. Remove the left side mast bolts and the
mast connector snap ring.
16. Install the retainer bolt at the bottom of 11. Place a jack beneath the tractor to slightly
the cylinder. spread the tractor and attachment to allow
17. Bleed the hydraulic system. See the removal of the connector.
“Hydraulic System Bleeding” on 12. Remove the connector.
page 7-134. 13. Using a suitable lifting device, remove the
18. Check for leaks and correct operation. cylinder from the truck.
19. Install the mast guard, top cover, and left
front cover. Installation
NOTE: The right side main lift cylinder houses
Right Side Main Lift Cylinder, Model a flow limiter located in the manifold
7400 block at the bottom of the cylinder. See
“Flow Limiter, Main Lift” on page 7-184.
Removal 1. Install the flow control, fitting and feed
1. Remove mast guard, top cover, and right hose at the bottom of the cylinder.
front cover. 2. Attach mast guard bracket to cylinder.
2. Elevate telescopics and remove the 3. Position the cylinder into the truck.
retainer bolt at bottom of cylinder.
4. Apply thread-locking primer
3. Place a block at least 12 in. (305 mm) in (P/N 990-666) to mast mounting bolt
length between the mainframe and the threads and the hole threads. Permit to
outer telescopic crosstie and fully lower dry for several minutes. Apply
the carriage. thread-locking compound (P/N 990-544)
NOTE: This length will provide the clearance to the threads of the mast mounting bolts.
required to remove the cylinder. Install the mast connector and torque the
bolts to 160/170 ft. lb. (217/230 Nm).
4. Fully lower the carriage.
5. Install the mast connector snap ring.
5. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
6. Remove the jack from the truck.
the battery connector.
7. Connect the feed hose at the tractor
6. Remove the bolt, washer, and spacer at the
bulkhead fitting.
top of the piston and outer telescopic
crosstie. 8. Install the cylinder mounting L-bracket(s)
with sleeves and bolts. Do not tighten at
7. Remove the cylinder mounting
this time.
L-bracket(s).
9. Install the retainer bolt at the bottom of
NOTE: Models with an OACH of 131 inches and the cylinder.
above will have two upper brackets.
10. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
8. Place a pan below the tractor. Disconnect the key switch ON.
the cylinder feed hose at the tractor
11. Carefully rotate the lift knob to raise the
bulkhead. Plug and cap the fittings to
piston to the telescopic crosstie.
prevent contamination from entering the
system. 12. Install the bolt, washer, and spacer at the
crosstie to the top of the piston.
NOTE: The feed hose can remain connected to
the cylinder to assist in removal of the NOTE: Install thread-locking compound
cylinder. (P/N 1013829) to bolt threads and
tighten, leaving a 0.12 in. (3 mm) gap
9. From inside the battery compartment, between head of the bolt and washer.
loosen the left side mast bolts.
13. Tighten the cylinder mounting L-bracket
10. Remove the right side mast bolts and the
bolts to 55 ft. lb. (75 Nm).
mast connector snap ring.
14. Remove the block from between the 9. Disconnect the main lift hoses at the
telescopic and the mainframe. tractor bulkhead. Cap the hoses and plug
15. Bleed the hydraulic system. See the fittings.
“Hydraulic System Bleeding” on 10. Attach a hoist strap under the top crosstie
page 7-134. of the main frame and support the mast
16. Check the truck for leaks and correct with a 3-ton hoist or other suitable lifting
operation. device.
17. Install the mast guard, top cover and right 11. Place blocks snugly under the tractor near
front cover. the mast. These blocks will take the weight
of the tractor when the tractor is unbolted
Model 7420/7440 from the mast.
12. Working inside the battery compartment,
Left and Right Side Main Lift Cylinder, remove eight mast mounting bolts from
the bottom of the tractor frame.
Model 7420/7440
13. Working from the top of the tractor,
Removal remove two mast mounting bolts from
each side.
1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector. 14. Remove the tractor to provide working
space at the mast.
2. Remove the top cover.
15. Wrap hoist straps around each baseleg
3. Remove the mast guard.
where they join the mast. Extend the hoist
4. Disconnect the auxiliary hydraulic hoses straps in the direction of the tractor and
at the main manifold. Cap hoses and plug attach to a 3-ton hoist or other suitable
ports. lifting device.
5. Disconnect the over-the-mast electrical 16. Keeping tension on the top of the mast,
cable at connector JPS3 near the main carefully begin lifting at the baseleg straps.
manifold. The mast will tip forward toward the
6. Remove the battery gate. Using a suitable carriage.
battery moving device, remove the battery. 17. Continue lowering the mast unto jack
7. Remove the battery connector mounting stands.
bracket (for access to the mast mounting 18. Remove the main lift hose at the cylinder
bolts). See Figure 7-182. manifold. Plug the fitting.
Battery
Connector
Mounting
Bracket
7R1008515_B1.CGM
Figure 7-182. Battery Connector and Mast Mounting Block
19. Remove the upper and lower cylinder countersunk Allen head screws.
mounting bolts and sleeves at the main See Figure 7-184.
frame crossties.
Hose/Cable
Retaining
Blocks
7DSCF1672bw.jpg
Figure 7-183. Cylinder Mounting Bolts, Model 7420/7440
retaining block assemblies. Do not Figure 7-184. Hose/Cable Retainer Block Assemblies
disassemble the retainers, but remove the
entire assembly by removing two 23. Remove the set screw at the bottom of the
cylinder.
24. Wrap several turns of a hoist strap around
the lift cylinder at its midpoint.
25. Using a hoist or other suitable lifting
device, carefully remove the cylinder via
the bottom of the mast.
Installation
1. Support the mast securely on jack stands,
carriage side down. Wrap hoist straps
around each baseleg where they join the
mast. Extend the hoist straps in the
direction of the tractor and attach to a
3-ton hoist or other suitable lifting device.
Attach a hoist strap under the top crosstie
of the main frame.
2. Wrap several turns of a hoist strap around
the lift cylinder at its midpoint.
3. Using a hoist or other suitable lifting
device, carefully guide the cylinder into
position via the bottom of the mast,
engaging the cylinder mounting studs on 21. Test lift and lower functions for correct
the main frame crossties. operation. Check for hydraulic fluid leaks.
4. Install the cylinder top mounting bolt.
5. Left-side only: Attach the two hose/cable
retaining block assemblies, using two
countersunk Allen head screws for each.
6. Attach the main lift hose at the cylinder
manifold.
7. Install the upper and lower cylinder
mounting bolts and sleeves at the main
frame crossties. Torque bolts to 55 ft. lb.
(75 Nm).
8. Using a hoist of other suitable lifting
device, carefully lift the mast by the hoist
strap at the top until the mast is erect.
9. Move the tractor into location with the
mast. Support the tractor frame near the
mast with blocks to align the mast
mounting bolt holes.
10. Working inside the battery compartment,
install eight mast mounting bolts at the
bottom of the tractor frame. Apply
threading-locking compound
(P/N 990-669) and torque to 170 ft. lb.
(230 Nm).
11. Working from the top of the tractor, install
two mast mounting bolts on each side.
Apply threading-locking compound
(P/N 990-669) and torque to 170 ft. lb.
(230 Nm).
12. Connect the main lift hoses at the tractor
bulkhead.
13. Connect the auxiliary hydraulic hoses at
the main manifold.
14. Connect the over-the-mast electrical cable
at connector JPS3 near the main manifold.
15. Attach the forks onto the fork carriage.
16. Attach the battery connector mounting
bracket near the mast mounting bolts on
the right side.
17. Using a suitable battery moving device,
install the battery. Install the battery gate.
18. Install the mast guard.
19. Install the top cover.
20. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
Lift Cylinder, Main Lift, Exploded Parts Drawing Hydraulic Components, Cylinder
Snap Ring
Cap Screw
Retaining
Seal
Ring
Piston Rod
Spring
Square Seal
Wiper Seal
Piston Seal
Gland
71024919_E1.CGM
Figure 7-185. Main Lift Cylinder, Model 7400
Hydraulic Components, Cylinder Lift Cylinder, Main Lift, Exploded Parts Drawing
Model 7420/7440
Snap Ring
Cap Screw
Seal Retaining
Ring
Piston Rod
Spring
Square Seal
Wiper Seal
Piston Seal
Gland
71054090_B.CGM
Figure 7-186. Main Lift Cylinder, Model 7420/7440
Lift Cylinder, Main, Seal 5. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
Repacking 6. Carefully rotate the lift knob to raise the
piston to the telescopic crosstie.
7. Install the bolt, washer, and spacer at the
Model 7400 crosstie to the top of the piston.
NOTE: See Figure 7-185 on page 7-172. NOTE: Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 1013829) to the threads of the bolt
Disassembly
and tighten, leaving a 0.12 in. (3 mm)
1. Slightly elevate the mast and place a block gap between the head of the bolt and the
between the outer telescopic crosstie and washer.
the mainframe.
8. Remove the block from between the outer
2. Fully lower the carriage. telescopic crosstie and the mainframe.
3. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect 9. Bleed the hydraulic system.
the battery connector.
10. Check the truck for leaks and correct
4. Remove the bolt, washer, and spacer at the operation.
top of the piston and the outer telescopic
crosstie.
Model 7420/7440
5. Retract the piston into the housing enough
to allow the removal of the end cap (gland). NOTE: See Figure 7-186 on page 7-173.
6. Using cylinder end cap tool (P/N A9587),
remove the end cap (gland). Disassembly
7. On a clean working surface, remove the 1. Elevate the mast to produce a 6 to 8 inch
packing seal, wiper seal, and square seal (15 to 20 cm) gap between the outer
from the end cap. Note position and telescopic crosstie and the mainframe.
orientation of each when removing. 2. Block the mast between the inner and
8. Inspect the surfaces of the gland for any outer telescopics and between the outer
scratches or damage. Remove minor telescopic and the main frame.
imperfections using fine emery cloth. 3. Remove the cylinder mounting bolt at the
9. Inspect the inside of the housing for top of the cylinder.
damage and clean as required. 4. Collapse the cylinder (push on cylinder
10. Clean the threads on the gland and the while requesting lower).
cylinder. 5. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
Reassembly 6. Using a 2 inch spanner wrench, remove
1. Lubricate with new hydraulic fluid, the the end cap (gland).
packing seal, wiper seal, and square seal 7. On a clean working surface, remove the
and install into their respective grooves on packing seal, wiper seal, and O-ring from
the gland. Make sure they are correctly the gland. Note position and orientation of
seated within the grooves and are not each when removing.
twisted.
8. Inspect the surfaces of the gland for any
2. Apply thread-locking compound scratches or damage. Remove minor
(P/N 990-571) to the threads of the gland. imperfections using fine emery cloth.
3. Lubricate the piston rod with new 9. Clean the threads on the gland and the
hydraulic fluid and carefully install the cylinder.
gland.
4. Torque the gland to 200 ft. lb. (271 Nm).
Reassembly
1. Lubricate with new hydraulic fluid, the
packing seal, wiper seal, and square seal
and install into their respective grooves on
the end cap. Make sure they are correctly
seated within the grooves and are not
twisted.
2. Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 990-571) to the threads of the gland.
3. Lubricate the piston rod with new
hydraulic fluid and carefully install the
gland.
4. Torque the gland to 200 ft. lb. (271 Nm).
5. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
6. Carefully rotate the lift knob to raise the
piston to the telescopic crosstie.
7. Install the bolt, washer, and spacer at the
crosstie to the top of the piston.
NOTE: Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 1013829) to the threads of the bolt
and tighten, leaving a 0.12 in. (3 mm)
gap between the head of the bolt and the
washer.
8. Remove the blocking from between the
inner and outer telescopics and between
the outer telescopic and the main frame.
9. Bleed the hydraulic system.
10. Check the lift truck for leaks and correct
operation.
Reassembly
1. Lubricate the inside of the piston surface
with clean hydraulic fluid.
2. Lubricate the seal with clean hydraulic
fluid and install on the cushion. Install the
retainer ring on the cushion.
3. Insert and seat the cushion spring in the
center of the piston. Insert and seat the
cushion on the end of the cushion spring.
4. Compress the spring and hold it in place
with a drill bit or drift pin inserted in one
of the hydraulic fluid ports in the cushion
housing.
5. Install the snap ring.
6. Carefully release cushion pressure.
7. Reassemble the cylinder. Do steps 3
through 12 of “Lift Cylinder, Free Lift, Seal
Repacking”, “Model 7400”, “Series
AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift)”, “Reassembly” on
page 7-165.
5. Lubricate the head assembly inside seals 12. Grip the rod firmly and pull outward until
and carefully slide the head assembly onto the head assembly is tight against the lock
the rod assembly. ring.
13. Install the spacer and external lock ring in
the head assembly.
Installation
1. Place the spacers on the cylinder (hold
them in place with grease) and position the
cylinder housing into the yoke on the
carriage. Insert the clevis pin and secure
with the cotter pin and screw.
2. Place the spacers on the carriage bracket
(hold them in place with grease). Position
the piston yoke and insert the clevis pin.
Secure with the cotter pin and screw.
3. Reconnect the hydraulic hoses.
4. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
5. Bleed the hydraulic system.
6. Adjust the reach cylinder. See
“Adjustment” on page 7-181.
7. Check the truck for leaks and correct
operation.
8. Install the mast guard.
7R1022181_B.CGM
Figure 7-187. Reach Cylinder
R35TT 28.25 in. (717.6 mm) Make sure at least half of the thickness of the
scissor roller is running on the roll plate wear
R45TT 28.38 in. (720.00 mm)
bar. Shim as needed between the shoulder of
DR32TT 53.40 in. (1356.4 mm) the scissor arm stud and the bearing inner
race. See 7-190.
Shim Here
7R1022231_A.CGM
Figure 7-189. Reach Fully Extended Dimension
7RSB05013.JPG
The face of the fork to the front of the load Figure 7-190. Reach Scissor Roller Bearing Shimming
wheel (or wheel box) should be a minimum of
0.50 in. (13 mm). If not:
1. Loosen the jam nut that holds the piston
to the yoke.
2. Turn the piston to obtain the correct
dimension.
Pin Hole
Disassembly Base
End
With the cylinder removed, drain all hydraulic
fluid from the cylinder assembly. Clamp the Rod
cylinder at the base end in a bench vise. Cover
the ports with a clean rag. Refer to Figure 7-191
for the following steps.
Piston
1. Remove the external lock ring. Wear
Ring
2. Remove the spacer.
3. Push the head assembly into the tube
assembly approximately 3/4 in. (19 mm). Piston
Seal
4. Remove the internal lock ring.
5. Important: Remove the sharp edge from the
back corner of the internal lock ring
Rod Piston
groove.
O-ring
6. Grip the rod through the hole in the pin
and pull the rod assembly out of the tube
assembly.
7CYLASSY.WMF
8. Loosen the piston assembly with a 10. Push the head assembly into the tube
spanner wrench. Unthread the piston assembly approximately 3/4 in. (19 mm).
assembly from the rod. 11. Install a new internal lock ring in the
9. Slide the head assembly off the rod from groove in the tube assembly bore.
the piston end. 12. Grip the rod through the pin hole and pull
10. Clean the male threads of the rod. Remove outward until the head assembly is tight
the rod piston O-ring. against the lock ring.
11. Remove the head static seal O-ring, 13. Install the spacer and external lock ring on
back-up washer, wear ring, rod dynamic the head assembly.
seal, and rod wiper. Use care to avoid 14. Stroke the cylinder rod back and forth by
scratching grooves. hand. It should move smoothly, without
12. Remove the wear ring and piston dynamic binding or heavy drag.
seal from the piston assembly. Use care to 15. Install the cylinder assembly in the lift
avoid scratching grooves. truck.
13. Clean all parts in solvent.
Installation
Reassembly
1. Make sure the hydraulic fittings are in the
1. Remove any burrs or sharp edges caused same orientation on the cylinder as when
from disassembly before installing new removed.
seals. 2. Install the yokes on the cylinder and
2. Lubricate parts as indicated below with position the cylinder in place. Bolt the
petroleum jelly or clean hydraulic fluid. yokes to the carriage.
3. Lubricate and install a new rod wear ring, 3. Connect the hydraulic hoses noting their
rod dynamic seal, and rod wiper in their correct orientation and position.
respective inside grooves of the head 4. Coat the tilt cylinder pin with all weather
assembly. grease (P/N 1012992). Install the tilt
4. Lubricate and install a new head static cylinder pin and snap rings.
seal, O-ring, and head static seal back-up 5. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
washer on the outside grooves of the head the key switch ON.
assembly.
6. Remove the blocks.
5. Lubricate the head assembly inside seals
with hydraulic fluid and carefully slide the 7. Check for clearance between the free lift
head assembly onto the rod assembly. feed hose assembly, tilt hoses, and fittings
when the carriage is fully lowered and
6. Install the piston wear ring and piston seal retracted.
in their respective outside grooves of the
piston assembly. 8. Check the tilt function for correct
operation and leaks.
7. Install the rod piston O-ring in the groove
of the rod. 9. Bleed the hydraulic system. See
“Hydraulic System Bleeding” on
8. Apply red thread-locking compound page 7-134.
(P/N 990-571) to the male threads of the
piston. Carefully thread the piston
assembly onto the rod assembly. Torque to
200 ft. lbs. (271 Nm).
9. Lubricate the piston and head assembly
with hydraulic fluid and carefully slide it
into the tube assembly.
Flow Limiter, Main Lift 2. Install the fitting in the manifold block.
3. Reconnect the hose to the cylinder.
In Model 7400, the single main lift flow limiter 4. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
is located in the manifold block at the bottom of the key switch ON.
the right side main lift cylinder. The flow limiter 5. Bleed the hydraulic system. See
can be replaced without removing the cylinder. “Hydraulic System Bleeding” on
page 7-134.
In Models 7420 and 7440, there are two main
6. Check the truck for leaks and correct
lift flow limiters, one each in the manifold block
operation.
at the bottom of the main lift cylinder. The flow
limiter can be replaced without removing the 7. Install the top and front covers.
cylinder.
Removal
1. Fully lower the carriage to the floor.
2. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
3. Remove the top cover and front cover(s).
4. Place a pan below the baseleg at the
cylinder.
5. Disconnect and cap the hose at the bottom
of the cylinder.
6. Remove the fitting from the manifold
block.
7. Remove the flow limiter noting the
direction of the arrow.
7R1022231_A.CGM
Figure 7-192. Flow Limiter
Installation
1. Install the flow limiter. Make sure the
arrow points in the up direction.
Flow Limiter, Free Lift 11. Remove the flow limiter noting the
direction of the arrow.
Model 7400
Removal
71045742_D5.CGM
1. Remove the mast guard. Figure 7-193. Free Lift Flow Limiter, Model 7400
Removal
1. Fully lower the mast.
2. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
3. Using a suitable hoist, raise the carriage at
least 4 feet (1.2 m) and secure.
4. Place a shallow pan below the flow limiter.
Flow
5. Disconnect and cap the hydraulic hose at Limiter
the bottom of the cylinder.
6. Remove the flow limiter from the cylinder,
noting the direction of the arrow.
Installation 71067160_C1.CGM
Figure 7-194. Free Lift Flow Limiter, Model 7420/7440
1. Install the flow limiter in the cylinder.
Make sure the arrow points toward the
outside of the truck.
2. Reconnect the hydraulic hose at the
bottom of the cylinder.
3. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
4. Using the hoist, lower the carriage
completely.
5. Bleed the hydraulic system. See
“Hydraulic System Bleeding” on
page 7-134.
Mast, Chain, Hose, Cable Component Procedures Summary Mast, Chain, Hose, Cable
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Baseleg Procedure: Baseleg mounting Baseleg weighs over 100 lb. (45 kg).
page 7-191 bolts: P/N 990-544/ Apply anti-seize compound (P/N 990-638) to
165 ft. lb. (223 Nm) locating pins.
Load wheel plate
mounting bolts:
P/N 990-536/50 ft. lb.
(68 Nm)
Bearings, Procedure:
See procedure.
Reach Carriage page 7-193
Bearings, Procedure:
See procedure.
Telescopic page 7-194
Carriage Procedure:
Model 7400:
page 7-198 See procedure.
Model 7440:
page 7-199
Chains, Procedure:
See procedure.
Free Lift page 7-211
Mast, Chain, Hose, Cable Mast, Chain, Hose, Cable Component Procedures Summary
Table 7-20. Mast, Chain, Hose, Cable Component Procedures Summary
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Chains, Procedure:
Main Lift Model 7400:
page 7-208
Model 7420: See procedure.
page 7-209
Model 7440:
page 7-210
Forks Inspection
procedure See procedure.
page 7-213
Hose/Tubing, Procedure:
Free Lift page 7-234
See procedure.
Carriage Feed
Inner
Hose/Tubing, Procedure:
Free Lift page 7-234
See procedure.
Carriage Feed
Outer
Mast, Chain, Hose, Cable Component Procedures Summary Mast, Chain, Hose, Cable
Table 7-20. Mast, Chain, Hose, Cable Component Procedures Summary
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Assembly
procedure:
Model 7400
page 7-239
Model 7420:
page 7-252
Model 7440:
page 7-262
Removal
1. Lower the mast and retract the carriage Baseleg weighs over 100 pounds
completely. (45 kg). Use a suitable lifting device to
2. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect assist in removing baseleg.
the battery connector.
8. Slide the baseleg off the locating pins. See
3. Remove the right or left front cover. Figure 7-196. If added force is needed to
4. Remove the battery gate on the side being separate the baseleg from the mast,
repaired. protect the casting from direct blows.
71040465_B.CGM
Figure 7-195. Load Wheel Assembly and Baseleg
(closed toe version shown)
165 ft. lb. (223 Nm) 295 ft. lb. (434 Nm)
Bolt Torque
Removal
1. Remove the carriage. See “Carriage” on
page 7-198.
2. Remove the socket head cap screw and
washer on the end of the bearing.
3. The bearing should slide off the shaft with
hand pressure. A suitable bearing puller
can be used if required.
Installation
Bow Pads
NOTE: Only Model 7400 trucks have bow pads.
Models 7420 and 7440 do not.
telescopic. Pads are on both leading and Figure 7-199. Inner Telescopic Bow Pads
trailing edges of the rail. See Figure 7-201
on page 7-197. 4. Shim as required to obtain a gap of 0.03
in. to 0.09 in. (0.8mm to 2.3mm). On the
3. DR32TT, R45TT and R35TT: Examine each
R35TT mast, measure the gaps between
bow pad and measure its thickness. If the
the outer telescopic and mainframe by
thickness is less than 0.187 in. (4.75mm),
elevating the mast so that the pads are at
replace the pad. Lower the mast. Using a
the top of the mainframe.
suitable feeler gauge, check the clearance
gap of the bow pads between the inner
telescopic and the outer telescopic.
7RPINRCH06R008_IMAGE002.jpg
Figure 7-198. Inner Telescopic Bow Pads Model 7400
R45TT/R45TT/DR32TT Mast
7RPINRCH06R008_IMAGE010.JPG
Figure 7-200. Outer Telescopic Bow Pads Model 7400
R35TT Mast
7
Figure 7-201. Bow Pad Locations
Removal
1. Using a suitable work platform, remove
the carriage stops at the top of the inner
telescopic.
2. Remove the mast guard and top cover.
3. Remove the forks.
4. Elevate the carriage approximately 3 feet
(1 meter) for access to the auxiliary
manifold.
5. Slightly extend the carriage. Attach hoist
straps at three points to keep the carriage
level.
14. Remove the button head screw from both 5. Reattach the auxiliary hose bracket.
chain anchor pin retainers. Remove the 6. Reconnect the auxiliary hoses to the
pins to free the chains from the anchors. auxiliary manifold.
15. Using a hoist or other suitable lifting 7. Tighten the auxiliary manifold mounting
device, carefully lift the carriage out the bolts.
top of the mast.
8. Feed the over-the-mast cable through the
NOTE: Note the four kickback pads and shims U-clamp and tighten the U-clamp snug.
located between the carriage and the Do not over-tighten.
inner telescopic. They may fall out as
9. Connect the over-the-mast cable wires at
the carriage emerges from the mast.
terminal strip TS-2.
10. Reinstall the auxiliary manifold cover.
11. Release hoist tension on the carriage.
Remove hoist straps.
12. Reinstall the forks.
13. Reinstall the mast guard and top cover.
14. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
15. Test all carriage functions for correct
operation. Check for hydraulic leaks.
Installation
1. Make sure the free lift cylinder pulleys are
pivoted 90 degrees.
2. Make sure the top carriage bearing
keepers are in place.
3. Using a hoist or other suitable lifting
device, carefully lower the carriage into the
mast.
NOTE: Make sure the four kickback pads are in
place and shimmed snug to the mast as
the carriage is lowered into the mast. A
dab of grease will hold the pads and
shims in place while lowering.
4. Pivot the free lift cylinder pulleys fore-aft.
7R1022231_A.CGM
Figure 7-205. Upper Main Lift Chain Anchor Removal,
Model 7400
7R1022231_A.CGM
Figure 7-206. Anchor Pin Removal, Model 7400
4. Remove the chain anchor from the lift 4. Remove the chain anchor from the
chain. telescopic.
telescopic crossties. Figure 7-207. Lower Main Lift Chain Anchor, Model 7400
7. Adjust the lift chains until there is a
Lower Chain Anchor Installation, 7400 ML
0.25 in. (6.4 mm) gap at the narrowest
point between the inner and outer 1. Reinstall the master link to the lift chain
telescopics when the carriage is fully and chain anchor.
lowered. Make sure there is equal tension 2. Install the chain anchor into the chain
on the lift chains after the adjustment. anchor block and thread the adjusting nut
8. Test the truck for correct operation. on to the distance recorded earlier. Install
the cotter pin at the end of the chain
Lower Chain Anchor Removal, 7400 ML anchor.
1. Disconnect the lift chain master link from 3. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the chain anchor at the bottom of the the key switch ON.
inner telescopic. 4. Remove the blocks from between the
2. Note the distance of the adjusting nut. telescopic crossties.
This distance will be used as a preliminary 5. Adjust the lift chains until there is a
adjustment when re-installing. 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) gap at the narrowest
3. Remove the cotter pin and chain anchor point between the inner and outer
adjusting nut. telescopics when the carriage is fully
lowered. Make sure there is equal tension
on the lift chains after the adjustment.
6. Test the truck for correct operation.
slightly longer block between the inner (1 1/16 in.), a M8 x 50 mm bolt and
telescopic crosstie and the outer telescopic washers to act as a pulling device.
crosstie. This will provide the required
slack in the chains. See Figure 7-204 on
page 7-201.
2. Lower the carriage and block at a height
that will allow access to the lower chain
anchors at the bottom of the inner
telescopic. If only the upper anchors are
being removed, fully lower the carriage.
3. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
lowered. Make sure there is equal tension 3. Install the chain anchor into the chain
on the lift chains after the adjustment. anchor block and thread the adjusting nut
8. Test the truck for correct operation. on to the distance recorded earlier.
4. Reinstall the anti-kickback pad and block
Lower Chain Anchor Removal, 7420 ML at the bottom of the inner telescopic.
1. Remove the anti-kickback pad and block 5. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
from the bottom of the inner telescopic. the key switch ON.
See Figure 7-210. 6. Remove the blocks from between the
telescopic crossties.
7. Adjust the lift chains until there is a
0.375 in. (9.5 mm) gap at the narrowest
point between the inner and outer
telescopics when the carriage is fully
lowered. Make sure there is equal tension
on the lift chains after the adjustment.
8. Test the truck for correct operation.
6. Remove the chain anchor from the 5. Disconnect the lift chain master link from
telescopic. the chain anchor. Twist the chain if
necessary to reveal the master link.
6. Unscrew the chain anchor from the chain
anchor block.
Master Link
Master Link Chain Anchor
Cotter Pin
Chain Anchor
Chain Anchor
Block
Chain Anchor
Block
Bearing Boss
Bearing
Adjusting Nut Boss
71051602_C2A.CGM
Mounting
Figure 7-211. Upper Main Lift Chain Anchor, Model 7440 Bolt
Master Link
7R1022604_A4.CGM
Figure 7-213. Upper Free Lift Chain Anchor, Model 7400
7R1022604_A1.CGM
Figure 7-214. Lower Free Lift Chain Anchor, Model 7400
Upper Chain Anchor Installation, 7400 FL
1. Insert the chain anchor in the chain Lower Chain Anchor Installation, 7400 FL
anchor block.
1. Screw the chain anchor into the chain
2. Install a new master link to the lift chain anchor block.
anchor and secure with a new cotter pin.
2. Attach a new master link to the chain
3. Thread the adjusting nut on the chain anchor block and secure with a new cotter
anchor bolt to the distance recorded pin.
earlier.
3. Reinstall the mast guard.
4. Left side only: Reattach the hose/cable
retaining block,
4. Reconnect the battery connector and turn 5. Test the truck for correct operation.
the key switch ON.
5. Remove blocking from the carriage
6. Test truck for correct operation.
Master Link
Model 7420/7440 Free Lift (FL)
Chain Anchor
Upper Chain Anchor Removal, 7420/7440 FL
1. Elevate the carriage to a convenient Chain Anchor
working height. Block
1. Place a block between the outer telescopic 5. Attach the chain and the lower chain
crosstie and the mainframe crosstie and a anchor, using a new master link and cotter
slightly longer block between the inner pin.
telescopic crosstie and the outer telescopic 6. Remove the blocks between the telescopics
crosstie. This will provide the required and the mainframe and fully lower the
slack in the chains for their removal. See forks to the floor.
Figure 7-204 on page 7-201 7. Adjust the lift chains until there is a
2. Lower the carriage and block at a height 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) gap at the narrowest
that allows access to the chain anchor at point between the inner and outer
the bottom of the inner telescopic. telescopics when the carriage is fully
3. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect lowered. Make sure there is equal tension
the battery connector. on the lift chains after the adjustment.
4. Disconnect the lift chain master link from 8. Lubricate the chains and test the truck
the lower chain anchor at bottom of inner operation.
telescopic.
Chain Sheave Alignment Adjustment
5. Remove the chain anchor bolt and the
anchor pin retainer. See Figure 7-208 on If the main lift chain sheave becomes
page 7-203. misaligned so that the chain scrubs one side
6. Grasp the chain and remove the anchor wall of the sheave, install a new shaft with an
pin. See Figure 7-206 on page 7-201. eccentric bushing to correct the alignment:
NOTE: You can remove the pin by using a slide 1. Elevate and block the mast to provide
hammer or by using a large socket slack in the main lift chain.
(1 1/16 in.), an M8 x 50 mm bolt and 2. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
washers to act as a pulling device. See the battery connector.
7. Remove the chain anchor and chain from 3. Disconnect the main lift chain from the
the telescopic. inner telescopic chain anchor bolt.
8. Remove the master link between chain 4. Loosen the set screw and remove the
and chain anchor. pulley shaft.
5. Insert the new pulley shaft into position.
Installation
NOTE: Replace both chains when either is bad.
1. Attach the upper chain anchor to the new
chain using a new master link and cotter
pin.
2. Make sure the two holes in the upper
chain anchor are facing towards the
outside. Feed the chain from the outside to
the inside over the chain sheave.
71051418_E8.CGM
R45TT/DR32TT Mast 7/32 in. (5.5 mm) Figure 7-217. Anti-Kickback Pad and Block, Model 7420
R35TT Mast 5/32 in. (4 mm) 5. Note the distance of the adjusting nut
threads. This distance will be used as a
preliminary adjustment when
14. Apply thread-locking compound to the re-installing.
threads of the set screw and install the set 6. Remove the nut from the chain anchor
screw to lock the eccentric bushing in bolt.
place.
7. Remove the upper chain anchor bolt and to the threads of the anchor bolt and
the anchor pin retainer. See Figure 7-218. torque to 130 ft. lb. (174 Nm).
5. Feed the lift chain over the main lift chain
pulley and down the telescopic.
6. Install the chain anchor into the chain
anchor block and thread the adjusting nut
on to the distance recorded earlier.
7. Reinstall the anti-kickback pad and block
at the bottom of the inner telescopic.
8. Remove the blocks between the telescopics
and the mainframe and fully lower the
forks to the floor.
Pin 9. Adjust the lift chains until there is a
0.375 in. (9.5 mm) gap at the narrowest
Anchor point between the inner and outer
Pin
Block telescopics when the carriage is fully
Retainer
lowered. Make sure there is equal tension
Bolt on the lift chains after the adjustment.
71051418_E5.CGM 10. Lubricate the chains and test the truck
Figure 7-218. Upper Main Lift Chain Anchor Removal, operation.
Model 7420
2. Route the chain over the main lift chain 3. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
pulley and between the inner and outer the battery connector.
telescopics. 4. Remove the mast guard
3. Connect the chain to the lower chain 5. Remove the master links at the adjustable
anchor with a new master link and new chain anchors.
cotter pin.
6. Remove the master links at the carriage
4. Reattach the lower bearing bosses and chain anchors.
bearings in the inner telescopic. Torque to
130 ft. lb. (176 Nm). a. Model 7400: The right side requires the
removal of a retainer tab and pin rather
5. Lower the inner telescopic to slacken the than a cotter pin.
hoist strap. Remove the strap.
b. Model 7420/7440: Both sides require
6. Adjust the lift chains until there is a the removal of a retainer tab and pin
0.5 in. (12.7 mm) gap at the narrowest rather than a cotter pin.
point between the inner and outer
telescopics when the carriage is fully
lowered. Make sure there is equal tension
on the lift chains after the adjustment.
7. Lubricate the chains and test the truck
operation.
Installation
1. Position the chain over the pulley and
fasten the chain to the carriage anchor
with a new master link.
a. Model 7400: Secure the left side with a
cotter pin and the right side with the
pin and retainer tab, applying
thread-locking compound
(P/N 1013829) to the threads of the
retainer screw.
7R1022231_A.CGM b. Model 7420/7440: Secure both sides
Figure 7-219. Carriage Chain Anchor with the pin and retainer tab, applying
thread-locking compound
2. Activate “lower” to relieve the tension on (P/N 1013829) to the threads of the
the free lift chains. retainer screw.
Fork Inspection
Visually inspect all fork surfaces for signs of
damage, including, but not limited to: excessive
wear, bends, cracks, welding arcs, excessive
Shank
(un-worn portion)
heat, or unauthorized modifications.
Unworn thickness
Minimum
worn thickness
43
255
DS2
DS#
7CALIPERS.EPS
Figure 7-221. Fork Wear Calipers
Removal
1. Lift and block the mast high enough to
access the belt and its mounting eye.
NOTE: The tensioning spring is at the bottom of
the belt, hooked to a bracket.
2. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
3. Access the height encoder assembly.
Remove These Screws
a. If there is an access plate secured by
77420HTEncoderAssy.jpg
diagonally opposed nuts, remove the Figure 7-224. Height Encoder Assembly, 7420
nuts. Do not remove the bottom
button-head screws. See Figure 7-223.
4. Remove the old belt. Make sure you
retrieve the tension spring through the
Remove These Nuts
access hole at the bottom of the outer
telescopic.
Installation
Access
Plate 1. Using cable ties, make a 1 inch (25 mm)
loop in the bottom of the new encoder belt
and attach it to the tension spring.
2. Attach a small weight on the tension
spring. Drop the weighted spring down the
mast channel. Clamp the belt at the top so
Do Not Remove These Screws it does not fall completely down into the
channel.
77420HTEncoderAssy.jpg
Figure 7-223. Height Encoder Assembly, 7420
3. Accessing the spring through the hole at 6. Loop the belt around the eye at the top of
the bottom of the mast channel, attach the the mast and clamp it temporarily in
spring to the bracket. See Figure 7-225. place.
7. Secure the height encoder assembly.
a. If there is an access plate, install the
access plate with the nylon locking
nuts. See Figure 7-223.
b. If there is no access plate, fit the
encoder assembly back into the mast
channel. Keep slight tension on the belt
and make sure the belt wraps correctly
around the gear and idler. Secure the
encoder assembly with mounting
screws. See Figure 7-224.
8. Make sure the belt feeds past the mast
bearing without becoming entangled in the
bearing. See Figure 7-227.
71051604_D5.CGM
Figure 7-225. Height Encoder Belt Tension Spring, 7420
Belt
4. Thread the belt through the encoder
assembly, making sure it is routed
correctly around the toothed gear and Mast Bearing
idler. See Figure 7-226.
Belt
Idler
77420HTEncodeMastBearing.JPG
Figure 7-227. Height Encoder Belt and Mast Bearing, 7420
Encoder Assembly
Mounting Screws
71051604_D4.CGM
Figure 7-226. Height Encoder Belt Routing, 7420
any excess belt at the loop. See nuts. Do not remove the top button-head
Figure 7-228. screws. See Figure 7-229.
Hook Eye
Access
Plate
Add Cable
Ties Here
Model 7440
Removal
1. Lift and block the mast high enough to
access the belt and its mounting eye. Do Not Remove These Screws
NOTE: The tensioning spring is at the top of the 77440HTEncoderAssy.jpg
2. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect 4. Remove the old belt. Make sure you
the battery connector. retrieve all the broken pieces. There is an
3. Access the height encoder assembly. access hole at the bottom of the outer
a. If there is an access plate secured by telescopic.
diagonally opposed nuts, remove the
Installation
1. Attach a small weight to the belt. Drop the
weighted belt down the mast channel.
Clamp the belt at the top so it does not fall
completely down into the channel.
2. Accessing the bracket through the hole at 4. Attach the top end of the belt to a stiff wire
the bottom of the mast channel, loop the and feed the belt up through the encoder
belt through the bracket to form a 1 inch assembly hole.
(25 mm) loop. Secure the loop with cable 5. Loop the belt around the eye at the top of
ties. See Figure 7-231. the mast and clamp it temporarily in
place.
Encoder Assembly
Mounting Screws
Idler
Hook Eye
Add Cable
Ties Here
Belt
Toothed Gear
Belt
71051604_D4.CGM
Figure 7-232. Height Encoder Belt Routing, 7440 71051604_D6.CGM
Figure 7-233. Height Encoder Belt, Top, 7420
Hose, Main Lift 8. Install the top cover and the right and left
front cover.
Removal
1. Fully lower forks to the floor.
2. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
3. Remove the battery from the truck to
access the display and lift motor mounting
bracket bolts.
4. Remove the top cover and the front left
and right covers.
5. Remove the 4 mounting bolts from both
the display bracket and the lift motor
mounting bracket to gain access to the lift
hose.
6. If applicable, remove the lift amp/shroud
assembly as one unit. It is retained by four
bolts on the mast side of the front tractor
plate.
7. Disconnect and cap the main lift cylinder
feed hoses at the front tractor plate.
NOTE: Place a small container below the
fittings to allow the main lift hose to
drain.
8. Disconnect the lift hose from the main
manifold and remove from the truck.
Installation
1. Position the lift hose in the truck.
2. Connect the fittings at the manifold and
the main lift cylinder feed hoses.
3. If applicable, reinstall the lift amp/shroud
assembly. See “Power Amplifier, Lift Series
CA/FA (AC lift)” on page 7-110.
4. Position and reinstall the display and lift
motor mounting bolts. See “Lift Motor” on
page 7-109.
5. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
6. Bleed the hydraulic system. See
“Hydraulic System Bleeding” on
page 7-134.
7. Check the truck for leaks and correct
operation.
Main Lift
Cylinder
Hose/Cable
Retainer Upper Free Lift
Cylinder
Hose/Cable
Retainer
Carriage
Hose/Cable
Retainer
7R1018766_C03.CGM
Figure 7-235. Over-the-Mast Hose/Cable, view from forks
7R1018766_C1.CGM
Figure 7-234. Over-the-Mast Hose/Cable, view from tractor
7OTM_1.JPG
Figure 7-236. Blocking Scissor Assembly
7OTM_4.JPG
Figure 7-240. Positioning hose retainer
7OTM_3.JPG
Figure 7-239. Blocking telescopics NOTE: Over-the-mast hose lengths on
Model 7400 lift trucks are equal.
17. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect Reference Figure 7-271 on page 7-243
the battery connector. for correct hose/cable routing.
18. Remove the lower free lift cylinder 1. While observing correct routing, connect
hose/cable retainer and the hose/cable hoses to auxiliary manifold at carriage and
retainer from the bottom of the inner the cable to terminal strip TS2.
telescopic.
2. Mount auxiliary manifold to carriage.
19. Feed hoses and cable through pulley at Apply thread-locking compound (P/N
top of inner telescopic. 990-536) to mounting bolt threads and
20. Remove hose/cable retainer at left main torque to 21 ft. lb. (29 Nm).
lift cylinder. 3. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
21. Reconnect the battery connector and turn the key switch ON.
the key switch ON. 4. Carefully elevate and block carriage high
22. Carefully elevate telescopics and remove enough to access the hose/cable retainer
blocking. and guide at the back of the carriage.
23. Fully lower mast and carriage. 5. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
24. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector. 6. Feed hoses and cable through guide and
retainer.
25. Disconnect and plug/cap hoses and
fittings at A1 and A2 on the main 7. Remove slack from hoses and cable
manifold. between retainer and manifold. Adjust and
tension the cable to allow the cable to loop
26. Feed hoses and cable through opening in
away at the bottom edge of the hose/cable
tractor bulkhead.
bracket on the carriage. This loop should
be 0.75 in.± 0.25 in. below the bracket.
Make sure the cable is long enough to
remove the auxiliary manifold cover and other. The electrical cable is in the
access TS2. Tighten the retainer. See left-hand position.
Figure 7-241.
Aux Hose A2
Aux Hose A2
Aux Hose A1
Aux Hose A1 Electrical Cable
Electrical Cable
71045742_B7.CGM
Figure 7-242. Free Lift Pulley Routing of Hoses and Cable
71045742_D6.CGM
Figure 7-241. Carriage Hose/Cable Retainer
13. Install hoses, cable and retainer at top of
8. Attach manifold cover to carriage. Apply free lift cylinder. See Figure 7-243.
thread-locking compound (P/N 990-536)
to the mounting bolt threads and torque to
30 ft. lb. (42 Nm). Main Lift
Retainer
9. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
10. Fully lower carriage to the floor.
11. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
12. Feed hoses and cable through free lift
pulley, from fork side to tractor side. Make
sure hoses and cable do not cross each Free Lift
Retainer
7R1018766_C4.CGM
Figure 7-243. Upper Hose/Cable Retainer, Main Lift and
Free Lift Cylinders
above the upper free lift cylinder retainer, 22. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
using the L2 value. L2 equals the length the key switch ON. Remove blocking from
the hoses are to be stretched over the free telescopics. Turn the key switch OFF and
lift cylinder. See Figure 7-244. disconnect the battery connector.
23. Feed hoses and cable through pulleys at
stretch top of telescopic, from fork side to tractor
side. Make sure hoses and cable do not
cross each other.
24. Install over-the-mast hoses, lift hose, and
cable in retainer at left main lift cylinder.
L2 dimension 25. Remove slack from hoses and cable.
Adjust cable grip and spring so that spring
is stretched to an overall length of 1.75
±0.12 in. (44.5 ±3 mm). Leave sufficient
bend of slack hose so that an additional
0.5 in. (13 mm) of cable length can be
taken up if required. Temporarily tighten
7OTM_5.CGM
retainer.
Figure 7-244. Marking L2 dimension
26. Measure and mark the lift hose above the
retainer with the appropriate L3 value in
16. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
Table 7-21 on page 7-226. Measure and
the key switch ON.
mark the over-the-mast hoses above the
17. Place block under carriage and lower retainer with the appropriate L1 value in
carriage to relieve tension on hoses. Table 7-21 on page 7-226.
18. Pull down on the hoses until marks are 27. Repeat step 17 of installation procedure.
flush with top of retainers. Tighten the
28. Pull down on the hoses until marks are
four retainer bolts. Do not tighten the
flush with the top of the retainers. Tighten
lower clamp bolts on the retainer assembly
retainers.
yet.
29. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
19. Install hoses, cable, retainer and clamp at
the key switch ON. Remove blocking from
bottom of free lift cylinder and inner
telescopics. Turn the key switch OFF and
telescopic. Carefully elevate the telescopics
disconnect the battery connector.
high enough to access the lower retainer
on free lift cylinder and the retainer on the 30. Tighten two lower clamp bolts on upper
telescopic from the tractor side. Place a free lift cylinder hose/cable retainer.
hardwood block of sufficient length 31. Secure hoses and cable to the free lift
between the outer and inner telescopics. cylinder with cable ties every 16 to 24 in.
Carefully lower the mast until you have (40 to 60 cm).
the desired tension. Observe correct
32. Route hoses and cable through the tractor
routing to make sure hoses and cable have
opening, along the tractor bulkhead and
sufficient clearance. See Figure 7-239 on
page 7-222.
20. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
21. Remove slack from hoses and cable
between inner telescopic retainer and
upper retainer on free lift cylinder.
Temporarily tighten retainer and clamp.
7R1018766_C7.CGM
Figure 7-245. Hose/Cable Retainer Clamps on Tractor
Hose Guard Addition Later Model 7400 lift trucks use studs and lock
nuts in this retainer. This revision helps prevent
Service Kit P/N 1061876 contains parts to add hose damage from the retainer hardware.
a hose guard to retain slack hoses on the
pulleys in the event forks hang up in the rack
as the mast begins to lower.
1. Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 1013829) to the M6x12 flat socket
head screws. Attach the guard weldment
to the new hose guard, but do not tighten Main Lift
the screws. Cylinder
Hose/Cable
2. Remove and discard the existing hose Retainer
guard from the pulleys by removing two
M10x16 flat socket head screws. Save
screws,
3. Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 1013829) to the M10x16 screws.
Install the new hose guard assembly,
using the M10 screws saved in previous
step.
4. Adjust the guard weldment so the 0.5 inch
(12.7 mm) diameter bar sits approximately
0.125 inch (3 mm) from the surface of the
auxiliary hoses. Tighten the M6x12 screws
the secure the guard.
New Guard
Reuse M10
Screw
Bar 7R1018766_C03.CGM
7R1018766_C4.cgm 1045742_D8.cgm
Figure 7-248. Old and New Style Retainer Hardware
Cable, Over-the-Mast and 1.25 in. from the inside edge of frame
to edge of strip. See Figure 7-249.
7DSCF0427.JPG
Figure 7-251. Blocking the Carriage
7DSCF0424.JPG
Figure 7-250. OTM Cable from Tractor to TS3
8. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
Over-the-Mast Cable
9. Remove the cable from the retainer/guide
Replacement at the back of the carriage and the free lift
cylinder pulley. See Figure 7-235 on
This procedure describes the installation of the page 7-220.
new cable as the old one is being removed. You
can use this procedure either with or without 10. Position the cable grip onto the
the terminal strip modification for bulk cable replacement cable so that the spring
use. anchor end of the cable grip is oriented
towards the TS2 end of the cable and the
1. Mark the OTM hoses at all the hose/cable
loop is approximately 20 inches (51cm)
retainers to assure the correct stretch
when reassembled. (If required use
Table 7-21, “Over-the-Mast Hose
stretching values (in inches),” on
page 7-226.)
from the end of the cable. See cylinder retainer. Do not tighten at this
Figure 7-252. time.
NOTE: Remove all twist from the cable when
installing.
21. Turn the key switch ON. Elevate and block
carriage. Turn the key switch OFF.
22. Adjust and tension the cable to allow the
cable to loop away at the bottom edge of
the hose/cable bracket on the carriage.
This loop should be 0.75 in.± 0.25 in.
below the bracket. See Figure 7-253.
Carriage
Hose/Cable
Guide
7DSCF1362.JPG
Figure 7-252. Cable Grip on TS2 end of OTM cable
14. Reconnect battery connector and turn key 23. Position the hoses and cable using the
switch ON. Remove blocking and lower the marks made in step 1 and tighten the
carriage. Turn key switch OFF and upper 4 bolts, but not the bottom 2 bolts
disconnect battery connector. of the upper free lift cylinder retainer.
15. Connect cable spade lugs to TS2. 24. Set the tension on the spring at the
16. Attach aux manifold cover to carriage. carriage by sliding the cable grip to
produce a length of 1.75 in. ± 0.12 in. over
17. Reconnect the battery connector and turn the coils. Do not over tension. Tighten the
the key switch ON. Elevate and block cable tie on the cable grip.
carriage as in step 7. Turn the key switch See Figure 7-253.
OFF.
NOTE: Orient the loop of the cable grip fore-aft
18. Tighten the carriage hose and cable
so, as the cable passes through the loop
retainer.
of the cable grip and the latch of the
19. Turn the key switch ON. Remove blocking cable tie, it does not interfere with the
and lower the carriage. Turn the key free lift cylinder mounting pin.
switch OFF.
25. Turn the key switch ON. Carefully elevate
20. Feed the cable through the free lift pulley the telescopics high enough to access the
and position it in the upper free lift
lower retainer on the free lift cylinder and must enlarge the passage hole. To do
the retainer on the telescopic from the this, remove both parts of the retainer,
operator’s compartment. clamp them together, and drill out the
26. Place a hardwood block of sufficient length passage hole for the electrical cable (not
(approximately 30 inches) between the the hoses) with a 9/16 inch drill bit.
outer and inner telescopics. This will Reassemble the retainer, aligning
remove the tension from the OTM hoses witness marks on the hoses, and
and the lift hose to make the removal and tighten the bolts. Insert the new cable
installation of the retainers easier. through the passage hole.
Carefully lower the mast until you have See Figure 7-255.
the desired tension. See Figure 7-254.
Electrical Lift Hose Aux Hose
Cable Hole Hole Hole
7DSCF1361.JPG
Figure 7-254. Blocking Telescopics
36. If installing exact replacement cable, pull 45. Connect the OTM cable to connector JPS3.
the cable through the main lift cylinder Go to step 50.
retainer until all slack is removed. Mark
the cable at the top of the retainer. Tighten For bulk cable installation, do the following:
the retainer bolts.
37. Set the spring tension to 1.75 in. ± 0.12 in. 46. Cut the OTM cable 20 in. past the bottom
by sliding the cable grip. Do not over of the main lift cylinder retainer.
tension. Tighten the cable tie on the cable 47. Strip 3 in. of insulation from the cable,
grip. strip the wires, and attach spade lugs.
48. Connect the wires to the terminal strip.
See Table 7-23 on page 7-230.
NOTE: Note: Colors will not match at TS2.
49. Attach cable to frame with cable tie and
self-adhesive cable tie anchor. See
Figure 7-257.
7DSCF1352.JPG
Figure 7-256. Main LIft Cylinder Retainer Cable Spring
Tension
39. Turn the key switch ON. Elevate the Figure 7-257. Cabling at Terminal Strip
carriage and place a hardwood block
between the inner and outer telescopic. 50. Install the mast guard, top cover and front
Carefully lower the carriage to relieve the left cover.
hose and cable tension. Turn the key
switch OFF.
40. Position the cable so that the mark on the
cable is 0.5 in. above the retainer.
41. Position the OTM hoses and the lift hose
as marked in step 1 and tighten the
retainer.
42. Turn the key switch ON. Remove the block
between the inner and outer telescopic.
43. Lower the carriage. Turn the key switch
OFF.
44. Remove and route the cable along the
tractor bulkhead, through the tractor
opening and attach with the hose/cable
clamps.
Feed
Removal
1. Remove the mast guard.
2. Raise the telescopics until the bottom of
the free lift feed tubing is accessible from
the operator’s compartment.
3. Place a block of sufficient length between
the outer telescopic crosstie and the
mainframe to hold the position in step 2.
4. Fully lower the carriage. 71045742_D5.CGM
Figure 7-258. Free Lift Feed Hose/Tube, Model 7400
5. Extend the reach mechanism to allow
easier removal of the free lift feed tubing.
6. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
7. Place a pan below the free lift tubing.
8. Remove the necessary components. See
Figure 7-258 and Figure 7-259.
Installation
1. Replace the necessary components. Make
sure the assembly is tight and correctly
positioned on the crosstie.
2. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
3. Remove the block between the outer
telescopic crosstie and the mainframe.
71067160_C1.CGM
4. Bleed the hydraulic system. See Figure 7-259. Free Lift Tubing, Model 7420/7440
“Hydraulic System Bleeding” on
page 7-134.
5. Check the truck for leaks and correct
operation.
Separation of Tractor and Mast Make sure the weight of the mast is fully
supported by the hoist and the tractor is
blocked where it meets the mast before
loosening the mast mounting bolts.
• Do this procedure with a minimum 13. Place blocks snugly under the tractor near
of two technicians in a shop the mast.
equipped with a suitable hoist.
14. Attach a lifting strap around the top
• Do not permit observers to stand
crossties of all three mast sections. Draw
nearby.
tight with hoist. Make sure the weight of
• Wear gloves, safety glasses, the mast is supported by the hoist.
steel-toed safety boots, and a safety
helmet (hard hat). 15. Use an impact wrench to remove the mast
mounting bolts inside the battery
1. Lower and retract the fork carriage
compartment, four on the top, eight on the
completely.
bottom.
2. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect 16. Using a lift truck, carefully separate the
the battery connector. Remove battery tractor about 6 inches (15 cm).
gates. Using a suitable battery removal
device, remove the battery. 17. Remove the hose/cable retaining bracket
on the front of the tractor bulkhead.
3. Remove the top cover and the left and right
front covers. 18. Remove the hose/cable retainer on the
main lift cylinder.
4. Remove the mast guard.
5. Secure a hoist strap around the overhead 19. Reinstall mast mounting bolts and
guard. Take the weight off the guard. washers and tighten lightly (to prevent
Remove mounting bolts. Remove the misplacing them).
guard.
6. Disconnect and cap right side main lift Hose/Cable, Free Lift Cylinder,
hose at the tractor bulkhead fitting. and Carriage Removal
7. Disconnect the ambient temperature
20. Remove the auxiliary manifold cover from
sensor connector JPA on the tractor deck.
the carriage. See Figure 7-260 on
8. Disconnect the mast switch connector page 7-236.
JPS4 (near the lift pump). Feed harness
through tractor opening at left side. 21. Disconnect the wires of the over-the-mast
cable from the terminal strip, labeling as
9. Disconnect over-the-mast cable connector needed for reconnection.
JPS3 on the tractor deck.
22. Remove auxiliary manifold mounting
10. Disconnect the hose/cable retaining screws to permit access to the
clamp from the left front corner of the over-the-mast hose fittings at the
tractor near the opening in the bulkhead. manifold.
11. Disconnect and plug hydraulic hoses A1 NOTE: There may be shims between the
and A2 at the main manifold, labeling as manifold and carriage.
NOTE: There may be shims between the 34. Remove the upper hose/cable pulley from
manifold and carriage. the top of the outer telescopic.
35. Disconnect the tee tubing to the right side
main lift cylinder.
36. Disconnect and cap the hose to the left
main lift cylinder.
37. Rig lifting straps around the carriage.
Using a hoist, carefully lift the carriage out
of the inner telescopic and lower the
carriage to the floor.
mounting block at the bottom. Install set Figure 7-261. Main Lift Chain Upper Chain Anchor
screws so they are not misplaced.
42. Pull the chain anchor/mast stop out of the
32. Remove carriage stops from back of
main frame.
carriage.
43. Feed main lift chains from inside to
33. Remove the lower hose/cable pulley from
outside over the chain sheave.
the top of the outer telescopic.
Mounting Bolt
Washer
Sleeve
Pad Cover
7R1020561_A4.CGM
Figure 7-264. Outer Telescopic Lower Bearing and
Anti-Rattle Pads
Outer
Telescopic 49. Remove anti-rattle pads and shims from
bottom of inner telescopic. See
Figure 7-265.
7R1020561_A2.CGM
Figure 7-262. Main Lift Cylinder Mounting Hardware
Spacer Chain
Bearing
Snap Ring
Pin Shim
Pad
71043786_A7.CGMs
Figure 7-263. Main LIft Chain Sheave
7 1043786_A6.CGM
Figure 7-265. Inner Telescopic Lower Bearing and
Anti-Rattle Pads
50. Using a suitable hoist, pull the inner 56. Remove the lower roller bearings and
telescopic halfway out of the outer shims from the outer telescopic. See
telescopic. Figure 7-264.
51. Remove the upper roller bearings and 57. Using a suitable hoist, remove the outer
shims from the top of the outer telescopic. telescopic from the main frame.
See Figure 7-266.
Sleeve
Stud
Shims
Bearing
7R1020561_A6.CGM
Figure 7-266. Outer Telescopic Upper Bearing
Bolt
Stud
Shims
Bearing
71043786_A10.CGM
Figure 7-267. Main Frame Upper Bearing
when the bearing is fully seated, bend the 24. Using the hoist, slide the inner telescopic
flat washer to contact the bearing to the entire length of the outer tele, checking
prevent the bearing from walking on the for binding. Add or remove shims as
stud shaft. See Figure 7-268. necessary to maintain a snug but
15. Using the hoist, slide the outer telescopic free-running fit.
the entire length of the main frame,
checking for binding. Add or remove shims Upper Bearings of Outer Telescopic
as necessary to maintain a snug but
25. With the inner telescopic inserted halfway
free-running fit.
into the main frame, attach the upper
16. R35TT mast only: Check the clearance roller bearing to one side of the outer tele.
gap of the bow pads between outer Make sure the flat spot on the bearing
telescopic and main frame. Shim as outer stud is correctly positioned against
required to obtain a gap of 0.03 to 0.09 the mast. See Figure 7-266.
inch (0.8 to 2.3 mm).
26. Attach but do not tighten the upper roller
bearing to the other side of the outer
Assembling and Shimming telescopic.
Inner Telescopic to Outer 27. Use spare shims as a gauge to determine
Telescopic the amount of shims required to cause the
roller bearing to contact the inner
Lower Bearings of Inner Telescopic telescopic.
28. Remove both upper bearings. Install one
17. Attach the lower roller bearing to one side half of the total shim thickness required to
of the inner telescopic. Make sure the flat each roller bearing. Reinstall the bearings.
spot on the bearing outer stud is correctly Apply thread-locking compound
positioned against the mast. See (P/N 990-536) to the bearing mounting
Figure 7-265. bolt and torque to 260 ft. lb. (352 Nm).
18. Using a suitable hoist, insert the inner 29. If the inner race of the bearing does not
telescopic into the outer telescopic as far protrude past the end of the bearing stud
as the crosstie. when the bearing is fully seated, bend the
19. Attach the lower roller bearing to the other flat washer to contact the bearing to
side of the inner telescopic. prevent the bearing from walking on the
20. Using a pry bar, move the inner telescopic stud shaft. See Figure 7-268.
and bearing to one side. 30. Using the hoist, slide the inner telescopic
21. Use spare shims as a gauge to determine the entire length of the outer telescopic,
the amount of shims required to cause the checking for binding. Add or remove shims
roller bearing to contact the outer tele. as necessary to maintain a snug but
free-running fit.
22. Remove both lower bearings. Install one
half of the total shim thickness required to 31. Check the clearance gap of the bow pads
each roller bearing. Reinstall the bearings. between inner telescopic and outer
Apply thread-locking compound telescopic. Shim as required to obtain a
(P/N 990-536) to the bearing mounting gap of 0.03 to 0.09 inch (0.8 to 2.3 mm).
bolt and torque to 260 ft. lb. (352 Nm).
23. If the inner race of the bearing does not Main Lift Chain Installation
protrude past the end of the bearing stud
32. Install anti-rattle pads and shims at
when the bearing is fully seated, bend the
bottom of inner and outer telescopics.
flat washer to contact the bearing to
Shim so pads are snug against mast. See
prevent the bearing from walking on the
Figure 7-264 and Figure 7-265.
stud shaft. See Figure 7-268.
33. Install the main lift chain sheaves to the Shimming Carriage to Inner
top of the outer telescopic. Sheaves install
with a large pin and a set screw on the
Telescopic
inside. See Figure 7-263. 45. Drape the free lift chains forward over the
34. Install but do not tighten a new sleeve and carriage back rest. Rig lifting straps
collar, washer, and mounting bolt through around the carriage.
the telescopic crosstie and into the 46. Install the lower set of roller bearings,
cylinder housing of each main lift cylinder. without shims, in the carriage.
See Figure 7-262.
47. Using a hoist, carefully lift the carriage
35. Rig lifting straps around the upper and insert it into the inner telescopic until
crossties of all three mast sections. the bearings just enter the telescopic.
36. Using a suitable hoist, raise the mast to a 48. Using a pry bar, move the carriage
vertical position. bearings to one side.
37. Rig a lifting strap of one hoist around the 49. Use spare shim(s) as a gauge to determine
lower crosstie of the main frame (the one the amount of shims required to remove
where the overhead guard attaches). side play.
38. Rig a lifting strap of another hoist around 50. Remove the carriage from the inner
the top crossties of both inner and outer telescopic far enough to expose the
telescopics. Using the hoist, lower the bearings being shimmed.
telescopics to about 10 in. (25 cm) from
51. Remove the bearings being shimmed from
the floor.
the carriage. Install one half of the total
39. Make sure the two holes in the upper shim thickness required to each roller
chain anchor block are towards the bearing.
outside. Feed the main lift chain from the
52. Using the hoist, reinsert the carriage into
outside to the inside over the chain
the inner telescopic. Check for tight areas
sheave.
while moving the carriage to the bottom of
40. Feed the upper chain anchor block down the inner telescopic.
between the main frame and outer
53. Remove the carriage from the inner
telescopic until holes are aligned between
telescopic far enough to expose the
block and main frame. Insert the chain
bearings being shimmed.
anchor bolt (without the access cover) and
lightly tighten the bolt to draw the chain 54. Remove the bearings being shimmed from
anchor block to the main frame. the carriage.
41. Thread a bolt into the hole in the chain NOTE: The carriage may have to be removed
anchor retaining pin. Insert the pin and several times to obtain the correct fit.
drive it in. Remove the bolt from the pin.
55. Install the center set of roller bearings,
42. Remove the chain anchor bolt. Apply without shims, in the carriage.
thread-locking compound (P/N 990-544)
56. Repeat steps 48 through 54 for the center
to bolt threads. Install access cover and
set of bearings.
torque bolt to 130 ft. lb. (174 Nm).
57. Install the upper set of roller bearings,
43. Lower the telescopics into the main frame
without shims, in the carriage.
approx. 3 in. (7.5 cm) from the floor.
58. Repeat steps 48 through 54 for the upper
44. Install master links to attach the main lift
set of bearings.
chains to the lower chain anchor blocks.
Lower the telescopics completely. Tighten
the chain anchor nuts until the inner
telescopic just lifts off its stops.
7R1018766_C6.CGM
Figure 7-269. Over-the-Mast Hose/Cable Pulleys
(older style)
Raymond Service Bulletin RCH-05-018 65. Connect tee tubing to free lift cylinders.
dated 30 August 2005. See Figure 7-272.
7R1018766_C2.CGM
Figure 7-272. Free Lift Cylinder Tee Tubing
Aux Hose A2
Aux Hose A1
Electrical Cable
71045742_B7.jpg
Figure 7-273. OTM Hoses and Cable at Free Lift Pulley
7R1018766_C1.CGM
Figure 7-271. Over-the-Mast Hose and Cable Installation
67. Attach, but do not tighten, the hose/cable bottom of the hose guide. See
retainer bracket at the bottom of the free Figure 7-276.
lift cylinder. See Figure 7-274.
Gap
7R1027396_DB.CGM
Figure 7-274. Lower Hose/Cable Retainer, Free Lift
Cylinder
71045742_D8.CGM
Figure 7-275. Upper Hose/Cable Retainer, Free Lift
Cylinder
71. Take slack out of hoses and cable. Make 75. With the auxiliary manifold removed from
sure hoses do not cross each other. the carriage, connect auxiliary hydraulic
hoses to the manifold, making sure to
observe correct labeling.
76. Attach the manifold to the carriage. Apply
Aux Hose A2 thread-locking compound (P/N 990-536)
to the mounting bolt threads and torque to
Aux Hose A1 21 ft. lb. (29 Nm).
77. Connect the over-the-mast cable wires to
the terminal block on the auxiliary
Electrical Cable manifold cover. Attach the manifold cover
to the carriage. Apply thread-locking
compound (P/N 990-536) to the mounting
bolt threads and torque to 30 ft. lb.
(42 Nm).
78. Assemble, but do not tighten, the
hose/cable retainer on the left side main
lift cylinder. See Figure 7-275.
79. Secure the mast with hoist lifting strap
wrapped loosely around the top crossties
of all three mast sections. Wrap the lifting
strap of a second hoist around the upper
crosstie of the inner telescopic. Using the
hoist, lift the inner telescopic about 6 in.
(15 cm).
Aux Hose A2
80. Tighten the hose/cable retainer on the left
Aux Hose A1
side main lift cylinder.
Electrical Cable 81. Lower the inner telescopic.
87. From the battery compartment thread 95. Secure a hoist strap around the overhead
eight mounting bolts and washers through guard or position a lift truck with pallet
bottom of the tractor frame into the mast. under the overhead guard. Lift the guard
Thread four mounting bolts and washers into position at the lower crosstie of the
through the top of the tractor frame into main frame.
the mast. Torque to 165 ft. lb. (224 96. Apply thread-locking compound
Nm)bolts. (P/N 990-536) to the mounting bolt
88. Connect the main lift hose fitting at the left threads. Install mounting bolts and torque
side of the tractor. to 130 ft. lb. (174 Nm).
89. Route the auxiliary hoses and electrical 97. Install the mast guard.
cable through the tractor opening. Secure 98. Using a suitable battery moving device,
hoses and cable with retainer clamp. See install the battery. Install battery gates.
Figure 7-278.
99. Attach front covers and top cover.
100. Make sure all hoist straps and blocks are
removed.
101. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
102. Bleed the hydraulic system. See
“Hydraulic System Bleeding” on
page 7-134.
Retainer
Clamps 103. Test all lift truck functions.
104. Elevate the inner telescopic about 12 in.
(30 cm). Torque the main cylinder top
mounting bolts. Tighten main lift cylinder
L-bracket mounting bolts to 55 ft. lb.
(74.5 Nm).
105. Using a work basket and lift truck, grease
the channels of all sections of the mast.
7R1018766_C7.CGM
Figure 7-278. Hose/Cable Retainer Clamps on Tractor
Mast, Model 7420 11. Disconnect the main lift hose fitting at the
left side of the tractor.
(Complete Disassembly)
Series CA/FA (AC lift) Make sure the weight of the mast is fully
supported by the hoist and the tractor is
Separation of Tractor and Mast blocked where it meets the mast before
loosening the mast mounting bolts.
NOTE: There may be shims between the 24. Loosen the U-clamp on the right side free
manifold and carriage. lift cylinder and feed the over-the-mast
(OTM) cable through. See Figure 7-281.
7DSC_942A.JPG
U-clamp
Figure 7-279. Auxiliary Manifold Access
Hose
Retaining
Clamp
Hose
Retaining
Clamp
71066854_B13.CGM 71066854_B13.CGM
Figure 7-280. Hose Retaining Clamp, Left Free Lift Cylinder Figure 7-282. Hose Retaining Clamp, Left Free Lift Cylinder,
Bottom
27. Feed hoses and cable through free lift stud at the top and off the pin at the
cylinder pulleys. bottom. See Figure 7-283.
28. Jack carriage up about 3 in. (7.5 cm) to
provide slack in chains. Remove master
links on free lift chains. Feed free lift Free Lift Cylinder
Mounting Stud
chains through pulleys and drape over
front of carriage.
29. Remove carriage stops at the top of the
inner telescopic.
30. Rig lifting straps around the carriage.
Using a hoist, carefully lift the carriage out
of the inner telescopic and lower the
carriage to the floor.
31. Disconnect and plug the hydraulic supply
hose at the bottom of the free lift cylinders.
32. Disconnect the free lift crossover hose and
cap both cylinders.
33. Remove the nylon locking nut from the
mounting stud on the free lift cylinder. Lift Free Lift Cylinder
each free lift cylinder off the mounting Mounting Pin
71051676_D.CGM
Figure 7-283. Free Lift Cylinder Mounting Stud and Pin
36. Remove the kickback block, pads, and 41. Feed main lift chains from inside to
shims at the bottom of the inner outside over the chain sheave.
telescopic. See Figure 7-284.
Separation of Telescopics
Kickback 42. Using the hoists, carefully lower the mast
Block to a horizontal position on jack stands.
43. Loosen the L-bracket bolts holding the
main lift cylinders to the telescopic.
Mounting
Screws (2)
44. Remove the top mounting bolt, washer,
and sleeve holding the main lift cylinder to
the outer telescopic. See Figure 7-286.
Spacer Chain
Pin
Bearing
Chain
Anchor Snap Ring
Pin
46. Remove anti-rattle pads and shims from 52. Remove the upper roller bearings and
bottom of outer telescopic. See shims from the main frame. See
Figure 7-288. Figure 7-290.
Bolt
Stud
Bearing
Retaining
Shim Screw and
Washer
Bearing
Pad Shim Cover
71051418_E7.CGM 71051418_E5.CGM
Figure 7-288. Outer Telescopic Lower Bearing and Figure 7-290. Main Frame Upper Bearing
Anti-Rattle Pads
53. Remove the lower roller bearings and
47. Using a suitable hoist, pull the inner shims from the outer telescopic. See
telescopic halfway out of the outer Figure 7-288.
telescopic. 54. Using a suitable hoist, remove the outer
48. Remove the upper roller bearings and telescopic from the main frame.
shims from the top of the outer telescopic.
See Figure 7-289.
Stud
Shim
Bearing
Bearing Retaining
Screw and Washer
71051418_E6.CGM
Figure 7-289. Outer Telescopic Upper Bearing
when the bearing is fully seated, bend the Upper Bearings of Outer Telescopic
flat washer to contact the bearing to
prevent the bearing from walking on the 24. With the inner telescopic inserted halfway
stud shaft. See Figure 7-291. into the main frame, attach the upper
roller bearing to one side of the outer tele.
15. Using the hoist, slide the outer telescopic
Make sure the flat spot on the bearing
the entire length of the main frame,
outer stud is correctly positioned against
checking for binding. Add or remove shims
the mast. See Figure 7-284.
as necessary to maintain a snug but
free-running fit. 25. Attach but do not tighten the upper roller
bearing to the other side of the outer
telescopic.
Assembling and Shimming
26. Use spare shims as a gauge to determine
Inner Telescopic to Outer the amount of shims required to cause the
Telescopic roller bearing to contact the inner
telescopic.
Lower Bearings of Inner Telescopic 27. Remove both upper bearings. Install one
half of the total shim thickness required to
16. Attach the lower roller bearing to one side
each roller bearing. Reinstall the bearings.
of the inner telescopic. Make sure the flat
Apply thread-locking compound
spot on the bearing outer stud is correctly
(P/N 990-536) to the bearing mounting
positioned against the mast. See
bolt and torque to 260 ft. lb. (352 Nm).
Figure 7-284.
28. If the inner race of the bearing does not
17. Using a suitable hoist, insert the inner
protrude past the end of the bearing stud
telescopic into the outer telescopic as far
when the bearing is fully seated, bend the
as the crosstie.
flat washer to contact the bearing to
18. Attach the lower roller bearing to the other prevent the bearing from walking on the
side of the inner telescopic. stud shaft. See Figure 7-290.
19. Using a pry bar, move the inner telescopic 29. Using the hoist, slide the inner telescopic
and bearing to one side. the entire length of the outer telescopic,
20. Use spare shims as a gauge to determine checking for binding. Add or remove shims
the amount of shims required to cause the as necessary to maintain a snug but
roller bearing to contact the outer tele. free-running fit.
21. Remove both lower bearings. Install one 30. Check the clearance gap of the bow pads
half of the total shim thickness required to between inner telescopic and outer
each roller bearing. Reinstall the bearings. telescopic. Shim as required to obtain a
Apply thread-locking compound gap of 0.03 to 0.09 inch (0.8 to 2.3 mm).
(P/N 990-536) to the bearing mounting
bolt and torque to 260 ft. lb. (352 Nm). Main Lift Chain Installation
22. If the inner race of the bearing does not
protrude past the end of the bearing stud 31. Install anti-rattle pads and shims at
when the bearing is fully seated, bend the bottom of inner and outer telescopics.
flat washer to contact the bearing to Shim so pads are snug against mast. See
prevent the bearing from walking on the Figure 7-288 and Figure 7-284.
stud shaft. See Figure 7-291. 32. Install the main lift chain sheaves to the
23. Using the hoist, slide the inner telescopic top of the outer telescopic. Sheaves install
the entire length of the outer tele, checking with a large pin and a retaining screw on
for binding. Add or remove shims as the front. See Figure 7-287.
necessary to maintain a snug but 33. Install but do not tighten a new sleeve and
free-running fit. collar, washer, and mounting bolt through
the telescopic crosstie and into the
cylinder housing of each main lift cylinder. 45. Install the lower set of roller bearings,
See Figure 7-286. without shims, in the carriage.
34. Rig lifting straps around the upper 46. Using a hoist, carefully lift the carriage
crossties of all three mast sections. and insert it into the inner telescopic until
35. Using a suitable hoist, raise the mast to a the bearings just enter the telescopic.
vertical position. 47. Using a pry bar, move the carriage
36. Rig a lifting strap of one hoist around the bearings to one side.
lower crosstie of the main frame (the one 48. Use spare shim(s) as a gauge to determine
where the overhead guard attaches). the amount of shims required to remove
37. Rig a lifting strap of another hoist around side play.
the top crossties of both inner and outer 49. Remove the carriage from the inner
telescopics. Using the hoist, lower the telescopic far enough to expose the
telescopics to about 10 in. (25 cm) from bearings being shimmed.
the floor. 50. Remove the bearings being shimmed from
38. Make sure the two holes in the upper the carriage. Install one half of the total
chain anchor block are towards the shim thickness required to each roller
outside. Feed the main lift chain from the bearing.
outside to the inside over the chain 51. Using the hoist, reinsert the carriage into
sheave. the inner telescopic. Check for tight areas
39. Feed the upper chain anchor block down while moving the carriage to the bottom of
between the main frame and outer the inner telescopic.
telescopic until holes are aligned between 52. Remove the carriage from the inner
block and main frame. Insert the chain telescopic far enough to expose the
anchor bolt (without the access cover) and bearings being shimmed.
lightly tighten the bolt to draw the chain
anchor block to the main frame. 53. Remove the bearings being shimmed from
the carriage.
40. Thread a bolt into the hole in the chain
anchor retaining pin. Insert the pin and NOTE: You might need to remove the carriage
drive it in. Remove the bolt from the pin. several times to obtain the correct fit.
41. Remove the chain anchor bolt. Apply 54. Install the center set of roller bearings,
thread-locking compound (P/N 990-544) without shims, in the carriage.
to bolt threads. Install access cover and 55. Repeat steps 47 through 53 for the center
torque bolt to 130 ft. lb. (174 Nm). set of bearings.
42. Lower the telescopics into the main frame 56. Install the upper set of roller bearings,
approx. 3 in. (7.5 cm) from the floor. without shims, in the carriage.
43. Insert chain anchor bolts into chain 57. Repeat steps 47 through 53 for the upper
anchor blocks. Lower the telescopics set of bearings.
completely. Tighten the chain anchor nuts
until the inner telescopic is 3/8 in. off of
the outer telescopic. Carriage, Free Lift Cylinder, and
Hose/Cable Installation
Shimming Carriage to Inner 58. Drape the free lift chains forward over the
Telescopic carriage back rest. Rig lifting straps
around the carriage. Using a hoist,
44. Drape the free lift chains forward over the carefully lift the carriage and insert it into
carriage back rest. Rig lifting straps the inner telescopic and lower the carriage
around the carriage. to about 3 in. (7.5 cm) above the floor.
59. Route lift hose and cable around upper Raymond Service Bulletin RCH-05-018
pulleys. See Figure 7-292. dated 30 August 2005.
60. Route auxiliary hoses around lower
pulleys. See Figure 7-292.
Cable
Main Lift
Aux Lift
U-Clamp
71066854_B2.CGM
Figure 7-293. Over-the-Mast Hose and Cable Installation
64. Connect supply hose and crossover tubing 66. Feed hydraulic hoses and electrical cable
to free lift cylinders. See Figure 7-294. through the free lift pulleys, from tractor
side to forks side. See Figure 7-296.
Supply Hose
Crossover Tubing
71066854_B9.CGM
Figure 7-294. Free Lift Cylinder Hose Connection
71066854_B3.CGM
Figure 7-296. OTM Hoses and Cable at Free Lift Pulley
75. With the auxiliary manifold removed from 87. Feed the mast switch harness into the
the carriage, connect auxiliary hydraulic tractor near the lift pump. Connect
hoses to the manifold, making sure to connector JPS4.
observe correct labeling. 88. Connect the ambient temperature sensor
76. Attach the manifold to the carriage. Apply cable connector JPA on the tractor deck.
thread-locking compound (P/N 990-536) 89. Connect the right side main lift hose to the
to the mounting bolt threads and torque to fitting on the tractor bulkhead.
21 ft. lb. (29 Nm).
90. Secure a hoist strap around the overhead
77. Connect the over-the-mast cable wires to guard or position a lift truck with pallet
the terminal block on the auxiliary under the overhead guard. Lift the guard
manifold cover. Attach the manifold cover into position at the lower crosstie of the
to the carriage. Apply thread-locking main frame.
compound (P/N 990-536) to the mounting
bolt threads and torque to 30 ft. lb. 91. Apply thread-locking compound
(42 Nm). (P/N 990-536) to the mounting bolt
threads. Install mounting bolts and torque
to 130 ft. lb. (174 Nm).
Mating Tractor to Mast 92. Install the mast guard.
78. Position the tractor about 10 in. (25 cm) 93. Using a suitable battery moving device,
from the mast. Place blocks under the install the battery. Install battery gates.
tractor near the mast to match the bolt
94. Attach front covers and top cover.
hole height in tractor and mast.
95. Make sure all hoist straps and blocks are
79. With the mast secured by a hoist, use a lift
removed.
truck to mate the tractor to the mast.
96. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
80. Apply thread-locking primer
the key switch ON.
(P/N 990-666) to mast mounting bolt
threads and hole threads. Permit to dry for 97. Bleed the hydraulic system. See
several minutes. “Hydraulic System Bleeding” on
page 7-134.
81. Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 990-544) to threads of mast 98. Test all lift truck functions.
mounting bolts. 99. Elevate the inner telescopic about 12 in.
82. From the battery compartment thread (30 cm). Torque the main cylinder top
eight mounting bolts and washers through mounting bolts. Tighten main lift cylinder
bottom of the tractor frame into the mast. L-bracket mounting bolts to 55 ft. lb.
Thread four mounting bolts and washers (74.5 Nm).
through the top of the tractor frame into 100. Using a work basket and lift truck, grease
the mast. Torque to 165 ft. lb. (224 the channels of all sections of the mast.
Nm)bolts.
83. Connect the main lift hose fitting at the left
side of the tractor.
84. Route the auxiliary hoses and electrical
cable through the tractor opening.
85. Connect auxiliary hoses A1 and A2 at the
main manifold, observing labels.
86. Connect over-the-mast cable connector
JPS3 on the tractor deck. See
Figure 7-233.
28. Remove the OTM hose/cable retainers Figure 7-298. Main Lift Chain Upper Chain Anchor
from the mast crosstie and left main lift
cylinder. 39. It will be easier to remove the lift chain if
you separate telescopics first.
29. Remove the OTM hoses and cable from the
mast.
30. Feed hoses and cable through free lift Separation of Telescopics
cylinder pulleys. 40. Using the hoists, carefully lower the mast
31. Remove connecting hose from free lift to a horizontal position on jack stands.
cylinders.
41. Loosen the L-bracket bolts holding the 44. Remove anti-rattle pads and shims from
main lift cylinders to the telescopic. bottom of outer telescopic. See
42. Remove the top mounting bolt, washer, Figure 7-301.
and sleeve holding the main lift cylinder to
the outer telescopic. See Figure 7-299.
Shim
Mounting Bolt
Washer
Sleeve
Master
Link
Snap Ring
Chain
Anchor
Shim
Stud
Bearing
71051602_C9.CGMs
Figure 7-300. Main LIft Chain Sheave
Anti-Rattle Pad
71051602_C8.CGM
Figure 7-302. Main LIft Chain Lower Chain Anchor and
Inner Telescopic Lower Roller Bearing
Stud
Bearing
Retaining Screw
Shim
and Washer
71051602_C9.CGM
Figure 7-303. Outer Telescopic Upper Bearing
52. Disconnect the height encoder belt at the Figure 7-304. Main Frame Upper Bearing
top of the outer telescopic. See “Height
Encoder Belt” on page 7-216. 56. Pull the telescopic until the lower stop
access cutouts align with the stop blocks
53. Remove the height encoder from the main
mounted to the main frame. Remove the
frame.
stop blocks on the main frame. See
54. Reconnect the encoder belt at the Figure 7-304.
telescopic.
57. Remove the lower roller bearings and
55. Remove the upper roller bearings and shims from the outer telescopic. See
shims from the main frame. See Figure 7-301.
Figure 7-304. 58. Using a suitable hoist, remove the outer
telescopic from the main frame.
(P/N 990-536) to the bearing mounting prevent the bearing from walking on the
bolt and torque to 260 ft. lb. (352 Nm). stud shaft. See Figure 7-305.
16. If the inner race of the bearing does not 26. Using the hoist, slide the inner telescopic
protrude past the end of the bearing stud the entire length of the outer tele, checking
when the bearing is fully seated, bend the for binding. Add or remove shims as
flat washer to contact the bearing to necessary to maintain a snug but
prevent the bearing from walking on the free-running fit.
stud shaft. See Figure 7-305. 27. When the lower mast bearing shimming is
17. Using the hoist, slide the outer telescopic complete, attach the main lift chains to the
the entire length of the main frame, lower chain anchors. Keep tension on the
checking for binding. Add or remove shims chains as the inner telescopic is inserted
as necessary to maintain a snug but into the outer telescopic.
free-running fit.
18. When the upper mast bearing shimming is Upper Bearings of Outer Telescopic
complete, reinstall the height encoder.
28. With the inner telescopic inserted halfway
into the main frame, attach the upper
Assembling and Shimming roller bearing to one side of the outer tele.
Inner Telescopic to Outer Make sure the flat spot on the bearing
Telescopic outer stud is correctly positioned against
the mast. See Figure 7-303.
Lower Bearings of Inner Telescopic 29. Attach but do not tighten the upper roller
bearing to the other side of the outer
19. Attach the lower roller bearing to one side telescopic.
of the inner telescopic. Make sure the flat 30. Use spare shims as a gauge to determine
spot on the bearing outer stud is correctly the amount of shims required to cause the
positioned against the mast. See roller bearing to contact the inner
Figure 7-302. telescopic.
20. Using a suitable hoist, insert the inner 31. Remove both upper bearings. Install one
telescopic into the outer telescopic as far half of the total shim thickness required to
as the crosstie. each roller bearing. Reinstall the bearings.
21. Attach the lower roller bearing to the other Apply thread-locking compound
side of the inner telescopic. (P/N 990-536) to the bearing mounting
22. Using a pry bar, move the inner telescopic bolt and torque to 260 ft. lb. (352 Nm).
and bearing to one side. 32. If the inner race of the bearing does not
23. Use spare shims as a gauge to determine protrude past the end of the bearing stud
the amount of shims required to cause the when the bearing is fully seated, bend the
roller bearing to contact the outer tele. flat washer to contact the bearing to
prevent the bearing from walking on the
24. Remove both lower bearings. Install one stud shaft. See Figure 7-305.
half of the total shim thickness required to
each roller bearing. Reinstall the bearings. 33. Using the hoist, slide the inner telescopic
Apply thread-locking compound the entire length of the outer telescopic,
(P/N 990-536) to the bearing mounting checking for binding. Add or remove shims
bolt and torque to 260 ft. lb. (352 Nm). as necessary to maintain a snug but
free-running fit.
25. If the inner race of the bearing does not
protrude past the end of the bearing stud
when the bearing is fully seated, bend the Main Lift Chain Installation
flat washer to contact the bearing to
34. Install anti-rattle pads and shims at
bottom of inner and outer telescopics.
Shim so pads are snug against mast. See 48. Remove the bearings being shimmed from
Figure 7-301 and Figure 7-302. the carriage. Install one half of the total
35. Install the main lift chain sheaves to the shim thickness required to each roller
top of the outer telescopic. See bearing.
Figure 7-300. 49. Using the hoist, reinsert the carriage into
36. Install a new sleeve and collar, washer, the inner telescopic. Check for tight areas
and mounting bolt through the telescopic while moving the carriage to the bottom of
crosstie and into the cylinder housing of the inner telescopic.
each main lift cylinder. Apply 50. Remove the carriage from the inner
thread-locking compound (P/N 1013829) telescopic far enough to expose the
to the threads of the bolt and leave a 0.12 bearings being shimmed.
inch (3 mm) gap between the bolt head 51. Remove the bearings being shimmed from
and washer. (See Figure 7-299.) the carriage.
37. Rig lifting straps around the upper
NOTE: The carriage may have to be removed
crossties of all three mast sections.
several times to obtain the correct fit.
38. Using a suitable hoist, raise the mast to a
vertical position. 52. Install the center set of roller bearings,
without shims, in the carriage.
39. Rig a lifting strap of one hoist around the
lower crosstie of the main frame (the one 53. Repeat steps 45 through 51 for the center
where the overhead guard attaches). set of bearings.
40. Lower the telescopics into the main frame 54. Install the upper set of roller bearings,
approx. 3 in. (7.5 cm) from the floor. without shims, in the carriage.
41. Insert chain anchor bolts into chain 55. Repeat steps 45 through 51 for the upper
anchor blocks. Lower the telescopics set of bearings.
completely. Tighten the chain anchor nuts
until the inner telescopic is 3/8 in. off of Carriage, Free Lift Cylinder, and
the outer telescopic at the upper crossties. Hose/Cable Installation
56. Drape the free lift chains forward over the
Shimming Carriage to Inner carriage back rest. Rig lifting straps
Telescopic around the carriage. Using a hoist,
42. Drape the free lift chains forward over the carefully lift the carriage and insert it into
carriage back rest. Rig lifting straps the inner telescopic and lower the carriage
around the carriage. to about 3 in. (7.5 cm) above the floor.
43. Install the lower set of roller bearings, 57. Attach the manifold block at the bottom of
without shims, in the carriage. the mast between the main and free lift
cylinders. Apply thread-locking compound
44. Using a hoist, carefully lift the carriage (P/N 990-536) to bolt threads and torque
and insert it into the inner telescopic until to 15 ft. lb. (21 Nm).
the bearings just enter the telescopic.
58. Connect the tee tubing for the main lift
45. Using a pry bar, move the carriage cylinders.
bearings to one side.
46. Use spare shim(s) as a gauge to determine
the amount of shims required to remove
side play.
47. Remove the carriage from the inner
telescopic far enough to expose the
bearings being shimmed.
59. Route cable and hoses around upper 63. Reference Figure 7-307 for the following
pulleys. steps, which route the hoses/cable.
71051959_B9.CGM
Figure 7-306. Over-the-Mast Hose/Cable Pulleys
71051959_B2.CGM
Figure 7-307. Over-the-Mast Hose and Cable Installation
64. Connect hose to free lift cylinders. See 66. Position the hoses and cable into their
Figure 7-308. clamps at the back of the carriage and
tighten. See Figure 7-309.
Standard Carriage
71067160_C1.CGM
Figure 7-308. Free Lift Cylinder Hose Connection
Deep-Reach ® Carriage
71051959_B13.cgm 1051959_B14.CGM
Figure 7-309. Carriage Hose Routing
67. Feed OTM hoses and cable through free lift 82. Set the tension on the cable spring by
cylinder pulleys. sliding the cable grip to produce a spring
68. Position hoses in the retaining clamp at length of 1.75 ± 0.12 inch (44.5 ± 3.0 mm).
the top of the left free lift cylinder. See 83. Feed cable and hoses through remaining
Figure 7-310 on page 7-268. Remove all retainers. Remove all slack and tighten.
slack. 84. Feed the free lift chains over free lift
69. Find the correct L5 value from Table 7-24 pulleys, from forks side to tractor side.
on page 7-268. Measure and mark hoses Install master links to attach the free lift
above the clamp, using the L5 value. L5 chains to the chain anchor blocks.
equals the length the hoses are to be
stretched over the free lift cylinder.
70. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
the key switch ON.
71. Place block under carriage and lower
carriage to relieve tension on hoses.
72. Pull down on the hoses until marks are
flush with top of retainers.
73. Set the tension on the cable spring at the
top of the right free lift cylinder by sliding
the cable grip to produce a spring length of
1.75 ± 0.12 inch (44.5 ± 3.0 mm).
74. Route hoses and cable down free lift
cylinders. Remove slack. Fasten hoses and
cable to cylinders with cable ties.
75. Fasten the cable to the free lift cylinder
connecting tube and position cable into
retainers at the bottom of the inner
telescopic.
76. Position hoses into the retainers at the
bottom of the inner telescopic. Remove all
slack and tighten the retainers.
77. Route and feed the hoses and cable
through the pulley assembly at the top of
the telescopic.
78. Feed the hoses and cable through the
retainer at the main frame crosstie. See
Figure 7-310 on page 7-268. Remove all
slack.
79. Find the correct L4 values from Table 7-24
on page 7-268. Measure and mark hoses
above the retainer.
80. Block between the telescopics to provide
slack in the hoses.
81. Pull down on the hoses until marks are
flush with top of retainers.
L4
L5
71051959_B2.cgm 1051959_B3.CGM
Figure 7-310. Over-the-Mast Hose/Cable Retainer Locations (Model 7440)
86. With the mast secured by a hoist, use a lift 103. Make sure all hoist straps and blocks are
truck to mate the tractor to the mast. removed.
87. Apply thread-locking primer 104. Reconnect the battery connector and turn
(P/N 990-666) to mast mounting bolt the key switch ON.
threads and hole threads. Permit to dry for 105. Bleed the hydraulic system. See
several minutes. “Hydraulic System Bleeding” on
88. Apply thread-locking compound page 7-134.
(P/N 990-544) to threads of mast 106. Test all lift truck functions.
mounting bolts. 107. Apply thread-locking compound and
89. From the battery compartment thread tighten main lift cylinder L-bracket
eight mounting bolts and washers through mounting bolts to 55 ft. lb. (74.5 Nm).
bottom of the tractor frame into the mast. 108. Using a work basket and lift truck, grease
Thread four mounting bolts and washers the channels of all sections of the mast.
through the top of the tractor frame into
the mast. Torque to 165 ft. lb. (224
Nm)bolts.
90. Connect the main lift hose fitting at the left
side of the tractor.
91. Install the battery connector bracket.
92. Connect auxiliary hoses A1 and A2 at the
main manifold, observing labels.
93. Connect over-the-mast cable connector
JPS3 on the tractor deck. See
Figure 7-233.
94. Feed the mast switch harness into the
tractor, across the top of the deck to the
right side near the lift pump. Connect
connector JPS4.
95. Connect the ambient temperature sensor
cable connector JPA on the tractor deck.
96. Connect HTI encoder to JP13 and JPS11.
97. Connect the right side main lift hose to the
fitting on the tractor bulkhead.
98. Secure a hoist strap around the overhead
guard or position a lift truck with pallet
under the overhead guard. Lift the guard
into position at the lower crosstie of the
main frame.
99. Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 990-536) to the mounting bolt
Software Configuration
Software Configuration
Section 7. Component Procedures
Requirements
FlashWare can be installed on an
IBM-compatible PC. The PC communicates with
the lift truck software through a 9-pin serial
cable.
Software Configuration
Options
Options
Section 7. Component Procedures
Options Component
Procedures Summary
Procedure/ Thread-Locking
Component Photo or Compound/ Helpful Hints
Drawing Torque Values
Operator Procedures:
Compartment page 7-275 See Procedure
Sensor System
Item 1: P/N 1055507 Item 2: P/N 1055508 Item 3: P/N 1032297 Item 4: P/N 1053563
Left Drill Template Right Drill Template Stud (Qty 2) Counterweight
Item 5: P/N 1056330 Item 6: P/N 1056373 Item 7: P/N 1056371 Item 8: P/N 1056372
Housing, Sensor, Housing, Sensor, Housing, Sensor, Housing, Sensor,
Left-Hand, Fore-Aft Left-Hand, Side Stance Right-Hand, Fore-Aft Right-Hand, Side Stance
Item 9: P/Ns 611-028, Item 10: 611-044 Item 11: P/N 1053471/ Item 12: P/N 1048692
611-029 Cable Tie Anchor, Sensors with Harness Shim Spacer (Qty 2)
Cable Tie (Qty 5 and 15) Adhesive-Backed (Qty 6)
Item 13: P/N 1048961 Item 14: P/N 5-003-013 Item 15: 5-001-024 Item 16: P/N 5-004-014
Shim Spacer (Qty 3) Screw, Buttonhead Screw, Hex Head Cap Screw, Socket Flat Head
Socket (Qty 2) (Sensor Housing) (Qty 4) (Housing Cover) (Qty 6)
Item 17: P/N 5-018-008 Item 18: P/N 5-015-007 Item 19: 5-018-009 Item 20: P/N 1037771
Washer, Flat Nut Washer, Flat Gasket (Qty 4)
(Sensor Housing) (Qty 6) (Sensor Housing) (Qty 2) (Qty 8)
Item 21: P/N 1041601 Item 22:1048702 Item 23: 1041602 Item 24: P/N 1048703
Cover, Sensor, Left-Hand, Cover, Sensor, Left-Hand, Cover, Sensor, Cover, Sensor,
Fore-Aft Side Stance Right-Hand, Fore-Aft Right-Hand, Side Stance
Item 25: P/N Item 26: P/N Item 27: P/N Item 28: P/N 1041598
1031429/003 811-861/006 811-861/016 Tool, Welding Positioning
CAN I/O Expander Fastener, Reclosable, Fastener, Reclosable,
Module Mushroom Cap Mushroom Cap
Operator Compartment
Sensor System (Optional)
This truck can be equipped with an optional
Operator Compartment Sensor System.
Publication 1055571A
Item 29: P/N 1053217/ Item 30: P/N 1053362 Item 31: P/N 1043472 Item 32: P/N 1028087B
Harness, JT1/JD1/JX1 Harness, Sensor to Capture Plate, Harness or 1055571A
Module Operator Manual or
Operator Manual Insert
Sheet
Position and Jack Up Truck 2. Using the positioning tool, position the
sensor housings on top of the
1. Turn the drive wheel 90 degrees, to permit counterweight. The housings fit to the
maximum access between the drive tire curvature of the tractor frame. Press the
and rear wall of the tractor frame. housings firmly against the frame.
2. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect 3. Through each housing, center-punch the
the battery connector. tractor frame for the 3/4 in. passage holes.
See Figure 7-313.
Sensor Housings
Use extreme care when the lift truck is
jacked up. Never block the lift truck
between the telescopic and the floor.
Use a suitable hoist to stabilize the mast.
Keep hands and feet clear while jacking
the lift truck. After the lift truck is
jacked, place solid blocks or jack stands
beneath it to support it. Do not rely on
the jack alone to support the lift truck.
Welding
3. Jack up and block the tractor. Once the Positioning Tool
truck is securely resting on blocks, remove
the jack so it does not block access for the
counterweight, housing, or capture plate. Center-Punch Points
See Figure 7-312.
5. Drill 1/4 in. pilot holes through the tractor 2. Using the flexible mushroom cap
frame for the 3/4 in. passage holes. This reclosable fastener material [Items 26 and
step could require several bits because of 27], attach the CAN I/O Expander Module
the hardness of the tractor frame steel. [Item 25] to the Operator Display bracket
as shown in Figure 7-315.
Welding
71054735_05.CGM
Figure 7-314. Welding Locations
NOTE: JX1 connectors were included in e. Reconnect connector JPT1 at the TPA.
factory-installed main electrical
harnesses beginning with Series AA/BA
truck serial number 05306 and Series
CA truck serial number 05275.
4. Connect the control harness JX1 [Item 29]
to the CAN I/O Expander Module.
5. Connect the control harness [Item 29] to
the Operator Display.
a. At the Operator Display, disconnect
connector JPD1.
b. Insert the socket for wire JD1-1 into the
back of pin number 1 location in the
Molex connector. Push the wire in until
7_DSC0159.JPG
the socket clicks in the connector. Figure 7-316. AMP Superseal Connectors,
unlocking wedge lock
c. Reconnect connector JPD1 at the
Operator Display.
7. Connect the main sensor harness JX2
6. Connect the control harness [Item 29] to [Item 30] to the CAN I/O Expander
the Traction Power Amplifier (TPA). Module.
a. At the TPA, disconnect connector JPT1. 8. Route the right-side harness branch as
b. On connector JT1, unlock the red shown in Figure 7-317 over and around
wedge lock by prying gently between the Vehicle Manager to the inside of the
the seal and wedge lock tabs. The red tractor wall near the right-side entrance of
wedge lock should slide forward about the operator compartment. Attach with
3/16 inch. See Figure 7-316. cable ties [Item 9] and adhesive-backed
cable tie anchors [Item 10] where shown
c. Insert each of the three control harness with arrows in Figure 7-317.
wires into the correct pin location in the
connector, either pins 8, 15, and 23
(Series CA) or 7, 14, and 22 (Series
AA/BA): From the back side of the
connector, push the wire straight
through the wire seal into the socket
until it clicks. Pull back gently to be
sure the contact is locked in place. Pin
numbers are stamped on the ends of
the connector shell. Reference
schematic Figure A-6 on page A-22.
d. With all wires in place, push the wedge
lock back until it clicks and locks.
71054735_08.CGM
Figure 7-317. Right-Side Harness Installation
71054735_07.CGM
Figure 7-318. Left-Side Harness Installation
Drive Unit
Mounting Bolt
Harness
Capture Plate
Washer
Nut
71054735_06.CGM
Figure 7-319. Mounting Capture Plate under Drive Unit
12. Mount the harness capture plate [Item pockets of the housing. The wires are
31], using the drive unit bolts, washers, different length so they only fit one way.
and nuts. Add washers [Item 19] if not 18. Attach the right-hand sensor harness
present. Apply thread-locking compound [Item 11] to the back of the tractor wall
(P/N 990-544) to the mounting bolts and with cable tie [Item 9] and
torque to 130 ft. lb. (176 Nm). adhesive-backed cable tie anchor [Item
13. Attach a feed wire to the connector end of 10], as shown in Figure 7-317.
the left-side sensor harness [Item 11]. 19. Connect the sensor harness to the main
14. Feed the left-side sensor harness through harness at connectors JPCS2 and JPCS3.
the passage hole in the sensor housing 20. Feed sensors and wires through the
and tractor frame until you can reach it in passage holes in the tractor and right-side
the area of the deadman pedal. housing.
15. Route and connect the left-side sensor 21. Route the sensor wires carefully in the
harness to the main harness at connectors channels of the housing and the sensors
JPCS1 and JPCS4. Secure the harnesses and gaskets in the pockets of the housing.
with cable ties and adhesive-backed cable The wires are different length so they only
tie anchors. fit one way.
16. Reinstall the deadman pedal assembly. 22. On each side, attach the sensor cover
17. Route the sensor wires carefully in the [Items 21 and 23] with three socket
channels of the housing and the sensors flathead screws [Item 16]. Use
[Item 30] and gaskets [Item 20] in the
Gasket
Sensor
Gasket
Sensor
Sensor Cover
71054735_02.CGM
Figure 7-320. Sensor Installation
Remove Counterweight
1. Turn the drive wheel 90 degrees, to permit
maximum access between the drive tire
and rear wall of the tractor frame.
2. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
the battery connector.
Jack Here No Jack Area
7TOYRCH_T.EPS
Figure 7-321. Correct Jacking Location
Use extreme care when the lift truck is 4. Remove the counterweight.
jacked up. Never block the lift truck
between the telescopic and the floor.
Drill Sensor Housing Mounting and
Use a suitable hoist to stabilize the mast.
Keep hands and feet clear while jacking Passage Holes
the lift truck. After the lift truck is 1. Tape drill templates in place. See
jacked, place solid blocks or jack stands Figure 7-322.
beneath it to support it. Do not rely on
2. Using a center punch, mark locations for
the jack alone to support the lift truck.
new holes on the tractor frame.
3. Jack up and block the tractor. Once the 3. Remove the templates.
truck is securely resting on blocks, remove 4. Drill 1/4 in. pilot holes through the tractor
the jack so it does not block access for the frame for the 5/8 in. mounting holes and
3/4 in. passage holes. This step could
require several bits because of the
hardness of the tractor frame steel.
71053736_1B, 1C.CGM
Figure 7-322. Drilling Sensor Mounting and Passage Holes
Install Counterweight
1. Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 990-669) to the short threaded ends
of the counterweight mounting studs [Item
3] and thread them into the back of the
new counterweight [Item 4]. Use jam nuts
temporarily to make tightening the studs
easier. Torque to 55 ft. lb. (72 Nm).
Remove jam nuts.
2. Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 990-669) to the long threaded ends of
the counterweight mounting studs.
3. Install the counterweight on the tractor.
4. Install, but do not tighten, counterweight
washers [Item 17] and nuts [Item 18].
Slide the counterweight sideways to obtain
correct contact. It is essential that the
counterweight be in contact with the frame
as indicated in Figure 7-323. If it is not,
Tractor Frame
Counterweight
Counterweight must be in contact
with frame at these points.
71054736_1D.CGM
Figure 7-323. Counterweight Mounting (Side Stance, Overhead View)
5. Install shims [Items 12 and 13] as needed to threads of button head socket screws
at counterweight keyway to eliminate any [Item 14], install in ends of shims and
gap. The shims are different thicknesses to tighten to 9 ft. lb. (12 Nm). See
permit many combinations. Apply Figure 7-324.
thread-locking compound (P/N 1013829)
Drive Unit
Mounting Bolt
Washer
Counterweight
Button Head Socket Screws
Shims
71054736_B1.CGM
Figure 7-324. Counterweight Shims and Harness Capture Plate
Mounting Bolts
Sensor Housing
71054736_1F.CGM
Figure 7-325. Sensor Housing Mounting
7
Figure 7-326. CAN I/O Expander Module Location
(Side Stance)
11. Route the left-side harness branch as housing before mounting the left-side
shown in Figure 7-329 in front of the lift housing.
motor, then down into the motor 18. With the left-side sensor harness routed,
compartment. Attach with cable ties [Item mount the left-side sensor housing [Item
9] and adhesive-backed cable tie anchors 6] to the tractor: Apply thread-locking
[Item 10] to the back wall of the motor compound (P/N 990-669) to two M12 bolts
compartment. [Item 15]. Install left-side sensor housing
with M12 bolts [Item 15] and washers
[Item 17]. Torque to 55 ft. lb. (72 Nm).
19. Route the sensor wires carefully in the
channels in the housing and the sensors
and gaskets in the pockets in the housing.
The wires are different length so they only
fit one way. See Figure 7-330.
20. Attach right-hand sensor harness to the
back of the tractor wall with cable tie [Item
9] and adhesive-backed cable tie anchor
[Item 10], as shown in Figure 7-328.
21. Connect sensor harness to main harness
at connectors JPCS2 and JPCS3.
22. Feed sensors and wires through the
passage holes in the tractor and housing.
23. Route the sensor wires carefully in the
channels in the housing and the sensors
[Item 30] and gaskets [Item 20] in the
71054736_1A.CGM
pockets in the housing. The wires are
Figure 7-329. Left-Side Harness Installation different length so they only fit one way.
See Figure 7-330.
12. Remove the deadman pedal assembly.
24. On each side, attach the sensor cover
This is necessary in order to route the
[Items 22 and 24] with three socket
left-side sensor harness.
flathead screws [Item 16]. Use
13. With the truck jacked up, remove two thread-locking compound (P/N 1013829)
drive unit mounting nuts and washers as on screw threads.
shown in Figure 7-324.
14. Mount the harness capture plate [Item
31], using the drive unit bolts, washers,
and nuts. Add washers [Item 19] if not
present. Apply thread-locking compound
(P/N 990-544) to the mounting bolts and
torque to 130 ft. lb. (176 Nm).
Mounting Bolts
Sensor Housing
Gasket
Sensor
Cover
Plate
71054736_1F.CGM
Figure 7-330. Sensor Mounting
Testing and System Setup 6. Unblock the sensor. Return the control
handle to neutral, then move control
handle to request travel. The truck should
Go to “Testing and System Setup” on
travel at requested speed, up to full
page 7-292.
configured speed.
7. While traveling greater than 1.0 mph but
Testing and System Setup less than full speed, block the sensor
beam. The truck should plug to a stop, an
To test correct operation of the OCSS, do the alarm tone should sound, and the
following steps, in an open area, in the order Operator Display should scroll the
and exactly as directed. message “Entrance Beam Blocked.”
Mast
Hardware and Over-the-
Description Camera Bracket Switch1
Instructions Kit Mast Cable
Cable
Item 5: P/Ns 1047822, Item 6: P/N 1034721 Item 7: P/N 611-029 Item 8: P/N 611-088
1039652 Cable Wrap Cable Tie Cable Tie Anchor:
Clamp and Hardware Adhesive-Backed (Qty 7)
Item 9: P/N 5-011-002 Item 10: P/N 5-011-009 Item 11: Item 12: P/N 1V3-593
Thread-Forming Screw, Thread-Forming Screw, P/N 1-074-087/005 Cable Clamp
M4x12 M8x25 Cushioned Cable Clamp
Item 13: P/N 1049814 Item 14: Item 15: Item 16:
Model 74xx only: P/N 828-013-533/117 P/N 828-013-533/134 P/N 1004232/043
Replacement Clamp Bolts Wire, Model 74xx only, Wire, Jumper Wire,
5/16 x 18 x 3.5 in. Flat JPVT1 to JPC18-8 Not Used on Model 74xx Not Used on Model 74xx
Socket Head
Tools Required
You need the following tools to install the kit:
• Approved work platform
• Hardwood blocks for blocking mast
• Assorted open- and box-end wrenches
• Assorted hex-head wrenches
• Screwdrivers
• Degreaser/surface cleaner
• Diagonal cutters for trimming cable ties
• Laptop computer with iNet access for
software download
Power
Power
Converter
Converter:
Item
Item33 OVERHEAD GUARD
Over-the-Mast
Connector Monitor: Cable
JPVS1 Item 3 (If replaced,
see Table 7-28,
Connector
“Parts
JPVS2
Requirements,”
Cable: on Main Lift
Item 4 page 7-294.) Pulley
Cable:
Item 3
Free Lift
TRACTOR Pulley
MAST
Terminal
Strip TS1
Connector
JPVT1
Connector
Wire: JVS4
Item 14
Aux
Manifold
Area
CARRIAGE
Connector
PVS4
Vehicle
Manager Cable:
Item 2
Connector
JPVS8
Connector Connector Connector
JPC18-8 JVS5 PVS3
Camera:
Item 1
0.24 in.
TRACTOR SIDE
5.34 in.
6.50 in.
12.97 in.
FORKS SIDE
3.24 in.
18.31 in.
0.26 in.
5.82 in.
TRACTOR SIDE
2.87 in.
VIEW IS LOOKING UP
FROM UNDERNEATH
6.50 in. PLATE
0.290 +0.006 -0.002 in.
2.99 in. “L” size hole
FORKS SIDE
0.64 in.
18.32 in.
1020329.CGM 1006909.CGM
Figure 7-333. Model 7400 Camera Mounting Hole Location
Install Camera, Bracket, and Cable the two self-threading screws. Do not
exceed 40 ft. lb. torque.
1. Attach the camera [Item 1] to the camera
cable [Item 2] at connector JPVS8. NOTE: The camera bracket is correctly
positioned at a five degree angle towards
2. Apply thread-locking compound
the left side.
(P/N 1013829) to the threads of the two
M8x25 self-threading screws [Item 10]. 3. Clean cable clamp mounting locations on
Install the camera bracket (see Table 7-28, carriage with alcohol or other solvent and
“Parts Requirements,” on page 7-294) with permit to dry. Apply self-adhesive cable
(Viewed from Carriage) The camera wires are contained within the
replacement over-the-mast electrical cable
[P/N 1062321].
Cable Clamp
Locations
When working on an elevated mast,
make sure to block the mast and
carriage to prevent unrequested
movement.
setting correct tension during reassembly. 5. Feed the old cable from the tractor deck
See Figure 7-335. out through the opening in the tractor
bulkhead.
Upper Free Lift 6. The replacement over-the-mast electrical
Cylinder cable is used in both Model 7400 and EASi
Hose/Cable lift trucks. For Model 7400, on the carriage
Retainer end of the cable (connector JVS4) where
there are two cable grips, remove and
discard the grip with the loop facing the
tractor. The remaining cable grips on the
Main Lift cable will face in opposite directions.
Cylinder 7. Make sure to observe correct routing and
Hose/Cable position when installing new electrical
Retainer cable. Make sure hoses and cable do not
cross each other.
8. Reconnect the battery connector and turn the
key switch ON. Carefully elevate and block
mast between inner and outer telescopics
high enough to access the hose/cable
retainer and guide bracket at the back of
the carriage. Turn the key switch OFF and
disconnect the battery connector.
9. Feed the new cable [P/N 1062321], (the
end with the female camera connector)
over the main lift pulley (from the tractor
side toward the forks side).
10. Feed the cable down around the clamp at
Carriage
Hose/Cable
the bottom of the free lift cylinder, then up
Retainer through the free lift pulley (from tractor
side toward the forks side).
11. Feed the cable down around the
Inner “U”-shaped hose bracket at the back of the
Telescopic carriage and up to the aux manifold. See
Hose/Cable
Figure 7-336 on page 7-303.
Retainer
NOTE: The spring and cable grip location will 12. Connect the solenoid wires to TS2.
be determined later in step 21. Connect camera cable and over-the-mast
cable at connector JPVS4. Reinstall the
aux manifold cover.
Model 7400 Standard Reach Truck
13. When installing cable retainer blocks,
remove slack from the electrical cable
without putting it under tension. Position
hydraulic hoses using witness marks
made previously.
14. Install and tighten the hose/cable retainer
block above the “U”-shaped guide bracket.
Make sure the electrical cable is positioned
4 to the right of the two hydraulic hoses.
15. If the electrical cable is not held firmly in
place by the retainer block, add a cable tie
immediately above the retainer block as a
strain relief to the terminal strip.
16. Route the cable through the mast hose
retention strap at the bottom of the free lift
cylinder and cable guide at the bottom of
the inner telescopic. Make sure electrical
cable is positioned to the left of the two
hydraulic hoses. Tighten the strap. See
Figure 7-337.
Mast Hose
Retention
Strap
71058514_4B.CGM
Figure 7-337. Model 7400 Over-the-Mast Cable Routing,
bottom of free lift cylinder and inner tele
(hydraulic hoses not shown)
19. Install and tighten the hose/cable retainer close to the support member of the
block on the main lift cylinder. The tension overhead guard. See Figure 7-338.
spring (P/N 830-052) should have an
extended length of 1.75 ±0.12 inches over
the coils. Tighten a cable tie at the top of
the cable grip.
20. Reconnect the battery connector and turn the
key switch ON. Remove blocking from the
telescopics. Turn the key switch OFF and
disconnect the battery connector.
21. At the “U”-shaped hose/cable bracket,
loosen the carriage hose and cable retainer
bracket. Pull enough slack cable, install
the tension spring, and locate the cable
Saddle Clamp
grip to set a 0.75 inch gap between the
cable and the bracket. Attach a cable tie to
secure the cable grip in place. See
Figure 7-336 on page 7-303. 7DSCF1572M.JPG
Figure 7-338. Mounting Display Monitor to
22. Perform steps 31 through 34 of the Overhead Guard
Over-the-Mast Hose and Cable Installation
procedure. See “Hose and Cable,
3. If they are not already attached, attach the
Over-the-Mast”on page 7-224.
video and power cables to the monitor by
23. Install mast guard and covers. inserting the connector. Carefully position
and install the cable strain relief cover
Installing the Display Monitor with two screws. See Figure 7-339.
78311_04.EPS
Figure 7-339. Video and Power Cable Attachment to
Monitor
71058514_3.CGM 1058514_2.CGM
Figure 7-340. Model 7400 Cable Tie Locations
7. You can connect the Vantage Point ™ System Install Software and Prepare for
to lift truck power in one of two ways: Use Testing
the Keyed Aux Power Option to cause the
Vantage Point ™ System to be powered up 1. Download the appropriate software (VM
only when the key switch is turned ON. version 2.6 or higher) from the iNet.
Use the Battery Aux Power Option to 2. Install software using FlashWare.
cause the Vantage Point ™ System to be Reference “Software Configuration” on
powered up even with the key switch page 7-271. Follow the instructions in the
turned OFF. In either case, the connection online FlashWare help.
points are at Aux Power terminal strip
3. Reinstall the mast guard.
TS1.
4. Reinstall the covers previously removed.
a. Connect the power cable to aux power
terminal strip TS1, red wire to positive 5. Go to “Testing and System Setup”.
and white wire to negative. See
Figure 7-341. Testing and System Setup
b. If the lift truck is not equipped with a
JVT-1 harness connector, route the 1. Reconnect the battery connector. If the
wire [Item 14] from the power cable power is connected via keyed aux power,
[Item 4] to connector JPC18-8 at the turn the key switch ON. You should
Vehicle Manager. observe the following. See Figure 7-342 on
page 7-308.
c. Connect spade connector JPVT1.
a. Display button LEDs light up
momentarily in the order 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
8.
b. If the image is mirrored (left for right), The standard Raymond defaults for the
see “Mirror Image (Buttons 1 and 3)” on Vantage-Point ™ display are:
page 7-310.
c. If there is a horizontal black bar
running through the picture, see Table 7-1. Raymond Vantage-Point ™ System Display
“Monitor Frequency (Button 4)” on Defaults
page 7-310.
Feature Default Status
4. Set brightness control.
a. Turn automatic brightness off (press Powersave Mode Disabled
Button 2 until LED extinguishes). See
Power ON/OFF Disabled
“Automatic Brightness (Button 2)” on
page 7-309. Monitor Standby Disabled
b. Set brightness, contrast, and color Manual Camera Select Disabled
intensity for average workplace lighting
conditions. See “Brightness (Buttons 5, Automatic Brightness ON
6, and 7)” and “Contrast (Buttons 4, 6, Reference Marker ON
and 7)” and “Color Intensity
(saturation) (Buttons 4, 5, 6, and 7)” on Frequency 60 Hz
page 7-309.
Keypad Lock Locked
c. Turn automatic brightness on (press
Button 2 until LED lights up). Check Invert Image Normal View
monitor brightness under various Mirror Image Normal View
lighting levels in the workplace.
5. Enable the level indicator.
a. Level the forks; check with a level.
b. Turn the reference marker on. See
“Reference Marker (Buttons 2, 3, 6, and
7)” on page 7-309.
c. Adjust the green line to intersect the
fork tips.
6. Lock the keypad. See “Keypad Lock
(Buttons 1 and 5)” on page 7-310.
Objects in C3
monitor are
C2
closer than
they appear C1
Objects in C3
monitor are
C2
closer than
they appear C1
8311_01.EPS 8311_03.EPS
Figure 7-342. Vantage-Point System Display and Buttons
the same time for ten seconds to select the Keypad Lock (Buttons 1 and 5)
Reference Marker function for Buttons 6 To lock or unlock the keypad, press and
and 7. To adjust the vertical position of the hold Buttons 1 and 5 for 15 seconds.
marker on the screen, press and hold When the keypad is locked, the monitor is
Button 6 to move it lower, or Button 7 to on, but no keypad button functions
move it higher. (except unlock, brightness, contrast, and
color intensity) are active.
NOTE: Each of the three camera views is set
separately.
Restore Factory Settings (Button 5)
To restore Raymond default settings, press
Inverted Image (Buttons 1 and 2)
Button 5 during the start-up process for
If the camera were mounted upside-down,
the display.
the image would be inverted. With the
keypad locked, this function cannot be
toggled. To correct an inverted image, Component Procedures
unlock the keypad. Press Buttons 1 and 2
at the same time and hold for thirty-five Cleaning the Camera and Monitor
seconds.
Display
NOTE: Each of the three camera views is set
separately. Camera
Mirror Image (Buttons 1 and 3) Although the camera is sealed, do not pressure
The display can show the picture in mirror wash. Use a soft cloth dampened with water to
image (left and right reversed). With the clean the camera lens. Do not use chemical or
keypad locked, this function cannot be abrasive cleaners.
toggled. To toggle between normal and
mirror image, unlock the keypad. Press Monitor Display
Buttons 1 and 3 at the same time and hold
for five seconds. Mirror Image would be The monitor display is not sealed. Do not
useful if the monitor is mounted where it pressure wash or immerse the display. Use only
can be seen by the operator driving a soft cloth dampened with water to clean the
tractor-first. monitor display. Do not use chemical or
abrasive cleaners.
NOTE: Each of the three camera views is set
separately.
Replacing Display (without Replacing
Monitor Frequency (Button 4) Cables)
The monitor can function at either 50 or
60 Hz. For North American operation, it Removal
should be set to 60 Hz. With the keypad 1. Turn the key switch OFF and disconnect
locked, this function cannot be toggled. To the battery connector.
toggle between 50 and 60 Hz, unlock the
keypad. Press and hold Button 4 for 15 2. Remove the display from the mounting
seconds. bracket at the swivel ball.
Camera Cable
71039653.CGM
Figure 7-343. Display, DC Converter, and Camera Cable
(Back View)
Replacement
1. Attach the display to the mounting ball
with two socket head cap screws.
2. Attach the DC converter to the display
with two socket head cap screws.
3. Plug the power and camera cable
connector into the display.
4. Carefully attach the cable strain relief
cover to the display with two screws.
5. Connect the power cable from the lift truck
to the input of the DC converter.
6. Mount the camera swivel ball to the
mounting bracket and position as desired.
Traction System
Functional Operation
Battery Connected
When the battery is connected, the truck has
B+ and B– supplied to the following points:
1. B+ to JPF4-3 and 4-4 through FU7 and to
the normally open tips of K1 relay and
JPF4-15.
2. B+ to JPF4-1 and 4-2 through FU5 to the
normally open tips of K2, K3, K4 and the
key switch S1. The K4 coil. JPF4-1 and
JPF4-2 also supply the VM with Battery
Sense In at JPC24-24. It is protected by a
thermistor for overcurrent conditions
cause by shorts in the wiring. This is used
by the VM to make sure that battery
voltage is within the requirements for the
lift and traction amps prior to powering
them up.
3. B+ to the normally open tips of the Steer,
Traction and Lift contactors.
4. B– is supplied to all points labeled B–, B–F,
any sensor connection with a (–) negative
label and DGND.
JP
B+
JPS1-1 MOTOR TEMPERATURE TA
-2 1 1 1 X TPC Y JPS1-8 -2 TPC
-3 STR LPC TPC CONTACTOR
2 2
-4 2 U
U
B-
V
TM V
W
1 W
B+ +
1 TR
LR 2 MOTOR VELOCITY
2 RED JPL2-1 JPL1-3
L VEL SENSOR+
BLACK -4 -4
LR-2 TR-2 LME L VEL SENSOR-
WHITE -3 -5
L VEL PHASE A
BLUE -2 -6
L VEL PHASE B
RED JPL3-2 -16
STR
L TEMP+
Y X LMT
RED/BLK -1 -17
L TEMP-
X LPC Y JPS1-9
MOTOR TEMPERATURE LPC
LA
-2
CONTACTOR
B-
U
U
V
LM V
JPS1-5 JPS1-6 JPS1-7 JPS1-10 JPS1-11
W
W +
B+
JP
B-
TP4 STR-2
MS-A1
A1 +
MS SA
A2 -
MS-A2
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
T˚ K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
1 2 JPF4-15 -5
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/
TS2-2
RELAY
CARD JPF2-8 JPS3-1
TS2-1 1 2 -3
REACH
B+ 1 SIDE
SHIFT
2 -4
1 2 -5
Buss+/- TILT
5v
4
B- -6
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
JPT1
-20
ID2 RED JPE1-1 JPC10-6
-21 +12V_EN1
IDGND WHT -3 JPC22-5
CHANNEL_A_1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
-2 -12 +5VP +5VP
BLU
CHANNEL_B_1
STEER BLK -4 JPC18-5 +5VP
TILLER DGND
-3 -3
ENCODER RED JPE2-1 JPC10-7 P_THROTTLE VR1
+12V_EN2
WHT -3 JPC22-13
CHANNEL_A_2 DGND
BLU -2 -14 +5VP +5VP +
CHANNEL_B_2
0 S3
TA BLK -4 JPC18-6
DGND LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
-12 JPC10-3 -5
ID1 THERM_EN 4
-13
IDGND JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC10-8
AUX DEADMAN -2
JPC24-4
DGND -3
-1
B+K3
JPC18-11
STR_CONTACTOR JPC24-23 JPA-1
ROOM_TEMP
JPC6-6 -11 -2
DGND
+12VP
-5
CCW_PWM JPC18-18 SPL-6
-2 ALARM 4 4
CW_PWM
-3
STEER_CURRENT
-4
DGND JPC20-16
-1 L/L SOL2
NEUTRAL_PULSE 1 2
-15
(B+K2)B+L/L
JPC22-19
FU1_SENSE -18
JPC14-10 AUX1
DGND
-2 -17
DGND (B+K2)B+AUX1 SOL5T
-1
1 2
-8
-9 B-F -20
AUX2 SOL5B
1st SPEED 1 2
S12 LIMITING SWITCH JPS4-1 JPC20-1 -19
+12VP (B+K2)B+AUX2
NC -12
JPS4-3 COM DUMP SOL3
NO -2 JPC22-1 1
AC LIFT &
SPEED_LIMIT_1 2
-13
(B+K2)B+DUMP
JPC10-10
BUS_E+
-5 JPC20-4 JPY1-1 +
+12VP
ELECTRIC
BUS_E-
HRN JPC24-18 -2 0
-NEG PRESSURE PRESS
-6 -3 -
-IN H-1 JPC18-16 DGND
H HORN
STEER
-POS H-2
VR4
SENSOR
-1 -1 JPC20-14 JPC24-19 -3
BRAKE BRAKE DEADMAN
FAN-T -7 -2
JPB1-1 + JPB1-2 JPC18-17 DGND
- FAN
JPC20-2 JPS12-1
DEADMAN
FAN-FW +12VP
JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ -
-10 JPC20-7 JPE4-1 RED
SOL1 L/H +12VP
2 1 JPC22-9 -3
JPC14-6 CHANNELA_4 WHT STEER
RELAY_ENABLE MOTOR
JPC22-21 -10 -2 BLU ENCODER
EPO_SENSE CHANNELB_4
JPC10-9 -4 BLK
DGND
JPC14-12
ROTATION
+12VP
END OF
STEER
JPC22-22 -2 0 S11
STEER_LIMIT
-11 -3 -
DGND
-7
B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
FLASHWARE
TXD JPC9-2
JPS3-2 -3
RXD
DGND -5
-3 JPC18-12
REACH_SOL
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
D- -3
DGND -4
-6 JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
2
LPC
1
SPL-2
A2
A1 +
LM
MS
A2 -
S1 -
JP
B-
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 T˚
JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
-5
1 2 JPF4-15
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/ TS2
RELAY -2
B+
Buss+/- 4
-6
5v
B-
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
BW1 JPC22-15
JPT1 BRUSH_WEAR_1
ID2 -20
-21
IDGND
LM_A1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
+5VP +5VP
BW2 -16
BRUSH_WEAR_2 +5VP
-3 -3
P_THROTTLE VR1
LM_A2 DGND
+5VP +5VP +
(ON LM) 0 S3
TA LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC18-11 JPC10-8
STR_CONTACTOR AUX DEADMAN -2
-9 JPC24-4
LIFT_CONTACTOR DGND -3
T˚ JPZ-1 JPC24-22
LIFT_MOT_TEMP
JPBR-2 JPS2-2
PRESSURE
+12VP
JPC20-4
JPC24-18
JPY1-1
-2
+
0
PRESS
DC LIFT &
-1 -1 JPC20-14
HYDRAULIC
BRAKE BRAKE -6 -3 -
DGND
JPB1-1
FAN-T
+ -
JPB1-2 JPC18-17
FAN +12VP
JPC20-5 JPDP-1
STEERING
DEADMAN
VR4
SENSOR
JPC24-19 -3
FAN-FW DEADMAN
JPB2-1 JPB2-2
+ - -7 -2
DGND
FAN-LM JPC20-2 JPS12-1
JPB5-2
DEADMAN
JPB5-1 +12VP
+ - JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
ON_DEADMAN
NC
FAN-FW2 S2
JPB4-1 JPB4-2 JPDS-COM
+ - -1 DGND JPC18-7 -3 JPDS-NO
SOL4 2nd_STAGE
2 1
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ - -10
SOL1 L/H
2 1
JPC14-6
RELAY_ENABLE
JPC22-21
EPO_SENSE
JPC14-12
B+KEY
-7 B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
JPS3-2
RXD -3
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL DGND -5
-5 -15
TILT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
VBUS JPC2-1
D+ -2
USB
-6 D- -3
JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH -4
DGND
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
• The software and configured After SelfTest is complete, the LPC and TPC
parameters are checked in the LA, TA, contactors remain energized for approx.
display and VM to make sure they are 30 seconds. If no function requests are made by
within limits and correct. the operator, they open. On trucks with a DC
• The amplifiers check to make sure lift system, the TPC remains closed for approx.
there are no shorts in the power 30 seconds and the LPC contactor opens
circuits. immediately after circuits are tested. The STR
contactor opens on both trucks as soon as the
• The VM checks to make sure the circuits are tested. The VM also monitors the
Deadman Switch is open and the temperature inputs from the TA and LA.
Deadman Sensor is in the released Anytime one of the readings goes above 113°F,
state. the VM turns on fans T, FW, FW2 and DU.
• The VM checks to make sure the Steer
Request Encoder is connected.
• The VM checks to make sure the lift
and throttle pots are within 0.2V of the
learned neutral position and are not
outside the allowable minimum and
maximum voltages. They are
continuously monitored and messages
will be displayed if activated prior to
closing the Deadman Switch.
• The TA is commanded to activate the
drive motor to make sure current is
seen and there are no speed velocity
sensor inputs. This is to make sure the
power circuits are functional and the
brake is applying resistance to the drive
motor.
• The VM checks the state of the control
handle switches to make sure they are
in the open position. They are
continuously monitored and messages
will be displayed if activated prior to
closing the Deadman Switch.
• The VM checks the information from
the TA and LA to make sure the
temperature sensor readings are within
range and determines if speed limiting
is required.
• The VM checks pressure transducer
readings to make sure they are within
range.
• The VM checks to make sure the
Ambient Temperature Sensor is within
the acceptable range.
• The VM checks its memory for all
previously logged faults that have not
been cleared.
JP
B+
JPS1-1 MOTOR TEMPERATURE TA
-2 1 1 1 X TPC Y JPS1-8 -2 TPC
-3 STR LPC TPC CONTACTOR
2 2
-4 2 U
U
B-
V
TM V
W
1 W
B+ +
1 TR
LR 2 MOTOR VELOCITY
2 RED JPL2-1 JPL1-3
L VEL SENSOR+
BLACK -4 -4
LR-2 TR-2 LME L VEL SENSOR-
WHITE -3 -5
L VEL PHASE A
BLUE -2 -6
L VEL PHASE B
RED JPL3-2 -16
STR
L TEMP+
Y X LMT
RED/BLK -1 -17
L TEMP-
X LPC Y JPS1-9
MOTOR TEMPERATURE LPC
LA
-2
CONTACTOR
B-
U
U
V
LM V
JPS1-5 JPS1-6 JPS1-7 JPS1-10 JPS1-11
W
W +
B+
JP
B-
TP4 STR-2
MS-A1
A1 +
MS SA
A2 -
MS-A2
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
T˚ K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
1 2 JPF4-15 -5
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/
TS2-2
RELAY
CARD JPF2-8 JPS3-1
TS2-1 1 2 -3
REACH
B+ 1 SIDE
SHIFT
2 -4
1 2 -5
Buss+/- TILT
5v
4
B- -6
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
JPT1
-20
ID2 RED JPE1-1 JPC10-6
-21 +12V_EN1
IDGND WHT -3 JPC22-5
CHANNEL_A_1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
-2 -12 +5VP +5VP
BLU
CHANNEL_B_1
STEER BLK -4 JPC18-5 +5VP
TILLER DGND
-3 -3
ENCODER RED JPE2-1 JPC10-7 P_THROTTLE VR1
+12V_EN2
WHT -3 JPC22-13
CHANNEL_A_2 DGND
BLU -2 -14 +5VP +5VP +
CHANNEL_B_2
0 S3
TA BLK -4 JPC18-6
DGND LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
-12 JPC10-3 -5
ID1 THERM_EN 4
-13
IDGND JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC10-8
AUX DEADMAN -2
JPC24-4
DGND -3
-1
B+K3
JPC18-11
STR_CONTACTOR JPC24-23 JPA-1
ROOM_TEMP
JPC6-6 -11 -2
DGND
+12VP
-5
CCW_PWM JPC18-18 SPL-6
-2 ALARM 4 4
CW_PWM
-3
STEER_CURRENT
-4
DGND JPC20-16
-1 L/L SOL2
NEUTRAL_PULSE 1 2
-15
(B+K2)B+L/L
JPC22-19
FU1_SENSE -18
JPC14-10 AUX1
DGND
-2 -17
DGND (B+K2)B+AUX1 SOL5T
-1
1 2
-8
-9 B-F -20
AUX2 SOL5B
1st SPEED 1 2
S12 LIMITING SWITCH JPS4-1 JPC20-1 -19
+12VP (B+K2)B+AUX2
NC -12
JPS4-3 COM DUMP SOL3
NO -2 JPC22-1 1
AC LIFT &
SPEED_LIMIT_1 2
-13
(B+K2)B+DUMP
JPC10-10
BUS_E+
-5 JPC20-4 JPY1-1 +
+12VP
ELECTRIC
BUS_E-
HRN JPC24-18 -2 0
-NEG PRESSURE PRESS
-6 -3 -
-IN H-1 JPC18-16 DGND
H HORN
STEER
-POS H-2
VR4
SENSOR
-1 -1 JPC20-14 JPC24-19 -3
BRAKE BRAKE DEADMAN
FAN-T -7 -2
JPB1-1 + JPB1-2 JPC18-17 DGND
- FAN
JPC20-2 JPS12-1
DEADMAN
FAN-FW +12VP
JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ -
-10 JPC20-7 JPE4-1 RED
SOL1 L/H +12VP
2 1 JPC22-9 -3
JPC14-6 CHANNELA_4 WHT STEER
RELAY_ENABLE MOTOR
JPC22-21 -10 -2 BLU ENCODER
EPO_SENSE CHANNELB_4
JPC10-9 -4 BLK
DGND
JPC14-12
ROTATION
+12VP
END OF
STEER
JPC22-22 -2 0 S11
STEER_LIMIT
-11 -3 -
DGND
-7
B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
FLASHWARE
TXD JPC9-2
JPS3-2 -3
RXD
DGND -5
-3 JPC18-12
REACH_SOL
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
D- -3
DGND -4
-6 JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
2
LPC
1
SPL-2
A2
A1 +
LM
MS
A2 -
S1 -
JP
B-
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 T˚
JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
-5
1 2 JPF4-15
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/ TS2
RELAY -2
B+
Buss+/- 4
-6
5v
B-
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
BW1 JPC22-15
JPT1 BRUSH_WEAR_1
ID2 -20
-21
IDGND
LM_A1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
+5VP +5VP
BW2 -16
BRUSH_WEAR_2 +5VP
-3 -3
P_THROTTLE VR1
LM_A2 DGND
+5VP +5VP +
(ON LM) 0 S3
TA LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC18-11 JPC10-8
STR_CONTACTOR AUX DEADMAN -2
-9 JPC24-4
LIFT_CONTACTOR DGND -3
T˚ JPZ-1 JPC24-22
LIFT_MOT_TEMP
JPBR-2 JPS2-2
PRESSURE
+12VP
JPC20-4
JPC24-18
JPY1-1
-2
+
0
PRESS
DC LIFT &
-1 -1 JPC20-14
HYDRAULIC
BRAKE BRAKE -6 -3 -
DGND
JPB1-1
FAN-T
+ -
JPB1-2 JPC18-17
FAN +12VP
JPC20-5 JPDP-1
STEERING
DEADMAN
VR4
SENSOR
JPC24-19 -3
FAN-FW DEADMAN
JPB2-1 JPB2-2
+ - -7 -2
DGND
FAN-LM JPC20-2 JPS12-1
JPB5-2
DEADMAN
JPB5-1 +12VP
+ - JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
ON_DEADMAN
NC
FAN-FW2 S2
JPB4-1 JPB4-2 JPDS-COM
+ - -1 DGND JPC18-7 -3 JPDS-NO
SOL4 2nd_STAGE
2 1
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ - -10
SOL1 L/H
2 1
JPC14-6
RELAY_ENABLE
JPC22-21
EPO_SENSE
JPC14-12
B+KEY
-7 B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
JPS3-2
RXD -3
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL DGND -5
-5 -15
TILT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
VBUS JPC2-1
D+ -2
USB
-6 D- -3
JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH -4
DGND
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
JP
B+
JPS1-1 MOTOR TEMPERATURE TA
-2 1 1 1 X TPC Y JPS1-8 -2 TPC
-3 STR LPC TPC CONTACTOR
2 2
-4 2 U
U
B-
V
TM V
W
1 W
B+ +
1 TR
LR 2 MOTOR VELOCITY
2 RED JPL2-1 JPL1-3
L VEL SENSOR+
BLACK -4 -4
LR-2 TR-2 LME L VEL SENSOR-
WHITE -3 -5
L VEL PHASE A
BLUE -2 -6
L VEL PHASE B
RED JPL3-2 -16
STR
L TEMP+
Y X LMT
RED/BLK -1 -17
L TEMP-
X LPC Y JPS1-9
MOTOR TEMPERATURE LPC
LA
-2
CONTACTOR
B-
U
U
V
LM V
JPS1-5 JPS1-6 JPS1-7 JPS1-10 JPS1-11
W
W +
B+
JP
B-
TP4 STR-2
MS-A1
A1 +
MS SA
A2 -
MS-A2
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
T˚ K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
1 2 JPF4-15 -5
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/
TS2-2
RELAY
CARD JPF2-8 JPS3-1
TS2-1 1 2 -3
REACH
B+ 1 SIDE
SHIFT
2 -4
1 2 -5
Buss+/- TILT
5v
4
B- -6
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
JPT1
-20
ID2 RED JPE1-1 JPC10-6
-21 +12V_EN1
IDGND WHT -3 JPC22-5
CHANNEL_A_1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
-2 -12 +5VP +5VP
BLU
CHANNEL_B_1
STEER BLK -4 JPC18-5 +5VP
TILLER DGND
-3 -3
ENCODER RED JPE2-1 JPC10-7 P_THROTTLE VR1
+12V_EN2
WHT -3 JPC22-13
CHANNEL_A_2 DGND
BLU -2 -14 +5VP +5VP +
CHANNEL_B_2
0 S3
TA BLK -4 JPC18-6
DGND LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
-12 JPC10-3 -5
ID1 THERM_EN 4
-13
IDGND JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC10-8
AUX DEADMAN -2
JPC24-4
DGND -3
-1
B+K3
JPC18-11
STR_CONTACTOR JPC24-23 JPA-1
ROOM_TEMP
JPC6-6 -11 -2
DGND
+12VP
-5
CCW_PWM JPC18-18 SPL-6
-2 ALARM 4 4
CW_PWM
-3
STEER_CURRENT
-4
DGND JPC20-16
-1 L/L SOL2
NEUTRAL_PULSE 1 2
-15
(B+K2)B+L/L
JPC22-19
FU1_SENSE -18
JPC14-10 AUX1
DGND
-2 -17
DGND (B+K2)B+AUX1 SOL5T
-1
1 2
-8
-9 B-F -20
AUX2 SOL5B
1st SPEED 1 2
S12 LIMITING SWITCH JPS4-1 JPC20-1 -19
+12VP (B+K2)B+AUX2
NC -12
JPS4-3 COM DUMP SOL3
NO -2 JPC22-1 1
AC LIFT &
SPEED_LIMIT_1 2
-13
(B+K2)B+DUMP
JPC10-10
BUS_E+
-5 JPC20-4 JPY1-1 +
+12VP
ELECTRIC
BUS_E-
HRN JPC24-18 -2 0
-NEG PRESSURE PRESS
-6 -3 -
-IN H-1 JPC18-16 DGND
H HORN
STEER
-POS H-2
VR4
SENSOR
-1 -1 JPC20-14 JPC24-19 -3
BRAKE BRAKE DEADMAN
FAN-T -7 -2
JPB1-1 + JPB1-2 JPC18-17 DGND
- FAN
JPC20-2 JPS12-1
DEADMAN
FAN-FW +12VP
JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ -
-10 JPC20-7 JPE4-1 RED
SOL1 L/H +12VP
2 1 JPC22-9 -3
JPC14-6 CHANNELA_4 WHT STEER
RELAY_ENABLE MOTOR
JPC22-21 -10 -2 BLU ENCODER
EPO_SENSE CHANNELB_4
JPC10-9 -4 BLK
DGND
JPC14-12
ROTATION
+12VP
END OF
STEER
JPC22-22 -2 0 S11
STEER_LIMIT
-11 -3 -
DGND
-7
B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
FLASHWARE
TXD JPC9-2
JPS3-2 -3
RXD
DGND -5
-3 JPC18-12
REACH_SOL
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
D- -3
DGND -4
-6 JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
2
LPC
1
SPL-2
A2
A1 +
LM
MS
A2 -
S1 -
JP
B-
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 T˚
JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
-5
1 2 JPF4-15
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/ TS2
RELAY -2
B+
Buss+/- 4
-6
5v
B-
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
BW1 JPC22-15
JPT1 BRUSH_WEAR_1
ID2 -20
-21
IDGND
LM_A1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
+5VP +5VP
BW2 -16
BRUSH_WEAR_2 +5VP
-3 -3
P_THROTTLE VR1
LM_A2 DGND
+5VP +5VP +
(ON LM) 0 S3
TA LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC18-11 JPC10-8
STR_CONTACTOR AUX DEADMAN -2
-9 JPC24-4
LIFT_CONTACTOR DGND -3
T˚ JPZ-1 JPC24-22
LIFT_MOT_TEMP
JPBR-2 JPS2-2
PRESSURE
+12VP
JPC20-4
JPC24-18
JPY1-1
-2
+
0
PRESS
DC LIFT &
-1 -1 JPC20-14
HYDRAULIC
BRAKE BRAKE -6 -3 -
DGND
JPB1-1
FAN-T
+ -
JPB1-2 JPC18-17
FAN +12VP
JPC20-5 JPDP-1
STEERING
DEADMAN
VR4
SENSOR
JPC24-19 -3
FAN-FW DEADMAN
JPB2-1 JPB2-2
+ - -7 -2
DGND
FAN-LM JPC20-2 JPS12-1
JPB5-2
DEADMAN
JPB5-1 +12VP
+ - JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
ON_DEADMAN
NC
FAN-FW2 S2
JPB4-1 JPB4-2 JPDS-COM
+ - -1 DGND JPC18-7 -3 JPDS-NO
SOL4 2nd_STAGE
2 1
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ - -10
SOL1 L/H
2 1
JPC14-6
RELAY_ENABLE
JPC22-21
EPO_SENSE
JPC14-12
B+KEY
-7 B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
JPS3-2
RXD -3
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL DGND -5
-5 -15
TILT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
VBUS JPC2-1
D+ -2
USB
-6 D- -3
JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH -4
DGND
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
Travel Request
Primary Control Handle
With the deadman switch closed, the VM
constantly sends an RPM request that causes
the Traction Amplifier to maintain the speed
requested by the operator. With the control
handle in neutral, the request is always at
0 RPM. When the VM sees a change in the
learned neutral voltage from the primary
control handle travel pot (VR1) at JPC12-3, it
first checks for any inputs that activate a speed
limit condition. If none are seen, it calculates
the direction and percent of full speed
requested based on the learned values. A
message is sent to the Traction Amplifier (TA)
over the BUS as a command to travel in the
appropriate direction at the RPM to obtain the
requested speed. The TA then determines the
proper sequence to energize the motor leads (U,
V and W) to move the truck in the proper
direction. The TA also determines the required
amount of DC voltage to be sent through the
motor leads based on the acceleration
parameters programmed and the requested
RPM. The TA then monitors the feedback from
the Motor Velocity sensor inside the drive motor
to adjust the voltage to the motor to maintain
the requested RPM and direction. Any
conditions that prevent the TA from
maintaining these requests will be sent over the
BUS to the VM and the VM will tell the Display
over the BUS to display a message informing
the operator. The VM will also take care of
invoking any system shut down or limitations
based on the information from the TA.
2
LPC
1
SPL-2
A2
A1 +
LM
MS
A2 -
S1 -
JP
B-
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 T˚
JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
-5
1 2 JPF4-15
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/ TS2
RELAY -2
B+
Buss+/- 4
-6
5v
B-
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
BW1 JPC22-15
JPT1 BRUSH_WEAR_1
ID2 -20
-21
IDGND
LM_A1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
+5VP +5VP
BW2 -16
BRUSH_WEAR_2 +5VP
-3 -3
P_THROTTLE VR1
LM_A2 DGND
+5VP +5VP +
(ON LM) 0 S3
TA LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC18-11 JPC10-8
STR_CONTACTOR AUX DEADMAN -2
-9 JPC24-4
LIFT_CONTACTOR DGND -3
T˚ JPZ-1 JPC24-22
LIFT_MOT_TEMP
JPBR-2 JPS2-2
PRESSURE
+12VP
JPC20-4
JPC24-18
JPY1-1
-2
+
0
PRESS
DC LIFT &
-1 -1 JPC20-14
HYDRAULIC
BRAKE BRAKE -6 -3 -
DGND
JPB1-1
FAN-T
+ -
JPB1-2 JPC18-17
FAN +12VP
JPC20-5 JPDP-1
STEERING
DEADMAN
VR4
SENSOR
JPC24-19 -3
FAN-FW DEADMAN
JPB2-1 JPB2-2
+ - -7 -2
DGND
FAN-LM JPC20-2 JPS12-1
JPB5-2
DEADMAN
JPB5-1 +12VP
+ - JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
ON_DEADMAN
NC
FAN-FW2 S2
JPB4-1 JPB4-2 JPDS-COM
+ - -1 DGND JPC18-7 -3 JPDS-NO
SOL4 2nd_STAGE
2 1
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ - -10
SOL1 L/H
2 1
JPC14-6
RELAY_ENABLE
JPC22-21
EPO_SENSE
JPC14-12
B+KEY
-7 B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
JPS3-2
RXD -3
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL DGND -5
-5 -15
TILT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
VBUS JPC2-1
D+ -2
USB
-6 D- -3
JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH -4
DGND
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
Cold Storage
On trucks with the Cold Storage option, the VM
looks at the Ambient Temperature Sensor
mounted on the overhead guard. If the
temperature indicates the truck is parked
inside the freezer, the VM does not turn off the
Relay Enable circuit when the key switch is
opened. When the key is turned OFF, K1, K2
and K3 all open because they are powered off
the key switch. The K4 coil and tips receive
power directly from the battery through FU5.
When the tips are closed, K4 supplies B+ to
internal circuitry of the VM. This is only used
on trucks equipped with the optional Cold
Storage package. Knowing the truck is still in
the freezer, the VM uses the input from the K4
tips to keep its circuitry powered up. This is
done so the VM can keep the circuitry activated
for the control handle heater. The display is
shut down and no other functions can be
operated until the key is turned back ON and
the truck is powered up.
JP
B+
JPS1-1 MOTOR TEMPERATURE TA
-2 1 1 1 X TPC Y JPS1-8 -2 TPC
-3 STR LPC TPC CONTACTOR
2 2
-4 2 U
U
B-
V
TM V
W
1 W
B+ +
1 TR
LR 2 MOTOR VELOCITY
2 RED JPL2-1 JPL1-3
L VEL SENSOR+
BLACK -4 -4
LR-2 TR-2 LME L VEL SENSOR-
WHITE -3 -5
L VEL PHASE A
BLUE -2 -6
L VEL PHASE B
RED JPL3-2 -16
STR
L TEMP+
Y X LMT
RED/BLK -1 -17
L TEMP-
X LPC Y JPS1-9
MOTOR TEMPERATURE LPC
LA
-2
CONTACTOR
B-
U
U
V
LM V
JPS1-5 JPS1-6 JPS1-7 JPS1-10 JPS1-11
W
W +
B+
JP
B-
TP4 STR-2
MS-A1
A1 +
MS SA
A2 -
MS-A2
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
T˚ K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
1 2 JPF4-15 -5
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/
TS2-2
RELAY
CARD JPF2-8 JPS3-1
TS2-1 1 2 -3
REACH
B+ 1 SIDE
SHIFT
2 -4
1 2 -5
Buss+/- TILT
5v
4
B- -6
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
JPT1
-20
ID2 RED JPE1-1 JPC10-6
-21 +12V_EN1
IDGND WHT -3 JPC22-5
CHANNEL_A_1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
-2 -12 +5VP +5VP
BLU
CHANNEL_B_1
STEER BLK -4 JPC18-5 +5VP
TILLER DGND
-3 -3
ENCODER RED JPE2-1 JPC10-7 P_THROTTLE VR1
+12V_EN2
WHT -3 JPC22-13
CHANNEL_A_2 DGND
BLU -2 -14 +5VP +5VP +
CHANNEL_B_2
0 S3
TA BLK -4 JPC18-6
DGND LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
-12 JPC10-3 -5
ID1 THERM_EN 4
-13
IDGND JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC10-8
AUX DEADMAN -2
JPC24-4
DGND -3
-1
B+K3
JPC18-11
STR_CONTACTOR JPC24-23 JPA-1
ROOM_TEMP
JPC6-6 -11 -2
DGND
+12VP
-5
CCW_PWM JPC18-18 SPL-6
-2 ALARM 4 4
CW_PWM
-3
STEER_CURRENT
-4
DGND JPC20-16
-1 L/L SOL2
NEUTRAL_PULSE 1 2
-15
(B+K2)B+L/L
JPC22-19
FU1_SENSE -18
JPC14-10 AUX1
DGND
-2 -17
DGND (B+K2)B+AUX1 SOL5T
-1
1 2
-8
-9 B-F -20
AUX2 SOL5B
1st SPEED 1 2
S12 LIMITING SWITCH JPS4-1 JPC20-1 -19
+12VP (B+K2)B+AUX2
NC -12
JPS4-3 COM DUMP SOL3
NO -2 JPC22-1 1
AC LIFT &
SPEED_LIMIT_1 2
-13
(B+K2)B+DUMP
JPC10-10
BUS_E+
-5 JPC20-4 JPY1-1 +
+12VP
ELECTRIC
BUS_E-
HRN JPC24-18 -2 0
-NEG PRESSURE PRESS
-6 -3 -
-IN H-1 JPC18-16 DGND
H HORN
STEER
-POS H-2
VR4
SENSOR
-1 -1 JPC20-14 JPC24-19 -3
BRAKE BRAKE DEADMAN
FAN-T -7 -2
JPB1-1 + JPB1-2 JPC18-17 DGND
- FAN
JPC20-2 JPS12-1
DEADMAN
FAN-FW +12VP
JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ -
-10 JPC20-7 JPE4-1 RED
SOL1 L/H +12VP
2 1 JPC22-9 -3
JPC14-6 CHANNELA_4 WHT STEER
RELAY_ENABLE MOTOR
JPC22-21 -10 -2 BLU ENCODER
EPO_SENSE CHANNELB_4
JPC10-9 -4 BLK
DGND
JPC14-12
ROTATION
+12VP
END OF
STEER
JPC22-22 -2 0 S11
STEER_LIMIT
-11 -3 -
DGND
-7
B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
FLASHWARE
TXD JPC9-2
JPS3-2 -3
RXD
DGND -5
-3 JPC18-12
REACH_SOL
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
D- -3
DGND -4
-6 JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
G2 HTI
TACH 1
REL-2
M
SOL-5B
1 2
1 A1
4 3 2 LS-1
3
P1 2
P1
2 1 4
3 A2
POD-1
SOL-5T
G1
1
CV-1 1 CYL-1
2 2
SOL-1
1
SOL-3
1
CFS-1
SOL-2
TANK
FILTER
S-RET
CYL-P
PRESSURE LINES
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
REACH
RC
3 4
A2
1 2
RR
REACH1 TILT
3 4 TC
1 2
TR
TILT
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
Lower
Refer to Figures 8-10 and 8-11.
1. Variable lowering is accomplished via the
proportional lower valve SOL2, a
two-position, normally closed pressure
compensated valve. Lowering speed is not
a function of weight on the forks. An
increasing voltage increases the flow
through the valve regardless of the
pressure in the system.
2. When VR2 is moved to request Lower, a
voltage is sent to the VM at JPC12-2. The
VM sees a voltage different from the
“learned” neutral voltage.
3. The VM energizes internal coil drivers for
SOL1 (load holding) at JPC18-10.
Proportional lower solenoid SOL2 opens
proportionally to the requested rate of
lower via a signal from the VM at
JPC20-16.
4. With load holding solenoid SOL1
energized, fluid flows out of the lift
cylinders through the regulated portion of
flow limiters (located in the base of the lift
cylinder), through load holding solenoid
SOL1, and then through energized
proportional lower solenoid SOL2. After
fluid exits these valves, it returns to tank
via the hydraulic fluid filter.
JP
B+
JPS1-1 MOTOR TEMPERATURE TA
-2 1 1 1 X TPC Y JPS1-8 -2 TPC
-3 STR LPC TPC CONTACTOR
2 2
-4 2 U
U
B-
V
TM V
W
1 W
B+ +
1 TR
LR 2 MOTOR VELOCITY
2 RED JPL2-1 JPL1-3
L VEL SENSOR+
BLACK -4 -4
LR-2 TR-2 LME L VEL SENSOR-
WHITE -3 -5
L VEL PHASE A
BLUE -2 -6
L VEL PHASE B
RED JPL3-2 -16
STR
L TEMP+
Y X LMT
RED/BLK -1 -17
L TEMP-
X LPC Y JPS1-9
MOTOR TEMPERATURE LPC
LA
-2
CONTACTOR
B-
U
U
V
LM V
JPS1-5 JPS1-6 JPS1-7 JPS1-10 JPS1-11
W
W +
B+
JP
B-
TP4 STR-2
MS-A1
A1 +
MS SA
A2 -
MS-A2
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
T˚ K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
1 2 JPF4-15 -5
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/
TS2-2
RELAY
CARD JPF2-8 JPS3-1
TS2-1 1 2 -3
REACH
B+ 1 SIDE
SHIFT
2 -4
1 2 -5
Buss+/- TILT
5v
4
B- -6
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
JPT1
-20
ID2 RED JPE1-1 JPC10-6
-21 +12V_EN1
IDGND WHT -3 JPC22-5
CHANNEL_A_1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
-2 -12 +5VP +5VP
BLU
CHANNEL_B_1
STEER BLK -4 JPC18-5 +5VP
TILLER DGND
-3 -3
ENCODER RED JPE2-1 JPC10-7 P_THROTTLE VR1
+12V_EN2
WHT -3 JPC22-13
CHANNEL_A_2 DGND
BLU -2 -14 +5VP +5VP +
CHANNEL_B_2
0 S3
TA BLK -4 JPC18-6
DGND LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
-12 JPC10-3 -5
ID1 THERM_EN 4
-13
IDGND JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC10-8
AUX DEADMAN -2
JPC24-4
DGND -3
-1
B+K3
JPC18-11
STR_CONTACTOR JPC24-23 JPA-1
ROOM_TEMP
JPC6-6 -11 -2
DGND
+12VP
-5
CCW_PWM JPC18-18 SPL-6
-2 ALARM 4 4
CW_PWM
-3
STEER_CURRENT
-4
DGND JPC20-16
-1 L/L SOL2
NEUTRAL_PULSE 1 2
-15
(B+K2)B+L/L
JPC22-19
FU1_SENSE -18
JPC14-10 AUX1
DGND
-2 -17
DGND (B+K2)B+AUX1 SOL5T
-1
1 2
-8
-9 B-F -20
AUX2 SOL5B
1st SPEED 1 2
S12 LIMITING SWITCH JPS4-1 JPC20-1 -19
+12VP (B+K2)B+AUX2
NC -12
JPS4-3 COM DUMP SOL3
NO -2 JPC22-1 1
AC LIFT &
SPEED_LIMIT_1 2
-13
(B+K2)B+DUMP
JPC10-10
BUS_E+
-5 JPC20-4 JPY1-1 +
+12VP
ELECTRIC
BUS_E-
HRN JPC24-18 -2 0
-NEG PRESSURE PRESS
-6 -3 -
-IN H-1 JPC18-16 DGND
H HORN
STEER
-POS H-2
VR4
SENSOR
-1 -1 JPC20-14 JPC24-19 -3
BRAKE BRAKE DEADMAN
FAN-T -7 -2
JPB1-1 + JPB1-2 JPC18-17 DGND
- FAN
JPC20-2 JPS12-1
DEADMAN
FAN-FW +12VP
JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ -
-10 JPC20-7 JPE4-1 RED
SOL1 L/H +12VP
2 1 JPC22-9 -3
JPC14-6 CHANNELA_4 WHT STEER
RELAY_ENABLE MOTOR
JPC22-21 -10 -2 BLU ENCODER
EPO_SENSE CHANNELB_4
JPC10-9 -4 BLK
DGND
JPC14-12
ROTATION
+12VP
END OF
STEER
JPC22-22 -2 0 S11
STEER_LIMIT
-11 -3 -
DGND
-7
B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
FLASHWARE
TXD JPC9-2
JPS3-2 -3
RXD
DGND -5
-3 JPC18-12
REACH_SOL
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
D- -3
DGND -4
-6 JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
G2 HTI
TACH 1
REL-2
M
SOL-5B
1 2
1 A1
4 3 2 LS-1
3
P1 2
P1
2 1 4
3 A2
POD-1
SOL-5T
G1
1
CV-1 1 CYL-1
2 2
Legend: SOL-1
Pressure
1 Line
SOL-3 Return Line
Suction Line 1
Electrical
2
Control
Signal
CFS-1
SOL-2
TANK
FILTER
S-RET
CYL-P
PRESSURE LINES
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
REACH
RC
3 4
A2
1 2
RR
REACH1 TILT
3 4 TC
1 2
TR
TILT
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
JP
B+
JPS1-1 MOTOR TEMPERATURE TA
-2 1 1 1 X TPC Y JPS1-8 -2 TPC
-3 STR LPC TPC CONTACTOR
2 2
-4 2 U
U
B-
V
TM V
W
1 W
B+ +
1 TR
LR 2 MOTOR VELOCITY
2 RED JPL2-1 JPL1-3
L VEL SENSOR+
BLACK -4 -4
LR-2 TR-2 LME L VEL SENSOR-
WHITE -3 -5
L VEL PHASE A
BLUE -2 -6
L VEL PHASE B
RED JPL3-2 -16
STR
L TEMP+
Y X LMT
RED/BLK -1 -17
L TEMP-
X LPC Y JPS1-9
MOTOR TEMPERATURE LPC
LA
-2
CONTACTOR
B-
U
U
V
LM V
JPS1-5 JPS1-6 JPS1-7 JPS1-10 JPS1-11
W
W +
B+
JP
B-
TP4 STR-2
MS-A1
A1 +
MS SA
A2 -
MS-A2
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
T˚ K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
1 2 JPF4-15 -5
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/
TS2-2
RELAY
CARD JPF2-8 JPS3-1
TS2-1 1 2 -3
REACH
B+ 1 SIDE
SHIFT
2 -4
Buss+/- 1 2 -5
TILT
5v
4
B- -6
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
JPT1
-20
ID2 RED JPE1-1 JPC10-6
-21 +12V_EN1
IDGND WHT -3 JPC22-5
CHANNEL_A_1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
-2 -12 +5VP +5VP
BLU
CHANNEL_B_1
STEER BLK -4 JPC18-5 +5VP
TILLER DGND
-3 -3
ENCODER RED JPE2-1 JPC10-7 P_THROTTLE VR1
+12V_EN2
WHT -3 JPC22-13
CHANNEL_A_2 DGND
BLU -2 -14 +5VP +5VP +
CHANNEL_B_2
0 S3
TA BLK -4 JPC18-6
DGND LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
-12 JPC10-3 -5
ID1 THERM_EN 4
-13
IDGND JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC10-8
AUX DEADMAN -2
JPC24-4
DGND -3
-1
B+K3
JPC18-11
STR_CONTACTOR JPC24-23 JPA-1
ROOM_TEMP
JPC6-6 -11 -2
DGND
+12VP
-5
CCW_PWM JPC18-18 SPL-6
-2 ALARM 4 4
CW_PWM
-3
STEER_CURRENT
-4
DGND JPC20-16
-1 L/L SOL2
NEUTRAL_PULSE 1 2
-15
(B+K2)B+L/L
JPC22-19
FU1_SENSE -18
JPC14-10 AUX1
DGND
-2 -17
DGND (B+K2)B+AUX1 SOL5T
-1
1 2
-8
-9 B-F -20
AUX2 SOL5B
1st SPEED 1 2
S12 LIMITING SWITCH JPS4-1 JPC20-1 -19
+12VP (B+K2)B+AUX2
NC -12
JPS4-3 COM DUMP SOL3
NO -2 JPC22-1 1
AC LIFT &
SPEED_LIMIT_1 2
-13
(B+K2)B+DUMP
JPC10-10
BUS_E+
-5 JPC20-4 JPY1-1 +
+12VP
ELECTRIC
BUS_E-
HRN JPC24-18 -2 0
-NEG PRESSURE PRESS
-6 -3 -
-IN H-1 JPC18-16 DGND
H HORN
STEER
-POS H-2
VR4
SENSOR
-1 -1 JPC20-14 JPC24-19 -3
BRAKE BRAKE DEADMAN
FAN-T -7 -2
JPB1-1 + JPB1-2 JPC18-17 DGND
- FAN
JPC20-2 JPS12-1
DEADMAN
FAN-FW +12VP
JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ -
-10 JPC20-7 JPE4-1 RED
SOL1 L/H +12VP
2 1 JPC22-9 -3
JPC14-6 CHANNELA_4 WHT STEER
RELAY_ENABLE MOTOR
JPC22-21 -10 -2 BLU ENCODER
EPO_SENSE CHANNELB_4
JPC10-9 -4 BLK
DGND
JPC14-12
ROTATION
+12VP
END OF
STEER
JPC22-22 -2 0 S11
STEER_LIMIT
-11 -3 -
DGND
-7
B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
FLASHWARE
TXD JPC9-2
JPS3-2 -3
RXD
DGND -5
-3 JPC18-12
REACH_SOL
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
D- -3
DGND -4
-6 JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
G2 HTI
TACH 1
REL-2
M
SOL-5B
1 2
1 A1
4 3 2 LS-1
3
P1 2
P1
2 1 4
3 A2
POD-1
SOL-5T
G1
1
CV-1 1 CYL-1
2 2
SOL-1
1
SOL-3
1
CFS-1
SOL-2
TANK
FILTER
S-RET
CYL-P
PRESSURE LINES
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
REACH
RC
3 4
A2
1 2
RR
REACH1 TILT
3 4 TC
1 2
TR
TILT
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
JP
B+
JPS1-1 MOTOR TEMPERATURE TA
-2 1 1 1 X TPC Y JPS1-8 -2 TPC
-3 STR LPC TPC CONTACTOR
2 2
-4 2 U
U
B-
V
TM V
W
1 W
B+ +
1 TR
LR 2 MOTOR VELOCITY
2 RED JPL2-1 JPL1-3
L VEL SENSOR+
BLACK -4 -4
LR-2 TR-2 LME L VEL SENSOR-
WHITE -3 -5
L VEL PHASE A
BLUE -2 -6
L VEL PHASE B
RED JPL3-2 -16
STR
L TEMP+
Y X LMT
RED/BLK -1 -17
L TEMP-
X LPC Y JPS1-9
MOTOR TEMPERATURE LPC
LA
-2
CONTACTOR
B-
U
U
V
LM V
JPS1-5 JPS1-6 JPS1-7 JPS1-10 JPS1-11
W
W +
B+
JP
B-
TP4 STR-2
MS-A1
A1 +
MS SA
A2 -
MS-A2
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
T˚ K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
1 2 JPF4-15 -5
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/
TS2-2
RELAY
CARD JPF2-8 JPS3-1
TS2-1 1 2 -3
REACH
B+ 1 SIDE
SHIFT
2 -4
-5
Buss+/-
1 2
TILT
5v
4
B- -6
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
JPT1
-20
ID2 RED JPE1-1 JPC10-6
-21 +12V_EN1
IDGND WHT -3 JPC22-5
CHANNEL_A_1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
-2 -12 +5VP +5VP
BLU
CHANNEL_B_1
STEER BLK -4 JPC18-5 +5VP
TILLER DGND
-3 -3
ENCODER RED JPE2-1 JPC10-7 P_THROTTLE VR1
+12V_EN2
WHT -3 JPC22-13
CHANNEL_A_2 DGND
BLU -2 -14 +5VP +5VP +
CHANNEL_B_2
0 S3
TA BLK -4 JPC18-6
DGND LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
-12 JPC10-3 -5
ID1 THERM_EN 4
-13
IDGND JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC10-8
AUX DEADMAN -2
JPC24-4
DGND -3
-1
B+K3
JPC18-11
STR_CONTACTOR JPC24-23 JPA-1
ROOM_TEMP
JPC6-6 -11 -2
DGND
+12VP
-5
CCW_PWM JPC18-18 SPL-6
-2 ALARM 4 4
CW_PWM
-3
STEER_CURRENT
-4
DGND JPC20-16
-1 L/L SOL2
NEUTRAL_PULSE 1 2
-15
(B+K2)B+L/L
JPC22-19
FU1_SENSE -18
JPC14-10 AUX1
DGND
-2 -17
DGND (B+K2)B+AUX1 SOL5T
-1
1 2
-8
-9 B-F -20
AUX2 SOL5B
1st SPEED 1 2
S12 LIMITING SWITCH JPS4-1 JPC20-1 -19
+12VP (B+K2)B+AUX2
NC -12
JPS4-3 COM DUMP SOL3
NO -2 JPC22-1 1
AC LIFT &
SPEED_LIMIT_1 2
-13
(B+K2)B+DUMP
JPC10-10
BUS_E+
-5 JPC20-4 JPY1-1 +
+12VP
ELECTRIC
BUS_E-
HRN JPC24-18 -2 0
-NEG PRESSURE PRESS
-6 -3 -
-IN H-1 JPC18-16 DGND
H HORN
STEER
-POS H-2
VR4
SENSOR
-1 -1 JPC20-14 JPC24-19 -3
BRAKE BRAKE DEADMAN
FAN-T -7 -2
JPB1-1 + JPB1-2 JPC18-17 DGND
- FAN
JPC20-2 JPS12-1
DEADMAN
FAN-FW +12VP
JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ -
-10 JPC20-7 JPE4-1 RED
SOL1 L/H +12VP
2 1 JPC22-9 -3
JPC14-6 CHANNELA_4 WHT STEER
RELAY_ENABLE MOTOR
JPC22-21 -10 -2 BLU ENCODER
EPO_SENSE CHANNELB_4
JPC10-9 -4 BLK
DGND
JPC14-12
ROTATION
+12VP
END OF
STEER
JPC22-22 -2 0 S11
STEER_LIMIT
-11 -3 -
DGND
-7
B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
FLASHWARE
TXD JPC9-2
JPS3-2 -3
RXD
DGND -5
-3 JPC18-12
REACH_SOL
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
D- -3
DGND -4
-6 JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
G2 HTI
TACH 1
REL-2
M
SOL-5B
1 2
1 A1
4 3 2 LS-1
3
P1 2
P1
2 1 4
3 A2
POD-1
SOL-5T
G1
1
CV-1 1 CYL-1
2 2
SOL-1
1
SOL-3
1
CFS-1
SOL-2
TANK
FILTER
S-RET
CYL-P
PRESSURE LINES
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
REACH
RC
3 4
A2
1 2
RR
REACH1 TILT
3 4 TC
1 2
TR
TILT
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
JP
B+
JPS1-1 MOTOR TEMPERATURE TA
-2 1 1 1 X TPC Y JPS1-8 -2 TPC
-3 STR LPC TPC CONTACTOR
2 2
-4 2 U
U
B-
V
TM V
W
1 W
B+ +
1 TR
LR 2 MOTOR VELOCITY
2 RED JPL2-1 JPL1-3
L VEL SENSOR+
BLACK -4 -4
LR-2 TR-2 LME L VEL SENSOR-
WHITE -3 -5
L VEL PHASE A
BLUE -2 -6
L VEL PHASE B
RED JPL3-2 -16
STR
L TEMP+
Y X LMT
RED/BLK -1 -17
L TEMP-
X LPC Y JPS1-9
MOTOR TEMPERATURE LPC
LA
-2
CONTACTOR
B-
U
U
V
LM V
JPS1-5 JPS1-6 JPS1-7 JPS1-10 JPS1-11
W
W +
B+
JP
B-
TP4 STR-2
MS-A1
A1 +
MS SA
A2 -
MS-A2
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
T˚ K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
1 2 JPF4-15 -5
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/
TS2-2
RELAY
CARD JPF2-8 JPS3-1
TS2-1 1 2 -3
REACH
B+ 1 SIDE
SHIFT
2 -4
1 2 -5
Buss+/- TILT
5v
4
B- -6
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
JPT1
-20
ID2 RED JPE1-1 JPC10-6
-21 +12V_EN1
IDGND WHT -3 JPC22-5
CHANNEL_A_1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
-2 -12 +5VP +5VP
BLU
CHANNEL_B_1
STEER BLK -4 JPC18-5 +5VP
TILLER DGND
-3 -3
ENCODER RED JPE2-1 JPC10-7 P_THROTTLE VR1
+12V_EN2
WHT -3 JPC22-13
CHANNEL_A_2 DGND
BLU -2 -14 +5VP +5VP +
CHANNEL_B_2
0 S3
TA BLK -4 JPC18-6
DGND LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
-12 JPC10-3 -5
ID1 THERM_EN 4
-13
IDGND JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC10-8
AUX DEADMAN -2
JPC24-4
DGND -3
-1
B+K3
JPC18-11
STR_CONTACTOR JPC24-23 JPA-1
ROOM_TEMP
JPC6-6 -11 -2
DGND
+12VP
-5
CCW_PWM JPC18-18 SPL-6
-2 ALARM 4 4
CW_PWM
-3
STEER_CURRENT
-4
DGND JPC20-16
-1 L/L SOL2
NEUTRAL_PULSE 1 2
-15
(B+K2)B+L/L
JPC22-19
FU1_SENSE -18
JPC14-10 AUX1
DGND
-2 -17
DGND (B+K2)B+AUX1 SOL5T
-1
1 2
-8
-9 B-F -20
AUX2 SOL5B
1st SPEED 1 2
S12 LIMITING SWITCH JPS4-1 JPC20-1 -19
+12VP (B+K2)B+AUX2
NC -12
JPS4-3 COM DUMP SOL3
NO -2 JPC22-1 1
AC LIFT &
SPEED_LIMIT_1 2
-13
(B+K2)B+DUMP
JPC10-10
BUS_E+
-5 JPC20-4 JPY1-1 +
+12VP
ELECTRIC
BUS_E-
HRN JPC24-18 -2 0
-NEG PRESSURE PRESS
-6 -3 -
-IN H-1 JPC18-16 DGND
H HORN
STEER
-POS H-2
VR4
SENSOR
-1 -1 JPC20-14 JPC24-19 -3
BRAKE BRAKE DEADMAN
FAN-T -7 -2
JPB1-1 + JPB1-2 JPC18-17 DGND
- FAN
JPC20-2 JPS12-1
DEADMAN
FAN-FW +12VP
JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ -
-10 JPC20-7 JPE4-1 RED
SOL1 L/H +12VP
2 1 JPC22-9 -3
JPC14-6 CHANNELA_4 WHT STEER
RELAY_ENABLE MOTOR
JPC22-21 -10 -2 BLU ENCODER
EPO_SENSE CHANNELB_4
JPC10-9 -4 BLK
DGND
JPC14-12
ROTATION
+12VP
END OF
STEER
JPC22-22 -2 0 S11
STEER_LIMIT
-11 -3 -
DGND
-7
B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
FLASHWARE
TXD JPC9-2
JPS3-2 -3
RXD
DGND -5
-3 JPC18-12
REACH_SOL
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
D- -3
DGND -4
-6 JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
G2 HTI
TACH 1
REL-2
M
SOL-5B
1 2
1 A1
4 3 2 LS-1
3
P1 2
P1
2 1 4
3 A2
POD-1
SOL-5T
G1
1
CV-1 1 CYL-1
2 2
SOL-1
1
SOL-3
1
CFS-1
SOL-2
TANK
FILTER
S-RET
CYL-P
PRESSURE LINES
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
REACH
RC
3 4
A2
1 2
RR
REACH1 TILT
3 4 TC
1 2
TR
TILT
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
JP
B+
JPS1-1 MOTOR TEMPERATURE TA
-2 1 1 1 X TPC Y JPS1-8 -2 TPC
-3 STR LPC TPC CONTACTOR
2 2
-4 2 U
U
B-
V
TM V
W
1 W
B+ +
1 TR
LR 2 MOTOR VELOCITY
2 RED JPL2-1 JPL1-3
L VEL SENSOR+
BLACK -4 -4
LR-2 TR-2 LME L VEL SENSOR-
WHITE -3 -5
L VEL PHASE A
BLUE -2 -6
L VEL PHASE B
RED JPL3-2 -16
STR
L TEMP+
Y X LMT
RED/BLK -1 -17
L TEMP-
X LPC Y JPS1-9
MOTOR TEMPERATURE LPC
LA
-2
CONTACTOR
B-
U
U
V
LM V
JPS1-5 JPS1-6 JPS1-7 JPS1-10 JPS1-11
W
W +
B+
JP
B-
TP4 STR-2
MS-A1
A1 +
MS SA
A2 -
MS-A2
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
T˚ K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
1 2 JPF4-15 -5
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/
TS2-2
RELAY
CARD JPF2-8 JPS3-1
TS2-1 1 2 -3
REACH
B+ 1 SIDE
SHIFT
2 -4
1 2 -5
Buss+/- TILT
5v
4
B- -6
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
JPT1
-20
ID2 RED JPE1-1 JPC10-6
-21 +12V_EN1
IDGND WHT -3 JPC22-5
CHANNEL_A_1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
-2 -12 +5VP +5VP
BLU
CHANNEL_B_1
STEER BLK -4 JPC18-5 +5VP
TILLER DGND
-3 -3
ENCODER RED JPE2-1 JPC10-7 P_THROTTLE VR1
+12V_EN2
WHT -3 JPC22-13
CHANNEL_A_2 DGND
BLU -2 -14 +5VP +5VP +
CHANNEL_B_2
0 S3
TA BLK -4 JPC18-6
DGND LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
-12 JPC10-3 -5
ID1 THERM_EN 4
-13
IDGND JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC10-8
AUX DEADMAN -2
JPC24-4
DGND -3
-1
B+K3
JPC18-11
STR_CONTACTOR JPC24-23 JPA-1
ROOM_TEMP
JPC6-6 -11 -2
DGND
+12VP
-5
CCW_PWM JPC18-18 SPL-6
-2 ALARM 4 4
CW_PWM
-3
STEER_CURRENT
-4
DGND JPC20-16
-1 L/L SOL2
NEUTRAL_PULSE 1 2
-15
(B+K2)B+L/L
JPC22-19
FU1_SENSE -18
JPC14-10 AUX1
DGND
-2 -17
DGND (B+K2)B+AUX1 SOL5T
-1
1 2
-8
-9 B-F -20
AUX2 SOL5B
1st SPEED 1 2
S12 LIMITING SWITCH JPS4-1 JPC20-1 -19
+12VP (B+K2)B+AUX2
NC -12
JPS4-3 COM DUMP SOL3
NO -2 JPC22-1 1
AC LIFT &
SPEED_LIMIT_1 2
-13
(B+K2)B+DUMP
JPC10-10
BUS_E+
-5 JPC20-4 JPY1-1 +
+12VP
ELECTRIC
BUS_E-
HRN JPC24-18 -2 0
-NEG PRESSURE PRESS
-6 -3 -
-IN H-1 JPC18-16 DGND
H HORN
STEER
-POS H-2
VR4
SENSOR
-1 -1 JPC20-14 JPC24-19 -3
BRAKE BRAKE DEADMAN
FAN-T -7 -2
JPB1-1 + JPB1-2 JPC18-17 DGND
- FAN
JPC20-2 JPS12-1
DEADMAN
FAN-FW +12VP
JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ -
-10 JPC20-7 JPE4-1 RED
SOL1 L/H +12VP
2 1 JPC22-9 -3
JPC14-6 CHANNELA_4 WHT STEER
RELAY_ENABLE MOTOR
JPC22-21 -10 -2 BLU ENCODER
EPO_SENSE CHANNELB_4
JPC10-9 -4 BLK
DGND
JPC14-12
ROTATION
+12VP
END OF
STEER
JPC22-22 -2 0 S11
STEER_LIMIT
-11 -3 -
DGND
-7
B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
FLASHWARE
TXD JPC9-2
JPS3-2 -3
RXD
DGND -5
-3 JPC18-12
REACH_SOL
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
D- -3
DGND -4
-6 JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
G2 HTI
TACH 1
REL-2
M
SOL-5B
1 2
1 A1
4 3 2 LS-1
3
P1 2
P1
2 1 4
3 A2
POD-1
SOL-5T
G1
1
CV-1 1 CYL-1
2 2
Legend: SOL-1
Pressure
1 Line
SOL-3 Return Line
Suction Line 1
Electrical
2
Control
Signal
CFS-1
SOL-2
TANK
FILTER
S-RET
CYL-P
PRESSURE LINES
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
REACH
RC
3 4
A2
1 2
RR
REACH1 TILT
3 4 TC
1 2
TR
TILT
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
Lift while using Aux Functions 4, the pilot line will work to move the spool
to its second position.
Refer to Figures 8-20 and 8-21.
With the valve in its second position, fluid
1. The lift contactor is energized by will flow to Check Valve 1 (CV1). Fluid
depressing the deadman switch (S2). flows through CV1 and the de-energized
2. The lift power amplifier internally supplies SOL-1 (Load Holding). From there, fluid
B- to the lift contactor coil (LPC) at JPL1-2, passes through the free flow portion of the
which closes the normally open contactor flow limiters (located in the base of the lift
tips. cylinders) and into the lift cylinders.
3. When the lift contactor coil is energized, SOL3 (Dump) is used as a proportional
the contactor tips close, allowing B+ to be relief to limit system pressure to a safe
supplied to the lift power amplifier, which level. With this valve: 0V = 3500 psi
supplies voltage to the lift motor. (24132 kPa). The pressure relief will be set
by the VM and firmware at approx. 2V,
4. When VR2 is moved to request lift, a
which equals 3200 (22063 kPa) psi.
voltage is sent to the VM at JPC12-2. The
VM sees a voltage different from the The PODS valve also meters fluid to the
“learned” neutral voltage, and sends a requested aux function. As the metered
request to the lift power amplifier via flow enters SOL5B or 5T (depending on the
BUS+/BUS– (JPC14-11 and JPC14-4 to direction of function requested), the
JPL1-22 and JPL1-14). voltage applied to the valve by the VM will
open it.
5. The voltage supplied to the lift motor is
proportional to the amount of lift request SOL5 is a proportional solenoid. The VM
from VR2 (faster lift = higher motor sends a fixed voltage to it to open it a
voltage). specific amount, depending on the
function requested.
6. In order to operate reach or retract, switch
S4 or S5 is used to send an input to the The load shuttle sends pressure to the
VM at JPC12-4 or JPC12-11. pilot line of the PODS valve to allow the
valve to properly divide the fluid between
NOTE: The lift motor/pump is variable speed. lift and auxiliary.
Therefore, the farther VR2 is moved
from neutral, the faster the motor/pump When using auxiliary functions only (no
will rotate. lift) or lifting only (no aux), the speed of the
motor is approx. 400 rpm. If slow lift is
7. When the request to lift and reach is used along with an aux function, the
made, the VM energizes the following motor/pump speed may increase due to
solenoids via internal coil drivers: the need for more fluid to the functions.
• SOL3 (Dump) at JPC20-12
• SOL5T at JPC20-18 or SOL5B at
JPC20-20, depending on the direction
of the function chosen
• One of the following:
REACH SOL at JPC18-12
SIDESHIFT SOL at JPC18-14
TILT SOL at JPC18-15
8. As the pump (P1) begins to rotate, fluid
will flow into the PODS valve at port 3. The
Priority On Demand Spool will be used to
bias flow between lift and aux. Port 3 is
connected to port 4. With pressure at port
JP
B+
JPS1-1 MOTOR TEMPERATURE TA
-2 1 1 1 X TPC Y JPS1-8 -2 TPC
-3 STR LPC TPC CONTACTOR
2 2
-4 2 U
U
B-
V
TM V
W
1 W
B+ +
1 TR
LR 2 MOTOR VELOCITY
2 RED JPL2-1 JPL1-3
L VEL SENSOR+
BLACK -4 -4
LR-2 TR-2 LME L VEL SENSOR-
WHITE -3 -5
L VEL PHASE A
BLUE -2 -6
L VEL PHASE B
RED JPL3-2 -16
STR
L TEMP+
Y X LMT
RED/BLK -1 -17
L TEMP-
X LPC Y JPS1-9
MOTOR TEMPERATURE LPC
LA
-2
CONTACTOR
B-
U
U
V
LM V
JPS1-5 JPS1-6 JPS1-7 JPS1-10 JPS1-11
W
W +
B+
JP
B-
TP4 STR-2
MS-A1
A1 +
MS SA
A2 -
MS-A2
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
T˚ K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
1 2 JPF4-15 -5
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/
TS2-2
RELAY
CARD JPF2-8 JPS3-1
TS2-1 1 2 -3
REACH
B+ 1 SIDE
SHIFT
2 -4
Buss+/- 1 2 -5
TILT
5v
4
B- -6
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
JPT1
-20
ID2 RED JPE1-1 JPC10-6
-21 +12V_EN1
IDGND WHT -3 JPC22-5
CHANNEL_A_1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
-2 -12 +5VP +5VP
BLU
CHANNEL_B_1
STEER BLK -4 JPC18-5 +5VP
TILLER DGND
-3 -3
ENCODER RED JPE2-1 JPC10-7 P_THROTTLE VR1
+12V_EN2
WHT -3 JPC22-13
CHANNEL_A_2 DGND
BLU -2 -14 +5VP +5VP +
CHANNEL_B_2
0 S3
TA BLK -4 JPC18-6
DGND LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
-12 JPC10-3 -5
ID1 THERM_EN 4
-13
IDGND JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC10-8
AUX DEADMAN -2
JPC24-4
DGND -3
-1
B+K3
JPC18-11
STR_CONTACTOR JPC24-23 JPA-1
ROOM_TEMP
JPC6-6 -11 -2
DGND
+12VP
-5
CCW_PWM JPC18-18 SPL-6
-2 ALARM 4 4
CW_PWM
-3
STEER_CURRENT
-4
DGND JPC20-16
-1 L/L SOL2
NEUTRAL_PULSE 1 2
-15
(B+K2)B+L/L
JPC22-19
FU1_SENSE -18
JPC14-10 AUX1
DGND
-2 -17
DGND (B+K2)B+AUX1 SOL5T
-1
1 2
-8
-9 B-F -20
AUX2 SOL5B
1st SPEED 1 2
S12 LIMITING SWITCH JPS4-1 JPC20-1 -19
+12VP (B+K2)B+AUX2
NC -12
JPS4-3 COM DUMP SOL3
NO -2 JPC22-1 1
AC LIFT &
SPEED_LIMIT_1 2
-13
(B+K2)B+DUMP
JPC10-10
BUS_E+
-5 JPC20-4 JPY1-1 +
+12VP
ELECTRIC
BUS_E-
HRN JPC24-18 -2 0
-NEG PRESSURE PRESS
-6 -3 -
-IN H-1 JPC18-16 DGND
H HORN
STEER
-POS H-2
VR4
SENSOR
-1 -1 JPC20-14 JPC24-19 -3
BRAKE BRAKE DEADMAN
FAN-T -7 -2
JPB1-1 + JPB1-2 JPC18-17 DGND
- FAN
JPC20-2 JPS12-1
DEADMAN
FAN-FW +12VP
JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ -
-10 JPC20-7 JPE4-1 RED
SOL1 L/H +12VP
2 1 JPC22-9 -3
JPC14-6 CHANNELA_4 WHT STEER
RELAY_ENABLE MOTOR
JPC22-21 -10 -2 BLU ENCODER
EPO_SENSE CHANNELB_4
JPC10-9 -4 BLK
DGND
JPC14-12
ROTATION
+12VP
END OF
STEER
JPC22-22 -2 0 S11
STEER_LIMIT
-11 -3 -
DGND
-7
B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
FLASHWARE
TXD JPC9-2
JPS3-2 -3
RXD
DGND -5
-3 JPC18-12
REACH_SOL
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
D- -3
DGND -4
-6 JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
G2 HTI
TACH 1
REL-2
M
SOL-5B
1 2
1 A1
4 3 2 LS-1
3
P1 2
P1
2 1 4
3 A2
POD-1
SOL-5T
G1
1
CV-1 1 CYL-1
2 2
SOL-1
1
SOL-3
1
CFS-1
SOL-2
TANK
FILTER
S-RET
CYL-P
PRESSURE LINES
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
REACH
RC
3 4
A2
1 2
RR
REACH1 TILT
3 4 TC
1 2
TR
TILT
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
Steering System
System Components
Steer Valve
The steer valve is an orbital type rotary flow
valve with an auxiliary port. When no steering
is being done, fluid flows through the auxiliary
port (E). When steering is requested, fluid flows
first through the steer valve, hydraulic motor
and the steer return port (T). Any excess flow
exits out the auxiliary port. Steering has
priority over auxiliary functions.
2
LPC
1
SPL-2
A2
A1 +
LM
MS
A2 -
S1 -
JP
B-
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 T˚
JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
-5
1 2 JPF4-15
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/ TS2
RELAY -2
B+
Buss+/- 4
-6
5v
B-
Input
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
BW1 JPC22-15
JPT1 BRUSH_WEAR_1
ID2 -20
-21
IDGND
LM_A1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
+5VP +5VP
BW2 -16
BRUSH_WEAR_2 +5VP
-3 -3
P_THROTTLE VR1
LM_A2 DGND
+5VP +5VP +
(ON LM) 0 S3
TA LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC18-11 JPC10-8
STR_CONTACTOR AUX DEADMAN -2
-9 JPC24-4
LIFT_CONTACTOR DGND -3
T˚ JPZ-1 JPC24-22
LIFT_MOT_TEMP
JPBR-2 JPS2-2
PRESSURE
+12VP
JPC20-4
JPC24-18
JPY1-1
-2
+
0
PRESS
DC LIFT &
-1 -1 JPC20-14
HYDRAULIC
BRAKE BRAKE -6 -3 -
DGND
JPB1-1
FAN-T
+ -
JPB1-2 JPC18-17
FAN +12VP
JPC20-5 JPDP-1
STEERING
DEADMAN
VR4
SENSOR
JPC24-19 -3
FAN-FW DEADMAN
JPB2-1 JPB2-2
+ - -7 -2
DGND
FAN-LM JPC20-2 JPS12-1
JPB5-2
DEADMAN
JPB5-1 +12VP
+ - JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
ON_DEADMAN
NC
FAN-FW2 S2
JPB4-1 JPB4-2 JPDS-COM
+ - -1 DGND JPC18-7 -3 JPDS-NO
SOL4 2nd_STAGE
2 1
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ - -10
SOL1 L/H
2 1
JPC14-6
RELAY_ENABLE
JPC22-21
EPO_SENSE
JPC14-12
B+KEY
-7 B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
JPS3-2
RXD -3
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL DGND -5
-5 -15
TILT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
VBUS JPC2-1
D+ -2
USB
-6 D- -3
JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH -4
DGND
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
PP
G1
M
LOAD HOLD
SOL-1
CV-1 CYL-1
1 2
P1
1
CYL-P
1
REL-1
MAIN RELIEF
2
CFS
SOL-2
2
LIFT/LOWER
HTI
FILTER
M SOL-5B
LS-1
PWR
A1
BYND 3 2 1
P3 2
1 4
3 A2
S-RET
P E T
2 SOL-5T
L R 1
3
1
SOL-8
CASE AUX DUMP 2 CE-1
DRAIN
G2
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
CB-1
CV-3
2 PSI REL-3
2 1 2 1800 PSI RC
T B
REACH
A1 3 4 3
1 2 3
A2
2 1 1
RR
REACH
CB-2
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
A2
3 4 TC TILT
1 2
TR
TILT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
SOL5B/SOL5T
SOL5 is a proportional directional solenoid
valve providing directional control to the reach,
tilt, and sideshift functions. De-energized, flow
is blocked to the aux functions and directed to
the reservoir. When SOL5B is energized, flow is
directed to port A1 for tilt up, sideshift right, or
reach. When SOL5T is energized, flow is
directed to port A2 for tilt down, sideshift left, or
retract.
Variable Lift
Refer to Figures 8-24 and 8-25.
1. VR2 output voltage becomes lower than
when in the neutral position.
2. The VM senses this decrease in voltage at
JPC12-2. The VM energizes the STR
contactor coil at JPC18-11 and the Lift
contactor coil at JPC18-9. This closes the
contactor tips and starts the lift pump
motor (LM).
3. Initially, the VM commands the
proportional lift/lower valve (L/L) to move
to the full open position (back to tank),
then positions it proportionally to the
output request of VR2. For a slow lift rate,
the proportional valve will be open more,
allowing more fluid to return to the
reservoir than it would for faster lifting
rates.
4. Lift motor voltage is monitored at
JPC22-20 (FU3 Sense).
5. High speed lift operating parameters will
vary for different mast configurations.
Regardless of the mast configuration,
voltage from VR2 must be at least 90% of
the Learned maximum for lift before high
speed lift will be activated.
6. The weight of the load on the forks is
determined by inputs to the VM from the
pressure sensor at JPC24-18.
7. PP is used for Pump Pressure and G1 is
used to check the pressure in the system
with a load on the forks.
2
LPC
1
SPL-2
A2
A1 +
LM
MS
A2 -
S1 -
JP
B-
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 T˚
JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
-5
1 2 JPF4-15
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/ TS2
RELAY -2
Buss+/-
5v 4
-6
B-
Sense/Input
12v
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
BW1 JPC22-15
JPT1 BRUSH_WEAR_1
ID2 -20
-21
IDGND
LM_A1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
+5VP +5VP
BW2 -16
BRUSH_WEAR_2 +5VP
-3 -3
P_THROTTLE VR1
LM_A2 DGND
+5VP +5VP +
(ON LM) 0 S3
TA LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC18-11 JPC10-8
STR_CONTACTOR AUX DEADMAN -2
-9 JPC24-4
LIFT_CONTACTOR DGND -3
T˚ JPZ-1 JPC24-22
LIFT_MOT_TEMP
JPBR-2 JPS2-2
PRESSURE
+12VP
JPC20-4
JPC24-18
JPY1-1
-2
+
0
PRESS
DC LIFT &
-1 -1 JPC20-14
HYDRAULIC
BRAKE BRAKE -6 -3 -
DGND
JPB1-1
FAN-T
+ -
JPB1-2 JPC18-17
FAN +12VP
JPC20-5 JPDP-1
STEERING
DEADMAN
VR4
SENSOR
JPC24-19 -3
FAN-FW DEADMAN
JPB2-1 JPB2-2
+ - -7 -2
DGND
FAN-LM JPC20-2 JPS12-1
JPB5-2
DEADMAN
JPB5-1 +12VP
+ - JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
ON_DEADMAN
NC
FAN-FW2 S2
JPB4-1 JPB4-2 JPDS-COM
+ - -1 DGND JPC18-7 -3 JPDS-NO
SOL4 2nd_STAGE
2 1
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ - -10
SOL1 L/H
2 1
JPC14-6
RELAY_ENABLE
JPC22-21
EPO_SENSE
JPC14-12
B+KEY
-7 B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
JPS3-2
RXD -3
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL DGND -5
-5 -15
TILT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
VBUS JPC2-1
D+ -2
USB
-6 D- -3
JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH -4
DGND
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
PP
G1
M
LOAD HOLD
SOL-1
CV-1 CYL-1
1 2
P1
1
CYL-P
1
REL-1
MAIN RELIEF
2
CFS
SOL-2
2
LIFT/LOWER
HTI
FILTER
M SOL-5B
LS-1
PWR
A1
BYND 3 2 1
P3 2
1 4
3 A2
S-RET
P E T
2 SOL-5T
L R 1
3
1
SOL-8
CASE AUX DUMP 2 CE-1
DRAIN
G2
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
CB-1
CV-3
2 PSI REL-3
2 1 2 1800 PSI RC
T B
REACH
A1 3 4 3
1 2 3
A2
2 1 1
RR
REACH
CB-2
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
A2
3 4 TC TILT
1 2
TR
TILT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
High-Speed Lift (lift trucks with dual lift damage to various systems of the lift
pump) truck. A temperature sensor on the lift
motor is used to detect overheating of the
Refer to Figures 8-26 and 8-27.
motor. The output of the temperature
1. High speed lift (SOL4 energized), is sensor is fed into the VM. As the
activated when the voltage from VR2 is at temperature rises in the lift motor, the VM
least 90% of the maximum Learned value cuts out power to the solenoid controlling
for Lift. When this voltage is reached, the the second lift pump (SOL4), thus
SOL4 is energized, stopping oil from the diverting the hydraulic fluid coming from
second lift pump (P2) from going to the the second pump back to the reservoir.
reservoir. Hydraulic flow from both The temperature at which the second
sections of the lift pump is sent to the lift pump diverts fluid back to the reservoir is
cylinder. about 240°F (115°C). This decreases the
2. The proportional lift/lower (SOL2) is load on the motor and should cool it down.
electrically positioned by the following If the temperature continues to rise
process: (greater than 262°F/128°C), the System
Card will cut out lift entirely.
a. Voltage generated by potentiometer VR2
is sent to and processed by the VM. NOTE: On certain series equipped with dual
b. A signal from the VM drives L/L. pumps, the maximum lift speed may be
reduced (SOL4 disabled) when forks
c. Voltage across the coil of L/L is initially travel above free-lift (S10 opens) and the
approx. 19V and will decrease as the load exceeds a specified weight, as
lift/lower control is moved to faster lift determined by the pressure transducer.
positions. This causes L/L to be fully
opened at maximum voltage and fully
closed at minimum voltage.
d. Voltage across L/L will vary depending
on the position of the lift/lower control:
• Low voltage = fast lift
• High voltage = slow lift
3. L/L (proportional lift/lower valve) controls
hydraulic flow from the lift pump to the lift
cylinder. As the lift/lower control is moved
to a faster lift position, proportional spool
valve L/L closes.
4. When VR2 (lift/lower control) returns to
the neutral position, the lift contactor is
immediately de-energized; but L/L is kept
energized until the lift pump motor stops
turning. This is done because a spinning
motor does not stop instantly; the motor
rotation is sensed by the pump sense line
at JPC22-20. If L/L was de-energized at
the same time as the motor, the fork
carriage would jump. Leaving L/L open
until the motor stops diverts any excess
hydraulic fluid back to the reservoir.
5. The VM monitors vehicle operation and
will control performance as required to
ensure safe vehicle operation and prevent
2
LPC
1
SPL-2
A2
A1 +
LM
MS
A2 -
S1 -
JP
B-
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 T˚
JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
-5
1 2 JPF4-15
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/ TS2
RELAY -2
Buss+/-
5v 4
-6
B-
Sense/Input
12v
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
BW1 JPC22-15
JPT1 BRUSH_WEAR_1
ID2 -20
-21
IDGND
LM_A1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
+5VP +5VP
BW2 -16
BRUSH_WEAR_2 +5VP
-3 -3
P_THROTTLE VR1
LM_A2 DGND
+5VP +5VP +
(ON LM) 0 S3
TA LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC18-11 JPC10-8
STR_CONTACTOR AUX DEADMAN -2
-9 JPC24-4
LIFT_CONTACTOR DGND -3
T˚ JPZ-1 JPC24-22
LIFT_MOT_TEMP
JPBR-2 JPS2-2
PRESSURE
+12VP
JPC20-4
JPC24-18
JPY1-1
-2
+
0
PRESS
DC LIFT &
-1 -1 JPC20-14
HYDRAULIC
BRAKE BRAKE -6 -3 -
DGND
JPB1-1
FAN-T
+ -
JPB1-2 JPC18-17
FAN +12VP
JPC20-5 JPDP-1
STEERING
DEADMAN
VR4
SENSOR
JPC24-19 -3
FAN-FW DEADMAN
JPB2-1 JPB2-2
+ - -7 -2
DGND
FAN-LM JPC20-2 JPS12-1
JPB5-2
DEADMAN
JPB5-1 +12VP
+ - JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
ON_DEADMAN
NC
FAN-FW2 S2
JPB4-1 JPB4-2 JPDS-COM
+ - -1 DGND JPC18-7 -3 JPDS-NO
SOL4 2nd_STAGE
2 1
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ - -10
SOL1 L/H
2 1
JPC14-6
RELAY_ENABLE
JPC22-21
EPO_SENSE
JPC14-12
B+KEY
-7 B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
JPS3-2
RXD -3
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL DGND -5
-5 -15
TILT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
VBUS JPC2-1
D+ -2
USB
-6 D- -3
JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH -4
DGND
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
PP
G1
CV-2
M
LOAD HOLD
SOL-1
CV-1 CYL-1
1 2
P1
1
CYL-P
P2 1
P2
REL-1
SOL-4
2 MAIN RELIEF
2ND STAGE
2
CFS
1
SOL-2
2
LIFT/LOWER
HTI
FILTER
M SOL-5B
LS-1
PWR
A1
BYND 3 2 1
P3 2
1 4
3 A2
S-RET
P E T
2 SOL-5T
R L 1
3
1
SOL-8
CASE AUX DUMP 2 CE-1
DRAIN
G2
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
REACH
RC
3 4
A2
1 2
RR
REACH TILT
3 4 TC
1 2
TR
TILT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
Lower
Refer to Figures 8-28 and 8-29.
1. Lowering is accomplished via the
proportional valve SOL2 (L/L), a
two-position normally closed proportional
pressure compensated flow control valve.
Lowering speed is not a function of weight
on the forks. An increasing voltage
increases the flow through the valve
regardless of the pressure in the system.
The maximum lowering speed is
determined by flow regulator FR2 in the
back lift cylinder.
2. When VR2 is moved to request Lower, a
voltage is sent to the VM at JPC12-2. The
VM sees a voltage different from the
“learned” neutral voltage.
3. The VM energizes internal coil drivers for
SOL1 (load holding) at JPC18-10.
Proportional lower solenoid SOL2 (L/L)
opens proportionally to the requested rate
of lower via a signal from the VM at
JPC20-16.
4. With load holding solenoid SOL1
energized, fluid flows out of the lift
cylinders through the regulated portion of
the flow limiters, through load holding
solenoid SOL1, and then through
energized proportional lower solenoid
SOL2. After fluid exits these valves, it
returns to tank via the hydraulic fluid
filter.
2
LPC
1
SPL-2
A2
A1 +
LM
MS
A2 -
S1 -
JP
B-
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 T˚
JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
-5
1 2 JPF4-15
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/ TS2
RELAY -2
B+
SHIFT
1 2 -5
TILT
Buss+/-
5v 4
-6
B-
Sense/Input
12v
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
BW1 JPC22-15
JPT1 BRUSH_WEAR_1
ID2 -20
-21
IDGND
LM_A1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
+5VP +5VP
BW2 -16
BRUSH_WEAR_2 +5VP
-3 -3
P_THROTTLE VR1
LM_A2 DGND
+5VP +5VP +
(ON LM) 0 S3
TA LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC18-11 JPC10-8
STR_CONTACTOR AUX DEADMAN -2
-9 JPC24-4
LIFT_CONTACTOR DGND -3
T˚ JPZ-1 JPC24-22
LIFT_MOT_TEMP
JPBR-2 JPS2-2
PRESSURE
+12VP
JPC20-4
JPC24-18
JPY1-1
-2
+
0
PRESS
DC LIFT &
-1 -1 JPC20-14
HYDRAULIC
BRAKE BRAKE -6 -3 -
DGND
JPB1-1
FAN-T
+ -
JPB1-2 JPC18-17
FAN +12VP
JPC20-5 JPDP-1
STEERING
DEADMAN
VR4
SENSOR
JPC24-19 -3
FAN-FW DEADMAN
JPB2-1 JPB2-2
+ - -7 -2
DGND
FAN-LM JPC20-2 JPS12-1
JPB5-2
DEADMAN
JPB5-1 +12VP
+ - JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
ON_DEADMAN
NC
FAN-FW2 S2
JPB4-1 JPB4-2 JPDS-COM
+ - -1 DGND JPC18-7 -3 JPDS-NO
SOL4 2nd_STAGE
2 1
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ - -10
SOL1 L/H
2 1
JPC14-6
RELAY_ENABLE
JPC22-21
EPO_SENSE
JPC14-12
B+KEY
-7 B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
JPS3-2
RXD -3
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL DGND -5
-5 -15
TILT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
VBUS JPC2-1
D+ -2
USB
-6 D- -3
JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH -4
DGND
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
PP
G1
M
LOAD HOLD
SOL-1
CV-1 CYL-1
1 2
P1
1
CYL-P
1
REL-1
MAIN RELIEF
2
CFS
SOL-2
2
LIFT/LOWER
HTI
FILTER
M SOL-5B
LS-1
PWR
A1
BYND 3 2 1
P3 2
1 4
3 A2
S-RET
P E T
2 SOL-5T
L R 1
3
1
SOL-8
CASE AUX DUMP 2 CE-1
DRAIN
G2
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
CB-1
CV-3
2 PSI REL-3
2 1 2 1800 PSI RC
T B
REACH
A1 3 4 3
1 2 3
A2
2 1 1
RR
REACH
CB-2
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
A2
3 4 TC TILT
1 2
TR
TILT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
2
LPC
1
SPL-2
A2
A1 +
LM
MS
A2 -
S1 -
JP
B-
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 T˚
JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
-5
1 2 JPF4-15
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/ TS2
RELAY -2
Buss+/-
4
5v -6
B-
Sense/Input
12v
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
BW1 JPC22-15
JPT1 BRUSH_WEAR_1
ID2 -20
-21
IDGND
LM_A1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
+5VP +5VP
BW2 -16
BRUSH_WEAR_2 +5VP
-3 -3
P_THROTTLE VR1
LM_A2 DGND
+5VP +5VP +
(ON LM) 0 S3
TA LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC18-11 JPC10-8
STR_CONTACTOR AUX DEADMAN -2
-9 JPC24-4
LIFT_CONTACTOR DGND -3
T˚ JPZ-1 JPC24-22
LIFT_MOT_TEMP
JPBR-2 JPS2-2
PRESSURE
+12VP
JPC20-4
JPC24-18
JPY1-1
-2
+
0
PRESS
DC LIFT &
-1 -1 JPC20-14
HYDRAULIC
BRAKE BRAKE -6 -3 -
DGND
JPB1-1
FAN-T
+ -
JPB1-2 JPC18-17
FAN +12VP
JPC20-5 JPDP-1
STEERING
DEADMAN
VR4
SENSOR
JPC24-19 -3
FAN-FW DEADMAN
JPB2-1 JPB2-2
+ - -7 -2
DGND
FAN-LM JPC20-2 JPS12-1
JPB5-2
DEADMAN
JPB5-1 +12VP
+ - JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
ON_DEADMAN
NC
FAN-FW2 S2
JPB4-1 JPB4-2 JPDS-COM
+ - -1 DGND JPC18-7 -3 JPDS-NO
SOL4 2nd_STAGE
2 1
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ - -10
SOL1 L/H
2 1
JPC14-6
RELAY_ENABLE
JPC22-21
EPO_SENSE
JPC14-12
B+KEY
-7 B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
JPS3-2
RXD -3
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL DGND -5
-5 -15
TILT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
VBUS JPC2-1
D+ -2
USB
-6 D- -3
JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH -4
DGND
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
PP
G1
M
LOAD HOLD
SOL-1
CV-1 CYL-1
1 2
P1
1
CYL-P
1
REL-1
MAIN RELIEF
2
CFS
SOL-2
2
LIFT/LOWER
HTI
FILTER
M SOL-5B
LS-1
PWR
A1
BYND 3 2 1
P3 2
1 4
3 A2
S-RET
P E T
2 SOL-5T
L R 1
3
1
SOL-8
CASE AUX DUMP 2 CE-1
DRAIN
G2
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
CB-1
CV-3
2 PSI REL-3
2 1 2 1800 PSI RC
T B
REACH
A1 3 4 3
1 2 3
A2
2 1 1
RR
REACH
CB-2
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
A2
3 4 TC TILT
1 2
TR
TILT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
Sideshift
Sideshift allows the operator to move the fork
carriage to the left or right relative to the mast.
The amount of sideshift is 2 or 4 inches (5 or
10 cm) depending on the baseleg opening.
In the following discussion, the fork carriage is
sideshifted to the right. Refer to Figures 8-32
and 8-33.
When switch S9 (sideshift right) is depressed, a
circuit is completed between JPC12-9 and
JPC12-12 at the VM. The VM completes the
path to the STR (steer and aux) contactor coil at
JPC18-11. This is accomplished by turning on
the coil driver located in the VM. This causes
the STR contactor tips to close, making the
steer motor (MS) rotate, which causes pump P3
to pump oil.
Pump P3 is used for steering and auxiliary
functions. Because steering is not being
requested, oil enters the steer valve at port P
and exits at port E. From there, it flows through
the Power Beyond (Pwr Bynd) port to SOL5.
Depending on the direction of the function
requested, either SOL5B or SOL5T is energized
by the VM at JPC20-2 (SOL5B) or JPC20-17
(SOL5T). SOL5 is a proportional solenoid. The
VM will, however, send a fixed voltage to it,
depending on the function requested. In order
to keep all of the oil being dumped from
returning to the reservoir, SOL8 (Aux Dump) is
energized by the VM at JPC20-12.
With SOL8 (Aux Dump) closed, oil flows to the
Compensator/Logic Element. The amount that
the Compensator/Logic Element opens depends
on the pressure at port 1 of the Compensator/
Logic Element. With SOL5 energized, fluid flows
to the load shuttle (LS-1). The Load Shuttle
sends its pilot pressure out of port 2 to the
Compensator/Logic Element at port 3. The
Compensator/Logic Element has an internal
calibrated spring. The pilot pressure at port 3
aids the spring to regulate how much oil flows
back to the reservoir. Once the oil has passed
the Load Shuttle (LS-1), it exits the main
manifold and flows to the sideshift solenoid,
which is energized by the VM at JPC18-14.
2
LPC
1
SPL-2
A2
A1 +
LM
MS
A2 -
S1 -
JP
B-
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 T˚
JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
-5
1 2 JPF4-15
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/ TS2
RELAY -2
B+ 1
TILT
2 -5
Buss+/-
4
5v -6
B-
Sense/Input
12v
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
BW1 JPC22-15
JPT1 BRUSH_WEAR_1
ID2 -20
-21
IDGND
LM_A1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
+5VP +5VP
BW2 -16
BRUSH_WEAR_2 +5VP
-3 -3
P_THROTTLE VR1
LM_A2 DGND
+5VP +5VP +
(ON LM) 0 S3
TA LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC18-11 JPC10-8
STR_CONTACTOR AUX DEADMAN -2
-9 JPC24-4
LIFT_CONTACTOR DGND -3
T˚ JPZ-1 JPC24-22
LIFT_MOT_TEMP
JPBR-2 JPS2-2
PRESSURE
+12VP
JPC20-4
JPC24-18
JPY1-1
-2
+
0
PRESS
DC LIFT &
-1 -1 JPC20-14
HYDRAULIC
BRAKE BRAKE -6 -3 -
DGND
JPB1-1
FAN-T
+ -
JPB1-2 JPC18-17
FAN +12VP
JPC20-5 JPDP-1
STEERING
DEADMAN
VR4
SENSOR
JPC24-19 -3
FAN-FW DEADMAN
JPB2-1 JPB2-2
+ - -7 -2
DGND
FAN-LM JPC20-2 JPS12-1
JPB5-2
DEADMAN
JPB5-1 +12VP
+ - JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
ON_DEADMAN
NC
FAN-FW2 S2
JPB4-1 JPB4-2 JPDS-COM
+ - -1 DGND JPC18-7 -3 JPDS-NO
SOL4 2nd_STAGE
2 1
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ - -10
SOL1 L/H
2 1
JPC14-6
RELAY_ENABLE
JPC22-21
EPO_SENSE
JPC14-12
B+KEY
-7 B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
JPS3-2
RXD -3
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL DGND -5
-5 -15
TILT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
VBUS JPC2-1
D+ -2
USB
-6 D- -3
JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH -4
DGND
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
PP
G1
M
LOAD HOLD
SOL-1
CV-1 CYL-1
1 2
P1
1
CYL-P
1
REL-1
MAIN RELIEF
2
CFS
SOL-2
2
LIFT/LOWER
HTI
FILTER
M SOL-5B
LS-1
PWR
A1
BYND 3 2 1
P3 2
1 4
3 A2
S-RET
P E T
2 SOL-5T
L R 1
3
1
SOL-8
CASE AUX DUMP 2 CE-1
DRAIN
G2
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
CB-1
CV-3
2 PSI REL-3
2 1 2 1800 PSI RC
T B
REACH
A1 3 4 3
1 2 3
A2
2 1 1
RR
REACH
CB-2
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
A2
3 4 TC TILT
1 2
TR
TILT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
Tilt
Fork tilt allows the operator to raise or lower the
tips of the forks. Standard fork tilt is 5° up and
2° down.
In the following discussion, the forks are tilted
up. Refer to Figures 8-34 and 8-35.
When switch S6 (tilt up) is depressed, a circuit
is completed between JPC12-5 and JPC12-12 at
the VM. The VM completes the path to the STR
(steer and aux) contactor coil at JPC18-11. This
is accomplished by turning on the coil driver
located in the VM. This causes the STR
contactor tips to close, making the steer motor
(MS) rotate which causes pump P3 to pump oil.
Pump P3 is used for steering and auxiliary
functions. Because steering is not being
requested, oil enters the steer valve at port P
and exits at port E. From there, it flows through
the Power Beyond (Pwr Bynd) port to SOL5.
Depending on the direction of the function
requested, either SOL5B or SOL5T is energized
by the VM at JPC20-2 (SOL5B) or JPC20-17
(SOL5T). SOL5 is a proportional solenoid. The
VM will, however, send a fixed voltage to it,
depending on the function requested. In order
to keep all of the oil being dumped from
returning to the reservoir, SOL8 (Aux Dump) is
energized by the VM at JPC20-12.
With SOL8 (Aux Dump) closed, oil flows to the
Compensator/Logic Element. The amount that
the Compensator/Logic Element opens depends
on the pressure at port 1 of the Compensator/
Logic Element. With SOL5 energized, fluid flows
to the load shuttle (LS-1). The Load Shuttle
sends its pilot pressure out of port 2 to the
Compensator/Logic Element at port 3. The
Compensator/Logic Element has an internal
calibrated spring. The pilot pressure at port 3
aids the spring to regulate how much oil flows
back to the reservoir. Once the oil has passed
the Load Shuttle (LS-1), it exits the main
manifold and flows to the tilt solenoid, which is
energized by the VM at JPC18-13.
2
LPC
1
SPL-2
A2
A1 +
LM
MS
A2 -
S1 -
JP
B-
TP4
JPF1-3
JPF2-1
JPF1-6
JPF3-3
4
-5
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
JPS7
-2
JPF3-1 -3
T˚ T˚
FU6 (15A)
-2 -4
JPF1-4
1 2
K3 TS1-2
JPF1-1 T˚
JPS10-3
FU8 (15A/5A)
-2
-5
1 2 JPF4-15
TS1-1
JPF4-3 FU7 (15A/5A) K1
JPF2-9 -1
-4 1 2
TS1-1
SPL-1
JPS10-4
-2
-3
-5
JPF4-13
-6
K4 K3 K2 K1
-5
2 1
-12 EPO
-11
-8
FU5 (15A) S1 KEYSWITCH
-1 -10 1 2
1 2
K2 K4
-2 JPF2-4
-6
-7
T˚ JPF4-7
FUSE/ TS2
RELAY -2
B+ 1
TILT
2 -5
Buss+/-
4
5v -6
B-
Sense/Input
12v
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
VEHICLE
MANAGER
BW1 JPC22-15
JPT1 BRUSH_WEAR_1
ID2 -20
-21
IDGND
LM_A1 JPC12-1 JPH1-1
+5VP +5VP
BW2 -16
BRUSH_WEAR_2 +5VP
-3 -3
P_THROTTLE VR1
LM_A2 DGND
+5VP +5VP +
(ON LM) 0 S3
TA LIFT
-2 -2
VR2
-
JPC24-13
+12VP JPAD-1
JPC18-11 JPC10-8
STR_CONTACTOR AUX DEADMAN -2
-9 JPC24-4
LIFT_CONTACTOR DGND -3
T˚ JPZ-1 JPC24-22
LIFT_MOT_TEMP
JPBR-2 JPS2-2
PRESSURE
+12VP
JPC20-4
JPC24-18
JPY1-1
-2
+
0
PRESS
DC LIFT &
-1 -1 JPC20-14
HYDRAULIC
BRAKE BRAKE -6 -3 -
DGND
JPB1-1
FAN-T
+ -
JPB1-2 JPC18-17
FAN +12VP
JPC20-5 JPDP-1
STEERING
DEADMAN
VR4
SENSOR
JPC24-19 -3
FAN-FW DEADMAN
JPB2-1 JPB2-2
+ - -7 -2
DGND
FAN-LM JPC20-2 JPS12-1
JPB5-2
DEADMAN
JPB5-1 +12VP
+ - JPC22-8 -2
SWITCH
ON_DEADMAN
NC
FAN-FW2 S2
JPB4-1 JPB4-2 JPDS-COM
+ - -1 DGND JPC18-7 -3 JPDS-NO
SOL4 2nd_STAGE
2 1
FAN-DU
JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ - -10
SOL1 L/H
2 1
JPC14-6
RELAY_ENABLE
JPC22-21
EPO_SENSE
JPC14-12
B+KEY
-7 B+K4
-13
B+K2
-14
B+K2
JPC24-24
BATTERY_SENSE_IN
JPS3-2
RXD -3
-4 -14
SIDESHIFT_SOL DGND -5
-5 -15
TILT_SOL
COMMUNICATIONS
VBUS JPC2-1
D+ -2
USB
-6 D- -3
JPC22-18
NESTED_SWITCH -4
DGND
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
PP
G1
M
LOAD HOLD
SOL-1
CV-1 CYL-1
1 2
P1
1
CYL-P
1
REL-1
MAIN RELIEF
2
CFS
SOL-2
2
LIFT/LOWER
HTI
FILTER
M SOL-5B
LS-1
PWR
A1
BYND 3 2 1
P3 2
1 4
3 A2
S-RET
P E T
2 SOL-5T
L R 1
3
1
SOL-8
CASE AUX DUMP 2 CE-1
DRAIN
G2
COMPONENT BOUNDARIES
Legend:
Pressure Line
Return Line
Sense or Pilot
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
MAIN LIFT
FREE LIFT
CB-1
CV-3
2 PSI REL-3
2 1 2 1800 PSI RC
T B
REACH
A1 3 4 3
1 2 3
A2
2 1 1
RR
REACH
CB-2
SIDE SHIFT
SIDE
SHIFT SSR
3 4
1 2 SSL
A1
A2
3 4 TC TILT
1 2
TR
TILT
8R828-011-224_D_C.EPS
Brake Release
When the deadman pedal is depressed, the
brake coil is energized. The current flow creates
a magnetic field which draws the armature
plate against the coil body, compressing the
brake coil springs. The brake assembly of coil
body, armature plate, base plate, and pads
lowers by the amount of the lower air gap. Half
of the total air gap (minus a 0.007 in. shim) is
between the rotor and the pads on the base
plate; the remainder the total air gap is between
the rotor and the pads on the armature plate.
The rotor, attached to the drive motor shaft, is
free to rotate. See Figure 8-36.
Locking Bolt
Coil
Body Brake Armature 0.007 in.
Pad Plate Shim
0.030 in.
Total
Base Brake Air Gap
Lower Air Plate Pad
Gap
Adjuster
Encoder
Bearing
8BrakeDisengaged-7400-Gold.jpg
Figure 8-36. 7400 Electric Brake Disengaged (Coil Energized)
Coil Locking
Body Brake Armature 0.007 in. Bolt
Pad Plate Shim
Shoulder Total
Bolt Air Gap
Rotor 0.030
Adjuster in.
Lock Nut
Total
Lower Air Gap
Air Gap Adjuster
0.012 in.
Base Brake
Plate Pad
Lower
Air Gap Encoder
Adjuster Bearing
8BrakeEngaged-7400-Gold.jpg
Figure 8-37. 7400 Electric Brake Engaged (Coil De-energized
Brake Release
Screws (Stored)
Brake Release
Screws (Installed)
8
Figure 8-38. Brake Release Screws
Pinout Matrix
1. JPC10-3 THERM_EN Voltage from the VM to the Glass Guard ON: VM Glass
Control Card to control the heaters in the < 0.5VDC Guard
primary and secondary control handles and OFF: Control
the heated floor pad. > 10.5 VDC Card
3. JPC10-5 Bus E– The wire that carries the negative 2.53VDC VM Warehouse
component of the digital communications Manage-
between the VM and the optional ment
Warehouse Management Module. If this Module
connection is missing, the VM cannot
communicate. Troubleshoot using resistance
checks. No useful information can be
gained by measuring the voltage on this
wire.
4. JPC10-6 +12VEN1 This voltage is used as a connect detect to Encoder VM Steer Tiller
Series verify the steer tiller encoder is connected to connected: Encoder
CA/FA (AC the VM. 9.0VDC
lift) Disconnected
+10.7 to
13VDC
5. JPC10-7 +12VEN2 This voltage is used as a connect detect to Encoder VM Steer Tiller
Series verify the steer tiller encoder is connected to connected: Encoder
CA/FA (AC the VM. 9.0VDC
lift) Disconnected
+10.7 to
13VDC
6. JPC10-9 DGND Reference for the steer motor encoder < 0.5VDC VM Steer
Series Motor
CA/FA (AC Encoder
lift)
Pinout Matrix
7. JPC10-10 Bus E+ The wire that carries the positive component 2.53VDC VM Warehouse
of the digital communications between the Manage-
VM and the optional Warehouse ment
Management Module (WMM). If this Module
connection is missing, the WMM cannot
communicate. Troubleshoot using resistance
checks. No useful information can be
gained by measuring the voltage on this
wire.
9. JPC12-2 Lift Input to the VM from the “wiper” of the Neutral: VR2 VM
primary lift control. Measure wrt DGND 1.0V
JPC12-12. Full Forward:
1.84VDC;
Full Reverse:
0.30VDC
10. JPC12-3 P Throttle Input to the VM from the “wiper” of the Neutral: VR1 VM
primary throttle control. Measure wrt 1.2VDC;
DGND JPC12-12. Full Forward:
1.9VDC;
Full Reverse:
0.45VDC
11. JPC12-4 Reach Input to the VM from the reach switch S4. S4 open: S4 VM
Note: When other aux function switches are > 4.0VDC
activated, reading can change by as much S4 closed:
as 0.5V. < 0.5VDC
12. JPC12-5 Tilt Up Input to the VM from the tilt up button S6. S6 open: S6 VM
Note: When other aux function switches are > 4.0VDC
activated, reading can change by as much S6 closed:
as 0.5V < 0.5VDC
13. JPC12-6 Tilt Down Input to the VM from the tilt down button S7. S7 open: S7 VM
Note: When other aux function switches are > 4.0VDC
activated, reading can change by as much S7 closed:
as 0.5V < 0.5VDC
15. JPC12-8 SShift Left Input to the VM from the sideshift left button S8 open: S8 VM
S8. Note: When other aux function > 4.0VDC
switches are activated, reading can change S8 closed:
by as much as 0.5V < 0.5VDC
Pinout Matrix
16. JPC12-9 SShift Right Input to the VM from the sideshift right S9 open: S9 VM
button S9. Note: When other aux function > 4.0VDC
switches are activated, reading can change S9 closed:
by as much as 0.5V < 0.5VDC
17. JPC12-10 P Horn Input to the VM from the primary (primary S9 open: S3 VM
control handle) horn switch S3. Note: > 4.0VDC
When other aux function switches are S3 closed:
activated, reading can change by as much < 0.5VDC
as 0.5V
18. JPC12-11 Retract Input to the VM from the retract switch S5. S5 open: S5 VM
Note: When other aux function switches are > 4.0VDC
activated, reading can change by as much S5 closed:
as 0.5V < 0.5VDC
19. JPC12-12 DGND Reference for all switches and < 0.5VDC VM Primary
potentiometers in the primary control control
handle. If this voltage is not < 0.5VDC wrt handle
TP4 on the power panel, then intermittent
handle codes may appear.
20. JPC14-1 B–F This connects B–F on the VM to TP4 (B–) < 0.5VDC Relay/ VM
through FU6 on the Relay/ Control Fuse Control Fuse
Panel. These B– provide the return for Panel
everything not using DGND or AGND as
reference.
21. JPC14-2 DGND This connects DGND and AGND on the VM < 0.5VDC Relay/ VM
to TP4(B–) through FU6 on the Relay/ Control Fuse
Control Fuse Panel. This is the reference for Panel
all circuits on the truck that are referenced
to either DGND or AGND.
22. JPC14-3 DGND Reference for the control circuits in the TPC, < 0.5VDC VM TPC/LPC/
LPC, and Operator Display Display
23. JPC14-4 BUS E– The wire that carries the negative 2.24VDC VM TPA, LPA, &
BUS I– component of the digital communications Operator
between the VM and the TPA, LPA (AC Lift), Display
& the Operator Display. If this connection is
missing, then neither the LPA nor the OD
can communicate with the VM.
Troubleshoot using resistance checks in
Test I23.No useful information can be
gained by measuring the voltage on this
wire.
24. JPC14-5 +12VP Operating voltage from the VM to the +10.5 to VM Operator
Operator Display 13VDC Display
25. JPC14-6 Relay Enable Control path for K1, K2, K3, & K4 on the Relays OFF: VM K1, K2,
Relay/ Control Fuse Panel. After S1 is B+ K3, & K4
closed, all relays are energized Relays ON:
simultaneously during Selftest if the voltage < 3.0VDC
at Battery Sense In is at an acceptable level.
Pinout Matrix
26. JPC14-7 B+K4 B+ provided to the VM when K4 tips are K4 tips K4 tips Brake
closed. This voltage is used to power the closed: B+ circuits
electric brake circuits, which must remain K4 tips open:
energized when the EPO is opened. 0.2V
27. JPC14-8 B–F This connects DGND and AGND on the VM < 0.5VDC Relay/ VM
to TP4(B–) through FU6 on the Relay/ Control Fuse
Control Fuse Panel. This is the reference for Panel
all circuits on the truck that are referenced
to either DGND or AGND.
28. JPC14-9 B–F This connects DGND and AGND on the VM < 0.5VDC Relay/ VM
to TP4(B–) through FU6 on the Relay/ Control Fuse
Control Fuse Panel. This is the reference for Panel
all circuits on the truck that are referenced
to either DGND or AGND.
29. JPC14-10 DGND This connects DGND and AGND on the VM < 0.5VDC Relay/ VM
to TP4(B–) through FU6 on the Relay/ Control Fuse
Control Fuse Panel. This is the reference for Panel
all circuits on the truck that are referenced
to either DGND or AGND.
30. JPC14-11 BUS I+ The wire that carries the positive component 2.8VDC VM TPA, LPA, &
of the digital communications between the Operator
VM and the TPA, LPA (AC Lift), and the Display
Operator Display. If this connection is
missing, then the VM cannot communicate.
Troubleshoot using resistance checks in
Test I23. No useful information can be
gained by measuring the voltage on this
wire.
32. JPC14-13 B+K2 B+ provided to the VM when K2 tips are K2 tips K2 tips Hydraulic
closed. This voltage is used to power the closed: B+ solenoids
hydraulic solenoids on the tractor and on K2 tips open:
the carriage. They will be de-energized 0.3VDC
when the EPO is open.
33. JPC14-14 B+K2 B+ provided to the VM when K2 tips are K2 tips K2 tips Hydraulic
closed. This voltage is used to power the closed: B+ solenoids
hydraulic solenoids on the tractor and on K2 tips open:
the carriage. They will be de-energized 0.3VDC
when the EPO is open.
Pinout Matrix
34. JPC18-1 2nd Stage This is the control path for the 2nd pump De-energized K2 tips VM
Series solenoid. This solenoid diverts the oil to the B+
AA/BA/DA/ lift cylinder when it is energized and to the Energized: ?
EA (DC lift) tank when de-energized. Its operation is
controlled by the VM based on lift request,
weight on the forks, and lift motor
temperature.
35. JPC18-5 DGND Reference for channel 1 of the Steer Tiller < 0.5VDC VM Steer
Series Encoder at JPC14-10 and JPC14-2. B– Encoder
CA/FA (AC
lift)
36. JPC18-6 DGND Reference for channel 2 of the Steer Tiller < 0.5VDC VM Steer
Series Encoder at JPC14-10 and JPC14-2. B– Encoder
CA/FA (AC
lift)
37. JPC18-7 DGND Reference for the deadman switch S2 < 0.5VDC VM S2
38. JPC18-9 Lift Contactor Control path for the lift contactor (LPC). The De-energized K2 tips VM
Series voltage is controlled by a coil driver inside B+
AA/BA/DA/ the VM. Energized:
EA (DC lift) 12.3VDC
39. JPC18-10 L/H Control path for the load holding solenoid De-energized VM L/H SOL1
SOL1 that is switched to B– by the VM to (K2 tips
energize the L/H solenoid coil (lowering). closed): B+
Energized:
13.3VDC
40. JPC18-11 STR Control path for the steer contactor that is De-energized VM STR
Contactor switched to B– by the VM to energize the (K2 tips Contactor
coil closed): B+
Energized:
13.4VDC
41. JPC18-12 Reach Control path for Reach solenoid coil De-energized VM Reach
(K2 tips Solenoid
closed): B+
Energized:
13.2VDC
42. JPC18-14 Sideshift Control path for sideshift solenoid coil De-energized VM Sideshift
(K2 tips Solenoid
closed): B+
Energized:
13.1VDC
43. JPC18-15 Tilt Control path for Tilt solenoid coil De-energized VM Tilt
(K2 tips Solenoid
closed): B+
Energized:
13.1VDC
Pinout Matrix
44. JPC18-16 Horn Control path for the horn coil that is De-energized VM Horn
switched to B– by the VM to energize the (K2 tips
coil closed): B+
Energized:
0.02 VDC
45. JPC18-17 Fan Control path for the amplifier and motor De-energized VM Fans
compartment fans which are controlled (K2 tips
together by the VM closed): B+
Energized:
0.09VDC
46. JPC20-1 +12VP +12VDC supply for unspecified function +10.7 to VM n/a
13VDC
47. JPC20-2 +12VP +12VDC supply for unspecified function +10.7 to VM n/a
13VDC
48. JPC20-3 +12VP +12VDC supply for unspecified function +10.7 to VM n/a
13VDC
49. JPC20-4 +12VP +12VDC supply for the pressure transducer +10.7 to VM Pressure
CYL-P 13VDC Transducer
50. JPC20-5 +12VP +12VDC supply to the deadman sensor +10.7 to VM VR4
potentiometer VR4 13VDC
51. JPC20-6 +12VP +12VDC supply for unspecified function +10.7 to VM n/a
13VDC
52. JPC20-7 +12VP +12VDC supply for the steer motor encoder +10.7 to VM Steer Encdr
13VDC
53. JPC20-8 +12VP +12VDC supply for heated glass mast +10.7 to VM Glass
guard, ThermaKit handle, and heated floor 13VDC Guard
mat. ThermaKit
Control
Card
54. JPC20-9 +12VP +12VDC supply to the steer limit switch S11 +10.7 to VM S11
13VDC
55. JPC20-12 Main Relief Control path for SOL3, a combination De-energized VM SOL3
Series Dump proportional relief & dump valve. This is B+
CA/FA (AC used both as a variable system relief and to When lift
lift) dump oil back to the reservoir when lift is request
no longer requested and the lift stops:
motor/pump is slowing down. This permits 12VDC for 1
immediate lower without waiting for the to 2 seconds.
pump to stop turning. Aux functions
energized:
24VDC
56. JPC20-12 Aux. Dump This is the control path for the aux dump De-energized VM SOL8
Series solenoid SOL8. This solenoid diverts the B+
AA/BA/DA/ steering/auxiliary hydraulic fluid to the Energized:
EA (DC lift) reservoir when de-energized (no aux 3.7VDC
function requested) and to the aux functions
when energized.
Pinout Matrix
59. JPC20-14 Brake Control path for the electrically released Brake fully VM Brake
brake on the drive motor. This voltage on: B+
varies depending on the voltage from the Brake
deadman sensor VR4 and the braking released:
mode of the truck. 0VDC at first,
then 9VDC
61. JPC20-16 L/L Control path for the lift/lower solenoid De-energized VM SOL2
SOL2. Voltage present during lower B+;
depends on the lower request from VR2. No lower:
37.6VDC
varies
propor-
tionally to
Full lower:
18.8VDC
63. JPC20-18 Aux1 Control path for one of the directional De-energized VM SOL5T
solenoids (SOL5B) for the aux functions B+
sideshift left, tilt down, and retract. Energized:
Sideshift Left:
20VDC;
Tilt Down:
17.5V;
Retract High:
20VDC;
Retract Low:
24VDC
65. JPC20-20 Aux2 Control path for one of the directional De-energized VM SOL5B
solenoids (SOL5B) for the aux functions B+
sideshift right, tilt up, and reach. Energized:
Sideshift
Right:
20VDC;
Tilt Up:
18.0V;
Reach High:
20VDC;
Reach Low:
24VDC
Pinout Matrix
66. JPC22-1 Speed Limit 1 This input is used by the VM to determine Telescopics VM VM
when the telescopic is unnested. Speed is nested:
reduced at this point to the value set in < 0.5VDC;
Configure. Telescopics
unnested:
> 4VDC
70. JPC22-5 Channel A 1 Channel A 1 is one part of the steering Either > Steer Tiller VM
Series request from the steer tiller encoder on 4.5VDC or < Encoder
CA/FA (AC electric steer trucks when the steering tiller is 0.5VDC
lift) moved. It is a square wave signal (0VDC & when tiller
4.5VDC) identical to Channel B 1 but stationary.
different phase. The VM uses the phase DC value
relationship of the two channels to when turning
determine the direction and speed of the handle
steering request. When the tiller is approx.
stationary, the voltage can be either high or 2.5VDC.
low, depending upon which part of the
square wave the tiller comes to rest on.
72. JPC22-7 HGG_Fault Fault line from heated glass mast guard to ON: 0VDC Glass Guard VM
VM, to determine if the HGG Cntrl_Pwm is OFF: 5VDC Control Card
working correctly. The fault line is a PWM
voltage ranging from 0 to 5 VDC.
73. JPC22-8 On Input to the VM from the deadman switch > +4VDC S2 VM
Deadman S2. This is used by the VM to determine released
whether to ignore or comply with other < 0.5VDC
operational requests from either of the depressed
control handles. It also initiates the
application of the electric brake.
Pinout Matrix
74. JPC22-9 ChannelA_4 Channel A 4 is one part of the steering Not turning: Steer Motor VM
Series position feedback from the steer motor either 0VDC Encoder
CA/FA (AC encoder when the drive unit is rotated. It is or 4.5VDC
lift) a square wave signal (0VDC & 4.5VDC) Turning
identical to Channel B 4 but different either
phase. The VM uses the phase relationship direction:
of the two channels to determine that the 1.8VDC
direction and speed of the steering
response is the same as that requested.
When the drive unit is stationary, the
voltage can be either high or low,
depending upon which part of the square
wave the drive unit comes to rest on.
75. JPC22-10 ChannelB_4 Channel B 4 is one part of the steering Not turning: Steer Motor VM
Series position feedback from the steer motor either 0VDC Encoder
CA/FA (AC encoder when the drive unit is rotated. It is or 4.5VDC
lift) a square wave signal (0VDC & 4.5VDC) Turning
identical to Channel A 4 but different either
phase. The VM uses the phase relationship direction:
of the two channels to determine that the 1.8VDC
direction and speed of the steering
response is the same as that requested.
When the drive unit is stationary, the
voltage can be either high or low,
depending upon which part of the square
wave the drive unit comes to rest on.
77. JPC22-12 Channel B 1 Channel B 1 is one part of the steering Either > Steer Tiller VM
Series request from the steer tiller encoder on 4.5VDC or < Encoder
CA/FA (AC electric steer trucks when the steering tiller is 0.5VDC
lift) moved. It is a square wave signal (0VDC & when tiller
4.5VDC) identical to Channel A 1 but stationary.
different phase. The VM uses the phase DC value
relationship of the two channels to when turning
determine the direction and speed of the handle
steering request. When the tiller is approx.
stationary, the voltage can be either high or 2.5VDC.
low, depending upon which part of the
square wave the tiller comes to rest on.
Pinout Matrix
78. JPC22-13 Channel A 2 Channel A 2 is one part of the steering Either > Steer Tiller VM
Series request from the steer tiller encoder on 4.5VDC or < Encoder
CA/FA (AC electric steer trucks when the steering tiller is 0.5VDC
lift) moved. It is a square wave signal (0VDC & when tiller
4.5VDC) identical to Channel B 2 but stationary.
different phase. The VM uses the phase DC value
relationship of the two channels to when turning
determine the direction and speed of the handle
steering request. When the tiller is approx.
stationary, the voltage can be either high or 2.5VDC.
low, depending upon which part of the
square wave the tiller comes to rest on.
79. JPC22-14 Channel B 2 Channel B 2 is one part of the steering Either > Steer Tiller VM
Series request from the steer tiller encoder on 4.5VDC or < Encoder
CA/FA (AC electric steer trucks when the steering tiller is 0.5VDC
lift) moved. It is a square wave signal (0VDC & when tiller
4.5VDC) identical to Channel A 2 but stationary.
different phase. The VM uses the phase DC value
relationship of the two channels to when turning
determine the direction and speed of the handle
steering request. When the tiller is approx.
stationary, the voltage can be either high or 2.5VDC.
low, depending upon which part of the
square wave the tiller comes to rest on.
80. JPC22-15 Brush Wear Brush wear indicator on the armature (A1 Brushes not Armature VM
Series 1 brush) of the lift motor. The VM uses this worn: 0VDC;
AA/BA/DA/ voltage to stop lift and sound an alarm Brushes
EA (DC lift) when the brushes are worn. worn:
Armature
voltage
34VDC
81. JPC22-16 Brush Wear Brush wear indicator on the armature (A2 Brushes not Armature VM
Series 2 brush) of the lift motor. The VM uses this worn: 0VDC;
AA/BA/DA/ voltage to stop lift and sound an alarm Brushes
EA (DC lift) when the brushes are worn. worn:
Armature
voltage
34VDC
82. JPC22-18 Nested Control path for the optional nested switch K2 tips K2 tips VM
Switch S14 on the carriage. Voltage will be B+ closed
when the carriage is nested & K2 tips (carriage
closed and 0VDC when the carriage is not nested): B+;
nested. The VM reduces travel speed to the Open
configured value (0 to 3.5mph) when the (unnested):
switch is open. 0VDC
83. JPC22-19 FU1 Sense B+ when there is not an open between Closed: B+ STR2 VM
Series battery positive and STR2. This voltage is Open:
CA/FA (AC used by the VM to determine the state of Voltage
lift) FU1 and the STR contactor tips. drops slowly
to 0VDC
Pinout Matrix
84. JPC22-19 FU1 Sense B+ when there is not an open between Closed: B+ STR2 VM
Series battery positive and TP2. This voltage is Open: 0VDC
AA/BA/DA/ used by the VM to determine the state of
EA (DC lift) FU1 and the STR contactor.
85. JPC22-20 FU3 Sense B+ when there is not an open between STR & LPC LPC1 VM
Series battery positive and LPC1. This voltage is closed: B+;
AA/BA/DA/ used by the VM to determine the state of the Either open:
EA (DC lift) LPC, FU3, and the STR contactor. 0VDC when
lifting
86. JPC22-21 EPO Sense Sense wire used by the VM to determine EPO closed: EPO VM
when the EPO is open. This is used to B+;
initiate braking and codes. Open: 0VDC
87. JPC22-22 Steer Limit The steer limit switch stops drive unit Open S11 VM
Series rotation when closed. This switch is closed (metal): 4 to
CA/FA (AC just before the hard stops are reached for 7VDC
lift) both CW and CCW rotation. Closed (air):
0.7VDC
89. JPC24-2 HGG Control line for the Glass Guard/ ThermaKit ON: 0 VDC VM Glass
Control Card to turn the GGC Contactor on OFF: Guard/
and off. 12.0VDC ThermaKit
Control
Card
90. JPC24-4 DGND Reference for Training Pedal switch S24 <0.5VDC VM S24
92. JPC24-6 AGND Reference for the pressure transducer CYL-P < 0.5VDC VM Pressure
Transducer
93. JPC24-7 AGND Reference for the deadman potentiometer < 0.5VDC VM VR4
VR4
95. JPC24-10 AGND Reference for the lift motor temperature < 0.5VDC VM VM
Series sensor
AA/BA/DA/
EA (DC lift)
96. JPC24-11 AGND Reference for the ambient temperature < 0.5VDC Ambient VM
sensor. Temp Sensor
97. JPC24-12 HGG_Contrl A PWM voltage from the VM to the Glass OFF: 12VDC VM Glass
_PWM Guard/ ThermaKit COntrol Card. Voltage Full ON: Guard/
varies with the ambient temperature as the 0VDC ThermaKit
VM attempts to regulate/heat the glass Control
guard. Card
Pinout Matrix
99. JPC24-18 Pressure Analog DC voltage that varies directly as No load: Pressure VM
the pressure varies 1.0VDC; Transducer
1000lb.
(454 kg) out
of free lift:
1.8VDC;
2500 lb.
(1134 kg)
2.5VDC
100. JPC24-19 Deadman Analog voltage that varies with the position Deadman VR4 VM
of the deadman pedal. This is used by the fully
VM to apply proportional braking with the depressed:
electric brake. 4.5VDC;
Fully
released:
2.5VDC
101. JPC24-22 Lift Mot Temp Analog DC voltage that varies directly as 70°F: VM VM
Series the temperature of the lift motor changes. 2.2VDC;
AA/BA/DA/ The VM uses this voltage to cutout 2nd Open or
EA (DC lift) pump at 271°F and eliminate lift at 271°F. disconnected
5VDC
102. JPC24-23 Room Temp Input to the VM from the ambient 73°F: 3VDC Ambient VM
temperature sensor. This is used to tell the Temp Sensor
optional glass mast guard heater when to
turn on.
103. JPC24-24 Battery Sense B+ present when the battery is plugged in B+ B+ at JPF4-1 VM
In supplied through a thermistor on the Relay/ (Drops no
Control Fuse Panel. This is used on the VM voltage)
to determine that the correct battery has
been connected. It will accept any voltage
between 28VDC and 45VDC. If the correct
battery is sensed, then Relay Enable is
energized during start-up. After start-up, this
voltage is used to determine the BSOC.
104. JPC4-1 +5VDC +5VDC supply to the solid state 5VDC± VM Secondary
potentiometer and switch in the optional 0.25V control
secondary control handle. Measure wrt handle
DGND JPC12-12.
105. JPC4-2 AGND Reference for the switches and < 0.5VDC VM Secondary
potentiometer in the optional secondary control
control handle. If this voltage is not < handle
0.5VDC wrt TP4 on the power panel, then
intermittent handle codes may appear.
106. JPC4-3 S Horn Input to the VM from horn button S10 in the S10 Open: VM Secondary
optional secondary control handle. >4.5VDC; control
Closed: handle
< 0.5VDC
Pinout Matrix
107. JPC4-4 S Throttle Input to the VM from the “wiper” of the Neutral: VM Primary
primary (primary control handle) throttle 1.1VDC; control
control. Measure wrt AGND JPC4-2. Full handle
Tractor-first:
1.6VDC;
Full
Forks-first:
0.5VDC
108. JPC6-1 Neutral Pulse This input tells the VM that the steer power Deadman VM Steer
Series amplifier is connected and functioning. Up: 4.6VDC; power
CA/FA (AC CCW steer: amplifier
lift) 4.5VDC;
CW steer:
0.0VDC;
No steering:
voltage
varies
109. JPC6-2 CW PWM This is a control voltage used to rotate the At rest: VM Steer
Series drive unit in the CW direction. The average 11.5VDC; power
CA/FA (AC DC value will vary depending on the CCW steer: amplifier
lift) amount and speed of steering requested. 11.6VDC;
CW steer
fast: 5VDC;
CW steer
slow: 9VDC;
At rest:
11.5VDC
110. JPC6-3 Steer Current Analog voltage which varies with the steer Steering Steer power VM
Series motor current and is sent from the steer CW: amplifier
CA/FA (AC power amplifier to the VM. This voltage is 1.8VDC
lift) used by the VM to establish current reading At rest:
for current limit. 2.5VDC
Steering
CCW:
3.2VDC
111. JPC6-4 AGND Reference for the control circuits in the steer < 0.5VDC VM Steer
Series power amplifier. If missing, the steer power
CA/FA (AC amplifier will not be powered up. amplifier
lift)
112. JPC6-5 CCW PWM This is a chopped voltage used to rotate the Steering VM Steer
Series drive unit in the CCW direction. The CW: power
CA/FA (AC average dc value will vary depending on 11.6VDC amplifier
lift) the amount and speed of steering At rest:
requested. 11.5VDC
Steering
CCW:
9V slow
5V fast
Pinout Matrix
113. JPC6-6 +12VP Operating voltage from the VM for the +10.7 to VM Steer
Series control circuits in the steer power amplifier. 13VDC power
CA/FA (AC If this is missing, the steering will be amplifier
lift) inoperable.
114. JPF1-1 B– B– for FU8, B– 15A fuse for optional Aux < 0.5VDC Power Panel Optional
power B– TP4 Aux Power
115. JPF1-2 B– B– for FU8, B– 15A fuse for optional Aux < 0.5VDC Power Panel Optional
power B– TP4 Aux Power
116. JPF1-3 B+F or B–F Provides either B+ or B– to the lift power K3 FU5 to B+ LPA
Series amplifier pre-charge circuit, depending on De-energized FU6 to B–
CA/FA (AC the state of relay K3. Voltage
lift) drops slowly
to 0;
Energized:
B+
117. JPF1-4 B–F B–F from FU8 to power the optional <0.5VDC FU8 to B– Aux Power,
Warehouse Management Module Warehouse
Manage-
ment
Module,
Bump
Detector
118. JPF1-5 B+F or B–F Provides either B+ or B– to the traction K3 FU5 to B+ TPA
power amplifier pre-charge circuit, De-energized FU6 to B–
depending on the state of relay K3. B–;
Energized:
B+
119. JPF1-6 B+F or B–F Provides either B+F or B–F to the B+K3 on K3 FU5 to B+ Lift &
the lift (JPL1-1 AC Lift) and the travel (JPT1-1) De-energized FU6 to B– Traction
power amplifiers. B–; Power
Energized: Amplifiers
B+
120. JPF2-1 B+K2 B+K2 to power TPC (Traction Power), LPC B+ when K2 K2 tips TPC, LPC,
(Lift Power), and STR (Steering) contactors energized and STR
Contactors
121. JPF2-2 B+K2 B+K2 to power the horn B+ when K2 K2 tips Horn
energized
122. JPF2-3 B+K2 B+K2 to power the compartment fans B+ when K2 K2 tips Fans
energized
124. JPF2-5 B+K2 B+K2 to power SOL1 (load holding B+ when K2 K2 tips L/H SOL1
solenoid) energized
Pinout Matrix
127. JPF2-8 B+K2 B+K2 to the reach, sideshift, tilt solenoids B+ when K2 K2 tips Carriage
and nested switch S14. energized Functions
129. JPF3-1 B– B– for FU6 (15A), which provides B– to the < 0.5VDC Power Panel VM
Vehicle Manager TP4
130. JPF3-2 B– B– for FU6 (15A), which provides B– to the < 0.5VDC Power Panel VM
Vehicle Manager TP4
131. JPF3-3 B–F B–F for DGND on the VM < 0.5VDC FU6 VM
132. JPF3-4 B–F B–F for DGND on the VM < 0.5VDC FU6 VM
136. JPF3-8 B–F B–F for S12, 1st Speed Limiting Switch on < 0.5VDC FU6 S12
mast
137. JPF3-12 B–F B–F for Clogged Filter Switch < 0.5VDC FU6 Clogged
Filter
Switch
138. JPF4-1 B+ B+ from TP1 to FU5, to supply K2, K3, & K4 B+ TP1 FU5 & VM
relay tips; K4 relay coil; & key switch S1.
This also supplies Battery_Sense_In on the
VM.
139. JPF4-2 B+ B+ from TP1 to FU5, to supply K2, K3, & K4 B+ TP1 FU5 & VM
relay tips; K4 relay coil; & key switch S1.
This also supplies Battery_Sense_In on the
VM.
140. JPF4-3 B+ B+ From TP1 to FU7 to supply auxiliary B+ TP1 FU7 and
power option and warehouse management Aux Power
module.
141. JPF4-4 B+ B+ From TP1 to FU7 to supply auxiliary B+ TP1 FU7 and
power option Aux Power
142. JPF4-5 B+EPO B+ supply from EPO to K1, K2, & K3. All S1 and EPO EPO K1, K2,
functions associated with those functions closed: B+; K3,
will be inoperable when the EPO is open. Either open:
This also supplies voltage to EPO Sense on 0.05VDC
the VM.
Pinout Matrix
143. JPF4-6 B+EPO B+ to EPO Sense on the VM. Tells the VM if S1 and EPO EPO VM EPO
the EPO is open or closed. closed: B+; Sense
Either open:
0.05VDC
145. JPF4-8 B+Key B+Key to supply all functions powered from B+ S1 closed FU5 Various
key switch S1
146. JPF4-10 B+ B+ from FU5 to key switch S1 FU5 good: FU5 Key switch
B+ S1
FU5 open:
0VDC
149. JPF4-13 Relay Enable Return path for relays K1, K2, K3, & K4 Key ON & VM K1, K2,
all relays K3, & K4
de-energized
B+;
Key OFF, or
Key ON &
any relay
energized:
< 1.5VDC
152. JPL1-2 LPC Control path for the LPC Contactor. The lift LPC LPA LPC
Series Contactor power amplifier supplies B– to the contactor de-energized Contactor
CA/FA (AC by way of the B– terminal. B+;
lift) LPC
energized:
18VDC to
22VDC.
153. JPL1-3 L Vel Sensor+ +12VDC supply to the bearing encoder on +10.9 to LPA Lift Velocity
Series the lift motor. This voltage is produced by 13VDC Sensor
CA/FA (AC the lift power amplifier B+K3
lift)
154. JPL1-4 L Vel Sensor– Return path for the bearing encoder in the < 0.5VDC DGND on Lift Velocity
Series lift motor. Returns through DGND JPL1-7 VM Sensor
CA/FA (AC through the Operator Display to the VM.
lift)
Pinout Matrix
155. JPL1-5 L Vel Phase A This square wave is generated whenever Motor Lift Velocity LPA
Series there is movement of the bearing encoder in Stationary: Sensor
CA/FA (AC the lift motor. It is either high (>8VDC) or Either
lift) low (<1VDC). The frequency varies directly > 8VDC or
with the speed of the drive motor. Identical < 1VDC;
formation to L Vel Phase B, except for the Turning:
phasing between the two. The LPA uses the 4VDC to
quadrature phase relationship between 6VDC.
Phases A & B to determine lift speed.
156. JPL1-6 L Vel Phase B This square wave is generated whenever Motor Lift Velocity LPA
Series there is movement of the bearing encoder in Stationary: Sensor
CA/FA (AC the lift motor. It is either high (>8VDC) or Either
lift) low (<1VDC). The frequency varies directly > 8VDC or
with the speed of the drive motor. Identical < 1VDC;
formation to L Vel Phase A, except for the Turning:
phasing between the two. The LPA uses the 4VDC to
quadrature phase relationship between 6VDC.
Phases A & B to determine lift speed.
157. JPL1-7 DGND B– DGND from VM through the Operator < 0.5VDC Operator LPA
Display to the LPA. If it is missing, neither Display
LPA nor TPA will function.
158. JPL1-8 DGND B– Provides DGND to the TPA from the LPA < 0.5VDC LPA TPA
Series
CA/FA (AC
lift)
159. JPL1-14 BUS–I– The wire that carries the negative 2.2VDC Operator LPA
Series component of the digital communications Display
CA/FA (AC between the Operator Display and the LPA
lift) and VM. If this connection is missing, then
the LPA and TPA cannot communicate with
the Operator Display or VM. Troubleshoot
using resistance checks in Test I23. No
useful information can be gained by
measuring the voltage on this wire.
160. JPL1-15 BUS–I– The wire that carries the negative 2.2VDC LPA TPA
Series component of the digital communications
CA/FA (AC between the LPA and the TPA. If this
lift) connection is missing then the TPA cannot
communicate with the LPA, Display, or VM.
Troubleshoot using resistance checks in Test
I23. No useful information can be gained
by measuring the voltage on this wire.
161. JPL1-16 L Temp + Analog voltage which varies with the lift 75°F (24°C): LM LPA
Series motor temperature. Used by the lift power Approx. temperature
CA/FA (AC amplifier to adjust motor performance with 1.5VDC sensor
lift) temperature.
162. JPL1-17 L Temp – Reference for the lift motor temperature < 0.5VDC DGND on Temp
Series sensor. B– VM Sensor
CA/FA (AC
lift)
Pinout Matrix
163. JPL1-22 BUS I+ The wire that carries the positive component 2.94VDC Operator LPA
Series of the digital communications between the Display
CA/FA (AC LPA and the Operator Display and VM. If
lift) this connection is missing then the LPA and
TPA cannot communicate with the Operator
Display or VM. Troubleshoot using
resistance checks in Test I23. No useful
information can be gained by measuring
the voltage on this wire.
164. JPL1-23 BUS I+ The wire that carries the positive component 2.94VDC LPA TPA
Series of the digital communications between the
CA/FA (AC LPA and the TPA. If this connection is
lift) missing then the TPA cannot communicate
with the LPA, Display, or VM. Troubleshoot
using resistance checks in Test I23. No
useful information can be gained by
measuring the voltage on this wire.
166. JPT1-2 TPC Control path for the TPC Contactor. The TPC TPA TPC
Contactor traction power amplifier supplies B– to the de-energized Contactor
contactor by way of the B– terminal. B+;
TPC
Energized:
18 to
22VDC.
167. JPT1-3 T Vel Sensor+ +12VDC supply to the bearing encoder on +10.7 to TPA Travel
the traction motor. This voltage is produced 13VDC Velocity
by the traction power amp from B+K3. Sensor
168. JPT1-4 T Vel Sensor– Return path for the bearing encoder in the < 0.5VDC DGND on Travel
traction motor. Returns through DGND VM Velocity
JPT1-7 to the LPA, Operator Display, and to Sensor
the VM.
169. JPT1-5 T Vel Phase A This is generated whenever there is Motor Travel TPA
movement of the bearing encoder in the Stationary: Velocity
drive motor. It is a square wave that is Either Sensor
either high (>8VDC) or low (<1VDC). The > 8VDC or
frequency varies directly with the speed of < 1VDC;
the drive motor. Identical formation to T Vel Turning:
Phase B, except for the phasing between 4VDC to
the two. The TM/VFC uses the quadrature 6VDC.
phase relationship between Phases A & B to
determine travel direction and speed.
Pinout Matrix
170. JPT1-6 T Vel Phase B This is generated whenever there is Motor Travel TPA
movement of the bearing encoder in the Stationary: Velocity
drive motor. It is a square wave that is Either Sensor
either high (>8VDC) or low (<1VDC). The > 8VDC or
frequency varies directly with the speed of < 1VDC;
the drive motor. Identical formation to T Vel Turning:
Phase A, except for the phasing between 4VDC to
the two. The TM/VFC uses the quadrature 6VDC.
phase relationship between Phases A & B to
determine travel direction and speed.
171. JPT1-7 DGND DGND for the TPA from the LPA < 0.5VDC LPA TPA
Series B–
CA/FA (AC
lift)
172. JPT1-7 DGND DGND from the VM for the control side of < 0.5VDC VM TPA
Series the TPA. If this ground is missing, the TPA B–
AA/BA/DA/ will not function.
EA (DC lift)
173. JPT1-8 DGND DGND from the VM via the Operator < 0.5VDC VM TPA
Series Display for the Traction Power Amplifier. If
AA/BA/DA/ this ground is missing, the TPA will not
EA (DC lift) function.
174. JPT1-14 BUS I– The wire that carries the negative 2.2VDC LPA TPA
Series component of the digital communications
CA/FA (AC from the LPA and VM to the TPA. If this
lift) connection is missing then the TPA cannot
communicate with the VM, LPA, or Display.
Troubleshoot using resistance checks in Test
I23. No useful information can be gained
by measuring the voltage on this wire.
175. JPT1-14 Bus_I– The wire that carries the negative 2.2VDC VM TPA
Series component of the digital communications
AA/BA/DA/ between the VM and the TPA. If this
EA (DC lift) connection is missing the TPA cannot
communicate with the VM. Troubleshoot
using resistance checks in Test I23. No
useful information can be gained by
measuring the voltage on this wire.
176. JPT1-15 Bus_I– The wire that carries the negative 2.2VDC TPA Display
Series component of the digital communications
AA/BA/DA/ between the TPA and the Operator Display.
EA (DC lift) If this connection is missing then the
Operator Display cannot communicate.
Troubleshoot using resistance checks in
Test I23. No useful information can be
gained by measuring the voltage on this
wire.
177. JPT1-16 T Temp+ Analog voltage which varies with the drive 75°F (24°C): DM TPA
motor temperature. Used by the traction Approx. temperature
power amplifier to adjust motor 1.0VDC sensor
performance with temperature.
Pinout Matrix
178. JPT1-17 T Temp– Reference for the drive motor temperature < 0.5VDC DGND on Temp
sensor B– VM sensor
179. JPT1-22 BUS I+ The wire that carries the positive component 2.93VDC LPA TPA
Series of the digital communications from the LPA
CA/FA (AC and VM to the TPA. If this connection is
lift) missing then the TPA cannot communicate
with the VM, LPA, or Display. Troubleshoot
using resistance checks in Test I23. No
useful information can be gained by
measuring the voltage on this wire.
180. JPT1-22 Bus_I+ The wire that carries the positive component 2.93VDC VM TPA
Series of the digital communications between the
AA/BA/DA/ VM and the TPA. If this connection is
EA (DC lift) missing then the TPA cannot communicate
with the VM. Troubleshoot using resistance
checks in Test I23. No useful information
can be gained by measuring the voltage on
this wire.
181. JPT1-23 Bus _I+ The wire that carries the positive component 2.93VDC TPA Display
Series of the digital communications between the
AA/BA/DA/ TPA and the Operator Display. If this
EA (DC lift) connection is missing then the TPA cannot
communicate. Troubleshoot using resistance
checks in Test I23. No useful information
can be gained by measuring the voltage on
this wire.
182. LPA (+) LPA B+ B+ to the LPA used to pre-charge the B+ fully B+K3 and B+ LPA
Series amplifier and also to produce the AC charged or from LPC
CA/FA (AC phases U, V, & W when the LPC is closed to LPC
lift) power the lift motor. The voltage present energized.
will increase from 0VDC to B+ as the
amplifier charges.
183. LPA B– LPA B– B– from TP4 on the Power Panel. It is used < 0.5VDC TP4 LPA
Series for the power circuits on the LPA. Without B–
CA/FA (AC B– U, V, & W cannot be produced and the
lift) lift motor will not turn.
184. LPA B+ N/A Not used on this product Not used N/A N/A
Series
CA/FA (AC
lift)
185. TPA (+) TPA B+ B+ to the TPA used to pre-charge the B+ fully B+K3 and B+ TPA
amplifier and also to produce the AC charged or from TPC
phases U, V, & W when the TPC is closed to TPC
power the drive motor. The voltage present energized.
will increase from 0VDC to B+ as the
amplifier charges.
186. TPA B– TPA B– B– from TP4 on the Power Panel. It is used < 0.5VDC TP4 TPA
for the power circuits on the TPA. Without B–
B– U, V, & W cannot be produced and the
drive motor will not turn.
Pinout Matrix
187. TPA B+ N/A Not used on this product Not used N/A N/A
188. U on LPA Lift Motor One of three phases from the LPA to the lift ACV LPA Lift Motor
Series Phase U motor. This AC voltage is produced by LPA between
CA/FA (AC and is dependent on B+ at the (+) terminal phases.
lift) and B– of the LPA. This AC voltage is Stationary:
measured between any two phases and 0VAC;
varies from 0VAC at rest to about 24VAC Full lift:
on full lift request. When lift knob is initially 24VAC
moved to full lift, meter reading may show
120VAC before stabilizing at about
24VAC.
189. U on TPA Drive Motor One of three phases from the TPA to the ACV TPA Drive
Phase U Drive Motor. This AC voltage is produced between Motor
by TPA and is dependent on B+ at the (+) phases.
terminal and B– of the TPA. This AC voltage Stationary:
is measured between any two phases and 0VAC;
varies from 0VAC at rest to about 24VAC Full travel:
on full acceleration. Stall condition 24VAC;
produces about 4VAC. Stall:
Approx.
4VAC
190. V on LPA Lift Motor One of three phases from the LPA to the lift ACV LPA Lift Motor
Series Phase V motor. This AC voltage is produced by LPA between
CA/FA (AC and is dependent on B+ at the (+) terminal phases.
lift) and B– of the LPA. This AC voltage is Stationary:
measured between any two phases and 0VAC;
varies from 0VAC at rest to about 24VAC Full lift:
on full lift request. When lift knob is initially 24VAC
moved to full lift, meter reading may show
120VAC before stabilizing at about
24VAC.
191. V on TPA Drive Motor One of three phases from the TPA to the ACV TPA Drive
Phase V Drive Motor. This AC voltage is produced between Motor
by TPA and is dependent on B+ at the (+) phases.
terminal and B– of the TPA. This AC voltage Stationary:
is measured between any two phases and 0VAC;
varies from 0VAC at rest to about 24VAC Full travel:
on full acceleration. Stall condition 24VAC;
produces about 4VAC. Stall:
Approx.
4VAC
192. W on LPA Lift Motor One of three phases from the LPA to the lift ACV LPA Lift Motor
Series Phase W motor. This AC voltage is produced by LPA between
CA/FA (AC and is dependent on B+ at the (+) terminal phases.
lift) and B– of the LPA. This AC voltage is Stationary:
measured between any two phases and 0VAC;
varies from 0VAC at rest to about 24VAC Full lift:
on full lift request. When lift knob is initially 24VAC
moved to full lift, meter reading may show
120VAC before stabilizing at about
24VAC.
Pinout Matrix
193. W on TPA Drive Motor One of three phases from the TPA to the ACV TPA Drive
Phase W Drive Motor. This AC voltage is produced between Motor
by TPA and is dependent on B+ at the (+) phases.
terminal and B– of the TPA. This AC voltage Stationary:
is measured between any two phases and 0VAC;
varies from 0VAC at rest to about 24VAC Full travel:
on full acceleration. Stall condition 24VAC;
produces about 4VAC. Stall:
Approx.
4VAC
Section A. Appendix
Lubrication Specification
Chart
Drive Unit Gear Case Gear 75W-90 Synthetic Gear 990-655/001 (1 qt./0.9 liters)
(all-weather Lubricant Oil 990-655/003 (1 gal./3.8 liters)
(-20°F to +120°F) API Service Classification
(-29°C to +49°C) GL-5
Thread Adhesives,
Sealants, and Lubricants
Loctite*
Application Raymond P/N
Number/Color
Other
Manufacturer
designation
-4 7/16-20 16 ± 1 12 ± 1 15 ± 1 11 ± 1 24 ± 1 18 ± 1
-5 1/2-20 20 ± 1 15 ± 1 20 ± 1 15 ± 1 30 ± 1 22 ± 1
-6 9/16-18 28 ± 1 21 ± 1 24 ± 1 18 ± 1 37 ± 3 27 ± 2
-8 3/4-16 61 ± 3 45 ± 2 62 ± 3 46 ± 2 65 ± 3 48 ± 2
-4 9/16-18 24 ± 1 18 ± 1
-6 11/16-18 37 ± 3 27 ± 2
-8 13/16-16 54 ± 3 40 ± 2
-10 1-14 85 ± 4 63 ± 3
Grade
Identification None
Marking
in. lb. in. lb. in. lb. in. lb. in. lb. in. lb.
4-40 5 4 8 6 12 9
4-48 6 5 9 7 13 10
6-32 10 8 16 12 23 17
8-32 19 14 30 22 41 31
8-36 20 15 31 23 43 32
10-24 27 21 43 32 60 45
10-32 31 23 49 36 68 51
ft. lb. ft. lb. ft. lb. ft. lb. ft. lb. ft. lb.
5/16-18 11 8 17 13 25 18
5/16-24 12 9 19 14 25 20
3/8-16 20 15 30 23 45 35
3/8-24 23 17 35 25 50 35
7/16-14 30 24 50 35 70 55
7/16-20 35 25 55 40 80 60
1/2-13 50 35 75 55 110 80
1/2-20 55 40 90 65 120 90
Grade
Identification None
Marking
ft. lb. ft. lb. ft. lb. ft. lb. ft. lb. ft. lb.
6 8.1 6 12.2 9
8 20.3 15 28.4 21
10 40.7 30 58.3 43
12 74.6 55 101.7 75
3 0.5 4.4
4 1.1 10
5 2.1 19
6 3.8 34
8 9 79
10 17 150
8-32 1.24 11
8-36 1.24 11
10-24 1.58 14
10-32 1.92 17
1/4-20 3.96 35
1/4-28 4.52 40
5/16-18 8.25 73
5/16-24 9.15 81
To 3 To 2
4ths 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths MM Equivalent
Places Places
To 3 To 2
4ths 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths MM Equivalent
Places Places
To 3 To 2
4ths 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths MM Equivalent
Places Places
Standard/Metric Conversions
Standard/Metric
Conversions
To Convert... Multiply...
Standard/Metric Conversions
Figure A-1. Standard/Metric Conversion Chart
To Convert... Multiply...
Pounds per Square Inch (psi) to Kilopascals (kPa) Pounds per Square Inch (psi) x 6.895
Pounds per Square Inch (psi) to Kilograms per Pounds per Square Inch (psi) x 0.070
square centimeter (kg/cm2)
Kilograms per square centimeter (kg/cm2) to Pounds Kilograms per Square Centimeter (kg/cm2) x 14.223
per Square Inch (psi)
Inch Pounds (in. lb.) to Newton Meters (Nm) Inch Pounds x 0.113
Newton Meters (Nm) to Inch Pounds (in. lb.) Newton Meters x 8.85
Foot Pounds (ft. lb.) to Newton Meters (Nm) Foot Pounds x 1.356
Newton Meters (Nm) to Foot Pounds (ft. lb.) Newton Meters x 0.738
Miles per Hour to Kilometers per Hour Miles per Hour x 1.609
Kilometers per Hour to Miles per Hour Kilometers per Hour x 0.621
Standard/Metric Conversions
Electrical Schematics
Electrical Schematics
Section A. Appendix
AR1004765_G1L.EPS
Figure A-2. Model 7400/7420/7440 Series CA/FA (AC lift) Electrical Schematic (Sheet 1 of 3)
AR1004765_G1R.EPS
Figure A-3. Model 7400/7420/7440 Series CA/FA (AC lift) Electrical Schematic (Sheet 1 of 3)
AR1004765_G2L.EPS
Figure A-4. Model 7400/7420/7440 Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift) Electrical Schematic (Sheet 2 of 3)
AR1004765_G2R.EPS
Figure A-5. Model 7400/7420/7440 Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift) Electrical Schematic (Sheet 2 of 3)
D-x
RLY-A
RLY-7
2 TRAVEL LIGHT AND ALARM RLY
RLY-4
RLY-B
JPTL-1 JPTL-1
D-y
TRAVEL
LIGHTS
TP1 #1 & 2
FU9 ALARM
(10A)
VM +
JPTL-2
H2 JPTL-2
JPC18-18 SPL-6 -
ALARM
3 TP4(B-)
-2 -
-2
JPH2-1
DGND
-4 -2 VR3
OCSS Display
S_THROTTLE JPD1-1
+12 VP
-3
4 CAN I/O EXPANDER
MODULE
JPX1-5 JPT1-15
CAN L CAN L
RCVR_2 EMTR_2 JPCS3-1 JPX2-5 JPX1-2 JPT1-23
BLU BRN
+12 VP CAN H CAN H
BRN
PHOTO BEAM LOWER
BLK
JPCS3-2 JPX2-10 JPX1-3
BLU
DOUT_1 RTERM
JPX1-6
RTERM
DC LIFT
5 JPT1-7
TPA
DGND
JPCS4-3 JPX2-7
DIN_1 JPT1-14
CAN L
JPCS4-1 JPX2-3
+12 VP JPT1-22
CAN H
JPCS4-4 JPX2-8
DGND
NESTED SWITCH
FUSE
RELAY
CARD
S14
B+K2
JPF2-8 JPS3-1 TS2-1 COM
NC
TS2-6
VM
NO JPS3-6 JPC22-18
NESTED
SWITCH
AR1004765_G3L.EPS
Figure A-6. Model 7400/7420/7440 Options (All Series) Electrical Schematic (Sheet 3 of 3)
2
S18
1
-9
7400 MULTIPLEXER
TILT TILT PRESS
PRESSURE INSTALLATION
SWITCH
-10
DGND
PS7
JPC10-10 -2 BUS_E+
4 VM JPC10-5 -3 BUS_E-
JPF1-4 -4
B-FU8
FUSE
RELAY
CARD JPF4-15 -5 B+FU7
JPF2-9 -1
B+K1
5
TH2 T°
JPHTB-1
B+FU14
-2
THERM
HTR3
GLASS
FLOOR PAD
GUARD/THERMAKIT
CONTROL
JPHTC-1 TH3 T°
B+FU14
HEATER
SECONDARY
-2 HANDLE
THERM
HTR4
FU14 B+FU14
B+
(10A) FU13
6 B+FU14
JPHTA-1 TH1 T°
HTR2
8.25 WATT
-2
THERM
PRIMARY
HTR1
HANDLE
VM
JPC24-12 JPG1-1 GGC
HGG_CNTRL_PWM (50A)
+12VP
JPC20-8 -2 TP1 TP6 1 2 JPHGG-1
JPC22-7 -6
HGG_FAULT HTR5
HGG_CONTACTOR
JPC24-2 -4 FU10 HEATED
JPC10-3 -5 GLASS
THERM_EN B+
-2
HGG_CNTRL
7 HGG_CONTACTOR
Y
GGC
X
B- B+FU14
TP4
AR1004765_G3C.EPS
Figure A-7. Model 7400/7420/7440 Options (All Series) Electrical Schematic (Sheet 3 of 3)
2
CLOGGED FILTER SWITCH
2
S19
1
JPC22-3
VM
FILTER
JPF3-12
B-FU6
FUSE/
RELAY
CARD
JPF2-9
3 BUMP DETECTOR
JPS7-1
JPF1-4
FU11
WL
(10A) JPW5-2 BLACK +
SPL-1 - WHITE
4 JPW5-1
TP4
2 1 2 1
B- B+ B- B+
TS1 TS1
5
WORKING LIGHTS & FAN
36V
LIGHT
JPW1-1 S20 JPW1-2
36V
S21 LIGHT
JPW2-1 JPW2-2
36V
FU12
TP1 JPW3-1 S22 FAN JPW3-2
(10A)
+ -
TP4
6
HIGH SPEED TRAVEL SWITCH
VM JPC20-3 JPS6-1 +
+12VP
JPC22-4 -2 0 S25
HS TRAVEL SW
-3 -
JPF3-11
B-FU6
FUSE/
RELAY
CARD
AR1004765_G3R.EPS
Figure A-8. Model 7400/7420/7440 Options (All Series) Electrical Schematic (Sheet 3 of 3)
Multiplexer
-2 Video Shield
-3 +12 VDC
-4
Camera GND
-2 Video Shield
-3 +12 VDC
-4 GND
Display Unit
AUX Power
Monitor Power Supply Connection
JPVS2-1 JPVS1-1
+16 V +16 V +Vin B+ Key
-2 -2
GND GND Power GND B-
JPVS5-1
-3 -3
Video Out Camera 1 Select Camera 1 Select Camera 1 Select
-4 -4
-2 Video Shield Camera 2 Select Camera 2 Select Camera 2 Select
-5 -5
-3 +12 VDC Camera 3 Select Camera 3 Select Camera 3 Select
-6 -6
-4 GND Toggle Toggle Toggle
-7 -7
No Function No Function No Function
-8 -8
Not Connected Not Connected Not Connected
JPVT1-1
AD20011355_A1.EPS D20011355_A2.EPS
Figure A-9. Model 7400/7420/7440 Options (All Series) Electrical Schematic (Vantage Point)
AR1004765_G4L.EPS
Figure A-10. Model 7400/7420/7440 Electrical Schematic Legend (Page 1 of 3)
AR1004765_G4C.EPS
Figure A-11. Model 7400/7420/7440 Electrical Schematic Legend (Page 2 of 3)
AR1004765_A4R.EPS
Figure A-12. Model 7400/7420/7440 Electrical Schematic Legend (Page 3 of 3)
Model 74xx Series CA/FA (AC lift) (Page 1 of 2) Power Distribution Diagrams
1 1
STR LPC TPC
2 2
Y X X
X Y Y
JPS1-9 JPS1-8
JPC18-11
JPS1-11
JPS1-10 CD
JPL1-2 JPT1-2
STR-2 + LPC + TPC
CONTACTOR CONTACTOR
MS-A1 U U JPC20-12
+ U U
A1
V V SOL
SA MS
LM V LA TM V TA CD 3
W W JPC20-13
W W
A2 - JPC20-20
MS-A2 B+K3 - B+K3 -
TP4 SOL
JPL1-1
CD 5B
JPB-
- JPT1-1 JPC20-19
JPB- JPC20-18
TP4
JPF2-1
JPF1-6 JPF3-3 JPC14-10
-4 -2 DGND SOL
CD 5T
JPF3-1 JPF3-5 JPC14-1 JPC20-17
-2 FU6 -6 -8
-7 -9 JPC20-16
B-F
(15A) (PGND)
JPF1-1 SOL
-2 FU8
JPF1-4
CD 2
JPS7-4 JPC20-15
(15A/5A)
TS1-2 JPS10-3
JPF4-3 JPF4-15
FU7 JPS10-5
-4 K1
TS1-1
(15A/5A) JPF2-9
JPF4-1 JPS10-1
-2 FU5 K3
TS1-1
SPL-1
(15A) JPF4-5
-12
JPS10-4
2 EPO 1
K4 K3 K2 K1
JPC18-15 JPS3-5
-8 CD
-10 S1
KEY SWITCH
K2 K4 -14 -4
R2 R1 CD
JPC14-6
-13
CD
JPF2-4 -7
-12 -3
-6 -13 CD
-7 -14
-5 JPC18-10
SOL1 CD
2 1
HRN
-2 H-2 -POS
JP510-1 1 2 -5
-IN TILT
H
SPL-6 H-1
-3 JPS2-2
-NEG
FU11
WL
SPL-1 (10A) JPW5-2 BLACK WHITE JPBR-1 JPS2-1 JPC20-14
+ -
BRAKE
WARNING LT OR
STROBE LT (OPTL) CD
JPW5-1
JPBR-2
FAN-T
36V JPB1-1 JPB1-2 JPC18-17
+ -
FAN CD
FU12 JPW3-1 S22 JPW3-2
+ -
FAN-FW
JPB2-1 JPB2-2
(10A) + -
S21 LIGHT
JPW2-1 JPW2-2
FAN-FW2
36V JPB4-1 JPB4-2
+ -
LIGHT
JPW1-1 S20 JPW1-2
FAN-DU
36V JPB3-1 JPB3-2
+ -
ARD20003899_A1L.EPS
Figure A-13. Model 7400/7420/7440 Series CA/FA (AC lift) (Page 1 of 2)
Power Distribution Diagrams Model 74xx Series CA/FA (AC lift) (Page 2 of 2)
IDENT. DESCRIPTION
BRAKE ELECTRIC BRAKE
COIL DRIVER CIRCUIT
CD EMERGENCY POWER OFF
EMERGENCY POWER OFF
EPO COIL DRIVER CIRCUIT
H (HRN) HORN
H2 TRAVEL ALARM
K1 KEYSWITCH RELAY-OPTIONS
K2 KEYSWITCH RELAY-SOLENIODS, ATTACHMENTS, HORN
K3 KEYSWITCH RELAY, POWER AMPS
K4 KEYSWITCH RELAY-HEATERS
LA LIFT POWER AMPLIFIER
LM AC LIFT MOTOR
LPC LIFT POWER CONTACTOR
S1 KEY SWITCH
S20 WORKING LIGHT SWITCH
S21 WORKING LIGHT SWITCH
S22 OPERATOR COOLING FAN SWITCH
SA AUX. MOTOR POWER AMPLIFIER
SIDESHIFT SIDE SHIFT SOLENOID
SOL1 LOAD/HOLD SOLENOID
SOL2 LIFT/LOWER PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID
SOL3 PROPORTIONAL DUMP SOLENOID
SOL5B SOLENOID FOR AUX. OIL DIRECTION CONTROL
SOL5T SOLENOID FOR AUX. OIL DIRECTION CONTROL
SPL-1 SPLICE FOR WARNING & STROBE LIGHT
SPL-6 SPLICE FOR TRAVEL LIGHT & ALARM
STR STEER POWER CONTACTOR
WL WARNING LIGHT
ARD20003899_A1R.EPS
Figure A-14. Model 7400/7420/7440 Series CA/FA (AC lift) (Page 2 of 2)
TP1
JPB+
X
Y 1
1 TPC
TPC
STR STR 2
2
Y
X JPS1-11 JPC18-11
CD
FU2
(350A)
FU1 FU3
(150A) (500A) JPS1-8
Y
TP2 -9
1 -9
LPC CD
LPC
2
X
HORN
-NEG
B- B+K3
- S1
JPB- TP4
JPT1-1
BRAKE CD
JPF3-3 JPC14-10
-4 -2
DGND
JPF3-1 JPF3-5 JPC14-1
-2 FU6 -6 -8
-7 -9 B-F (PGND)
JPC20-16
(15A) JPF4-13 -6
CD
SOL
CD 2
JPF1-1 2 1 JPC20-15
JPF2-5 SOL JPC18-1
-2 FU8 CD
4
R2 R1 JPC20-18
(15A/5A)
2 1 -10
SOL SOL
JPF4-3
1
CD CD 5T
-4 FU7 K1 K3 K2 K1 JPC20-17
JPF4-5
(15A/5A) JPC20-20
JPF4-1 -12
-2 FU5 K3
-8
2 EPO 1 CD SOL
5B
K4
JPC20-19
(15A) -10 S1
K2
K4 JPF2-6 KEY SWITCH JPC14-13 JPC20-12
-7 -14 B+K2
-4 -7 CD SOL
8
TS1-1 B+K4 JPC20-13
JPF2-3 JPF2-8
-2
-1 FAN-DU JPC18-15
JPB3-1 JPB3-2 CD
JPF4-15 JPF1-4 JPF2-9 + -
TRAVEL (OPTL)
LIGHT FAN-FW2
JPB4-1 JPB4-2
- + + -
JPTL-1 -14
JPTL-2
FAN-LM JPC18-17 CD
JPB5-1 JPB5-2
FU9 + - CD
TRAVEL
H
10A 2
ALARM FAN-FW
(OPTIONAL) JPB2-1 JPB2-2
+ -
-12
JPC18-18 CD
JP510-1 JPS3-1 JPB1-1
FAN-T
JPB1-2 CD
+ -
SPL-6
FU11
WL TS2-1 TS2-3
SPL-1 (10A) JPW5-2 BLACK WHITE 1 2 JPS3-3
+ -
REACH
WARNING LT OR
STROBE LT (OPTL)
JPW5-1
1 2 -4 -4
SIDE
36V SHIFT
FU12 JPW3-1 S22 FAN JPW3-2
+ -
1 2 -5 -5
(10A) TILT
S21 LIGHT
JPW2-1 JPW2-2
36V
LIGHT
JPW1-1 S20 JPW1-2
36V
ARD20004161_A1L.EPS
Figure A-15. Model 7400/7420/7440 Series AA/DA (DC single pump lift) Page 1 of 2)
IDENT. DESCRIPTION
BRAKE ELECTRIC BRAKE
CD COIL DRIVER CIRCUIT
EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF
H (HRN) HORN
H2 TRAVEL ALARM
K1 KEYSWITCH RELAY-OPTIONS
K2 KEYSWITCH RELAY-SOLENIODS, ATTACHMENTS, HORN
K3 KEYSWITCH RELAY, POWER AMPS
K4 KEYSWITCH RELAY-HEATERS
LM DC LIFT MOTOR
LPC LIFT POWER CONTACTOR
WL WARNING LIGHT
ARD20004161_A1R.EPS
Figure A-16. Model 7400/7420/7440 Series AA/DA (DC single pump lift) Page 2 of 2)
Hydraulic Schematics
Hydraulic Schematics
Section A. Appendix
NOTE:
FILTER-2 ONLY ON 7420 AND 7440
ARD20000117_C1L.EPS
Figure A-17. Model 7400/7420/7440 Series CA/FA (AC lift) (Page 1 of 2)
ARD20002287_D2L.EPS
Figure A-19. Model 7400/7420/7440 Series AA/DA (DC single pump lift) (Standard Performance, Page 1 of 2)
ARD20002287_D1R.EPS
Figure A-20. Model 7400/7420/7440 AA/BA/DA/EA (Aux, DC Lift, Single Reach, Tilt, Sideshift)
ARD20002287_D1L.EPS
Figure A-21. Model 7400/7420/7440 BA/EA (DC Lift, High Performance, Page 1 of 2)
ARD20002287_D2R.EPS
Figure A-22. Model 7400/7420/7440 AA/BA/DA/EA (Aux, DC Lift, Deep-Reach ®, Tilt, Sideshift)
Section I. Index
Numerics Battery
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115
2d Pump Valve SOL4 Cleaning Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-114
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-145 to 7-146 Connector/Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-113
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-153 Gate Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-108
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115
Roller Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-108
A Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Abbreviations, List of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 State-of-Charge (BSOC) . . . . 5-11, 7-115
AC Motor Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
AC Motor Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115
Acceleration Bearings
Lift, Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Mast, Shimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-194
Lower, Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Carriage to Inner Tele
Travel, Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Model 7400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-241
Acronyms, List of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Model 7420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-254
Active Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . 6-16, 6-18 Model 7440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-264
Adjustment Inner Tele to Outer Tele
Auxiliary Pressure . . . . . . . 7-130, 7-140 Model 7400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-240
Lift Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-137 Model 7420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-253
Proportional Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-139 Model 7440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-263
Reach Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-181 Outer Tele to Main Frame
Alarm, Travel, Configuring . . . . . . . . 6-11 Model 7400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-239
Ambient Temperature Sensor (T) . . . .7-112 Model 7420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-252
AMP Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-118 Model 7440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-262
Analog Tests . . . . . . . . . . . .6-121 to 6-150 Reach Carriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-193
Summary List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-119 Bleeding Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . 7-134
See Tests, Analog for Individual Tests Bow Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-196
Anchors, Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-201 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95 to 7-101
Auto Power Off ™Device . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76, 7-96
Auxiliary Dump Valve SOL8 Application, Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-110
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-145 to 7-146 Assembly/Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-153 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-110
Auxiliary Functions, Troubleshooting 5-19 Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
Auxiliary Manifold . . . . . . . . . 7-131, 7-147 Release Screws, Use of . . . . . . . . . 8-110
Auxiliary Motor (DC lift) . . . . . . . . . . .7-108 Release, Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-110
Auxiliary Pressure Adjustment 7-130, 7-140 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 8-110
Auxiliary Pump (DC lift) . . . . . . . . . . .7-130 BSOC (Battery State-of-Charge) 5-11, 7-115
Auxiliary Valve SOL5B/5T Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-141 to 7-146 Setting BSOC Cutout . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-152, 7-153 Bump Response, Configuring . . . . . . . 6-14
C
Main Lift
Cable Installation, Mast 7400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-208
Model 7400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-242 7420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-209
Model 7420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-254 7440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-210
Model 7440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-264 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Cable Removal, Mast Changing Password or SuperWrd . . . . . 6-6
Model 7400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-235 Check Valve
Model 7420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-247 CV-1
Model 7440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-258 Location . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141 to 7-146
Cable, Over-the-Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-220 Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-152, 7-153
Cable Only Replacement . . . . . . . . 7-230 CV-2
Conversion for Bulk Cable Use . . . 7-229 Location . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145 to 7-146
Cable, Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-115 Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-153
Card CV-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-149
Relay/Control Fuse Panel . . . . . . . 6-117 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-149
Tilt/Sideshift Switch Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-154
Series AA/BA/CA . . . . . . . . 7-54, 7-55 Circuit Card Connectors . . . . . . . . . 6-116
Series DA/EA/FA . . . . . . . . 7-65, 7-66 Relay/Control Fuse Panel . . . . . . . 6-117
Vehicle Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116 Vehicle Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116
Carriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-198 Cleaning
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-193 Lift Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4, 2-5
Configuring Reach/Retract . . . . . . . 6-13 Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Installation into Mast Clock, Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Model 7400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-242 Clogged Filter Switch CFS-1 . . . . . . . 7-112
Model 7420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-254 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141 to 7-146
Model 7440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-264 Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-152, 7-153
Manually Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-138 Coast Distance, Configuring . . . . . . . . 6-11
Removal from Mast Codes
Model 7400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-235 Fault Codes
Model 7420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-247 See Fault Codes
Model 7440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-258 Power Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-190 Summary List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Caster Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45 Cold Storage Conditioning . . . . . . . . 7-127
Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 Cold Storage, Theory of Operation . . . 8-24
Caster, Steerable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45 Compensating Element Valve CE1
Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145 to 7-146
Caution, Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2 Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-153
CB1 & CB2 Counterbalance Valve . . . 7-130 Component Locator Photos . . . . 7-7 to 7-21
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-149 Configure Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7, 6-4, 6-6
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-154 Factory Defaults, Restoring . . . .6-8, 6-11
CE1 Compensating Element Valve Menu Settings . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 to 6-15
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145 to 7-146 See also Individual Parameter Name
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-153 Connectors
CFS-1 Clogged Filter Switch . . . . . . . 7-112 AMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-118
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141 to 7-146 Circuit Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-152, 7-153 Molex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-117
Chains Relay/Control Fuse Panel . . . . . . . 6-117
Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-201 Vehicle Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116
Condition-Cause Chart . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 Contactor Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-121
Free Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-211 Contactor, Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Fan
Drive Motor (FAN-T) . . . . . . . . . . . .7-109 Code 59 – CAN Transmission Buffer Error
Lift Motor (FAN-L) . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-109 for BUS_I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Traction Power Amplifier (FAN-2) . .7-109 Code 5A – CAN Bus Error/Vehicle Manager
Tractor Compartment Cooling (FAN) 7-109 for BUS_I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-21 to 6-113 Code 5B – CAN Receive Bus Error/Vehicle
Code 12 – Bump Detect . . . . . . . . . 6-22 Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Code 1H – Traction Power Amplifier Code 5G – No Communications Received
Overheated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 from Traction Power Amplifier . . . . 6-48
Code 1T – Battery Low . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Code 5J – No Communication from Lift Power
Code 1V – Lift Power Amplifier Amplifier Series CA/FA (AC lift) . . . 6-49
Overheated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 Code 5M – Traction Power Amplifier CAN
Code 2A – Traction Motor Approaching Watchdog Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Overtemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Code 5P – Lift Power Amplifier CAN Watchdog
Code 2C – Traction Power Amplifier Timeout Series CA/FA (AC lift) . . . 6-51
Temperature Sensor Out-of-Range 6-27 Code 5Q – Display Manager
Code 2E – Traction Motor Temperature Not Responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Sensor Out-of-Range . . . . . . . . . . 6-28 Code 5R – Secondary CAN Bus Error for
Code 2H – Failure Detected in Traction BUS_E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Motor Feedback Encoder . . . . . . . 6-29 Code 5T – No CAN Message
Code 2M – Traction Power Amplifier From Any Node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30 Code 61 – Mast Switch #1 Not Crossed 6-55
Code 2P – Traction Power Amplifier Code 62 – Lift Power Amplifier Reverted
Reverted to Default Parameters . . 6-31 to Default Parameters . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Code 2T – Traction Power Amplifier Code 63 – First and Second Speed Limiting
Current Calibration Error . . . . . . 6-32 Switches Do Not Agree . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Code 2U – Traction Power Amplifier Code 64 – No Pulses Seen from Height
Fault - Overcurrent . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33 Indicator Encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Code 2V – Traction Power Amplifier Code 66 – Calculated Height Greater Than
Fault - High DC Voltage . . . . . . . . 6-34 Configured Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
Code 42 – Lift Contactor Detected Closed Code 67 – Calculated Height Does Not Match
When Commanded Open . . . . . . . 6-35 First Speed Limiting Switch (S12) . 6-61
Code 43 – Lift Contactor Detected Open, Code 6D – Pressure Sensor
Low DC Voltage After Power-Up . . 6-36 Out-of-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
Code 44 – TPC Contactor Detected Closed Code 6F – Lift Motor Overheated . . . 6-63
When Commanded Open . . . . . . . 6-37 Code 6G – Lift Motor Temperature Sensor
Code 45 – TPC Contactor Detected Open, Out-of-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64
Low DC Voltage After Power-Up . . 6-38 Code 6S – Lift Power Amplifier Temperature
Code 4B – Steer Contactor Detected Closed Sensor Out-of-Range,
When Commanded Open . . . . . . . 6-39 Series CA/FA (AC lift) . . . . . . . . . . 6-65
Code 4C – Steer Contactor Detected Open Code 6T – Lift Power Amplifier Current
When Commanded Closed . . . . . . 6-40 Calibration Error,
Code 4D – No Charging Traction DC Input Series CA/FA (AC lift) . . . . . . . . . . 6-66
Voltage During Start-Up . . . . . . . 6-41 Code 6U – Excessive Lift Motor Brush Wear,
Code 4E – No Charging Lift DC Input Voltage Series AA/BA/DA/EA (DC lift) . . . 6-67
During Start-Up, Code 6V – Lift Power Amplifier Failure,
Series CA/FA (AC lift) . . . . . . . . . 6-42 Series CA/FA (AC lift) . . . . . . . . . . 6-68
Code 57 – VM Not Responding to Code 6W – Failure Detected in Lift Motor
Operator Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43 Feedback Encoder,
Code 58 – OCSS CAN Failure . . . . . 6-44 Series CA/FA (AC lift) . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
Code 6X – Lift Power Amplifier Fault - Code F4 – Vehicle Manager COP Time-out
Overcurrent, Series CA/FA (AC lift) 6-70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96
Code 6Y – Lift Power Amplifier Fault - High Code F5 – Bad Op Code . . . . . . . . . 6-97
DC Voltage, Series CA/FA (AC lift) . 6-71 Code F8 – Vehicle Manager COP
Code 6Z – FlashWare Parameters Do Not Not Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-98
Match Stored Values . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72 Code FE – Vehicle Manager
Code 80 – Primary Throttle Potentiometer Not Calibrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99
Out-of-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73 Code FG – 5 and/or 12 Volt Power Supply
Code 81 – Lift Potentiometer Out-of-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100
Out-of-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-74 Code FH – Battery Voltage Out-of-Range
Code 83 – Primary Throttle Potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-101
Out-of-Neutral-Zone . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75 Code FN – VM Did Not Power Off . . 6-102
Code 84 – Brake inoperable . . . . . . . 6-76 Code FP – VM Hardware Failure . . 6-103
Code 88 – 5-volt Power Supply Code FR – VM Config Item Out-of-Range
Out-of-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104
Code 8A – Operator Compartment Sensor Code FT – VM Internal Software Related
System Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-105
Code 8C – Deadman Pedal Signals Code FV – Display Internal Software Related
Do Not Agree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-79 Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106
Code 8F – Lift Throttle Out-of-Neutral-Zone Code G0 – Steer Tiller 1 Channel A/B Fault,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80 Series CA/FA (AC lift) . . . . . . . . . 6-107
Code 8G – Secondary Throttle Potentiometer Code G3 – Steer Feedback Proximity Sensor
Out-of-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81 fault, Series CA/FA (AC lift) . . . . 6-108
Code 8H – Secondary Throttle Potentiometer Code G4 – Open Detected in Steer Control
Out-of-Neutral-Zone . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82 Circuit, Series CA/FA (AC lift) . . . 6-109
Code 8J – Ambient Temperature Sensor Code G5 – Short Detected in Steer Motor
Out-of-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83 Encoder Circuit,
Code 8K – Deadman Sensor Out-of-Range Series CA/FA (AC lift) . . . . . . . . . 6-110
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-84 Code G7 – Steer Tiller 2 Channel A/B Fault,
Code 8L – Brake Feedback Current Series CA/FA (AC lift) . . . . . . . . . 6-111
Out-of-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85 Code GD – Open Detected in Steer Motor
Code 8M – Internal Handle Heater Failure Encoder Circuit,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-86 Series CA/FA (AC lift) . . . . . . . . . 6-112
Code 8N – Optional Start Switch Code GE – Steer Encoder Failure . 6-113
Closed at Start-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-87 Power Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Code A0 – Incorrect Software For Summary List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Proper Lift Truck Operation . . . . . . 6-88 Filter, Clogged Filter Switch CFS-1 . . 7-112
Code AH – Bad Operator Display Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141 to 7-146
Checksum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-89 Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-152, 7-153
Code AJ – Bad VM Flash Memory . . 6-90 Filter, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135
Code AK – Bad VM RAM Memory . . . 6-91 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141 to 7-146
Code AL – Bad Battery Backed-Up Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-152, 7-153
VM RAM Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-92 Firmware
Code AM – Bad Operator Display Flash Displaying Version . . . . . . . . . . 6-4, 6-9
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-93 FlashWare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-271
Code AN – Malfunctioning Matching VM and DM . . . . . . . . . . 7-272
Operator Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-94 Release Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Code EH – Invalid Interrupt - FlashWare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-271
Operator Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-95 Flex Circuit Assembly
Fore-Aft Stance . . . . . . . . . . . .7-50, 7-53
Side Stance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
I Lift/Lower System
Theory of Operation . . . . . 8-25 to 8-109
Inertial Dampener . . . . . . . . . . 7-78, 7-103 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Input Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-151 Lift/Lower Valve SOL2
Summary List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-119 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141 to 7-146
See Tests, Input for Individual Tests Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-152, 7-153
Limit Switch, Steer S11 (AC Lift) . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41, 7-44, 7-111
J Linkage, Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Load Holding Valve SOL1
Jacking Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141 to 7-146
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-152, 7-153
L Load Shuttle LS-1
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141 to 7-146
Learn Function . . . . . . . . . . .3-7, 6-4, 6-16 Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-152, 7-153
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Locator Photos
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 to 7-21
Lift Acceleration, Configuring . . . . . . . 6-12 Lubrication Points . . . . . . . 4-18 to 4-24
Lift Chains Scheduled Maintenance . . . 4-12 to 4-16
See Chains Loctite®
Lift Cutout, Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 See Thread Adhesives
Lift Cylinder Loop Back Tests . . . . . . . . . 6-204 to 6-206
Free Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-157 to 7-163 Lower Acceleration, Configuring . . . . . 6-12
Exploded Parts Drawings Lower Deceleration, Configuring . . . . . 6-12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-161 to 7-163 Lower Function
Model 7400 . . . . . . . . . . 7-235, 7-242 Speed, Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Model 7420 . . . . . . . . . . 7-247, 7-254 Theory of Operation
Model 7440 . . . . . . . . . . 7-258, 7-264 Series AA/BA/DA/EA . . . . . . . . . 8-86
Main Lift . . . . . . . 7-156, 7-167 to 7-173 Series CA/FA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
Exploded Parts Drawings . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-172 to 7-173 Lowering Carriage Manually . . . . . . . 7-138
Lift Deceleration, Configuring . . . . . . . 6-12 LS-1 Load Shuttle
Lift Function Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141 to 7-146
Theory of Operation Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-152, 7-153
Series AA/BA/DA/EA . . . . . . . . . 8-75 Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . 4-18 to 4-24
Series CA/FA . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27, 8-62 Lubrication Specification Chart . . . . . . A-2
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Lift Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-219 M
Lift Limit Cutout, Configuring . . . . . . . 6-12
Lift Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-109 Main Lift Cylinder . .7-156, 7-167 to 7-173
AC Lift Motor Temperature Sensor Exploded Parts Drawings 7-172 to 7-173
LMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-123 Seal Repacking . . . . . . . . 7-174 to 7-175
DC Lift Motor Temperature Sensor 7-112 Main Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-132
Lift Power Amplifier (AC Lift) . . . . . . . 7-110 AC Lift, Model 7400 . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141
Software Release Changes . . . . . . . . .6-3 AC Lift, Model 7420/7440 . . . . . . . 7-143
Lift Pressure Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 7-137 DC Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145
Lift Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-131 Maintenance Minder ™ Tool . . . . . . .4-3, 6-14
Lift/Lower Potentiometer (VR2) Maintenance Mode
Fore-Aft Stance . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52, 7-55 See Service Mode
Side Stance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62, 7-66 Manifold
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-131, 7-147
Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-132
Sensor Software
AC Motor Speed (Danaher) . . . . . . . 7-124 Displaying Version . . . . . . . . . . 6-4, 6-9
AC Motor Temperature FlashWare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-271
(LMT or TMT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-123 Matching VM and DM . . . . . . . . . . 7-272
Ambient Temperature . . . . . . . . . . 7-112 Release Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
DC Lift Motor Temperature . . . . . . 7-112 SOL1 Load Holding Valve
Deadman VR4 . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76, 7-102 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141 to 7-146
OCSS Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-152, 7-153
Lower Beam Test I81 . . . . . . . . . 6-180 SOL2 Lift/Lower Valve
Upper Beam Test I80 . . . . . . . . . 6-178 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141 to 7-146
Serial Number Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-152, 7-153
Displaying from Program Mode . 6-4, 6-9 SOL3 Proportional Main Relief/Dump Valve
Location on Specification Plate . . . . .3-3 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141 to 7-144
Service Bulletins Included . . . . . . . . . . 1-vii Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-152
Service Intervals SOL4 2d Pump Valve
See Scheduled Maintenance Charts Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145 to 7-146
Service Mode . . . . . . . . 3-7, 6-4, 6-16, 6-17 Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-153
Active Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 SOL5B/5T Auxiliary Valve
Static Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141 to 7-146
Shimming Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-152, 7-153
Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90 SOL8 Auxiliary Dump Valve
Mast Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-194 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145 to 7-146
Carriage to Inner Tele Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-153
Model 7400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-241 Soldering Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-116
Model 7420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-254 Solenoid
Model 7440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-264 See Valve
Inner Tele to Outer Tele Specification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Model 7400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-240 Speed
Model 7420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-253 Limit Switch 1, Configuring . . . . . . 6-11
Model 7440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-263 Limit Switch 2, Configuring . . . . . . 6-11
Outer Tele to Main Frame Lowering, Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Model 7400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-239 Reach, Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Model 7420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-252 Retract, Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Model 7440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-262 Sensor, AC Motor (Danaher) . . . . . 7-124
Shock Absorber Travel, Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
See Inertial Dampener Speed Sensor, AC Motor (Danaher) . . 7-124
Shorted Winding AC Motor Test . . . . . 5-10 Spiral Pinion, Drive Unit
Shorts to Frame Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87
Sideshift Function Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
Theory of Operation Standard to Metric Conversion . . . . . . A-14
Series AA/BA/DA/EA . . . . . . . . . 8-98 START Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Series CA/FA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-56 Static Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Static Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Sideshift Valve Static Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-111
Location Steer Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Deep-Reach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-151 Steer Limit Switch S11 (AC lift) . . . . . . . . .
Single Reach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41, 7-44, 7-111
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-154 Steer Manager (AC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126
Steer Power Amplifier (AC lift) . . . . . . . 7-41
Steerable Caster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Steering T
Encoder (AC lift) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Limit Switch S11 (AC Lift) . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature Sensor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41, 7-44, 7-111 AC Motor (LMT or TMT) . . . . . . . . . 7-123
Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 Ambient (T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-112
Motor, Electric (AC lift) . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 DC Lift Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-112
Motor, Hydraulic (DC Lift) . . . . . . . 7-40 Terminals, Motor Power Cable . . . . . 7-122
Orbitrol (DC Lift) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Tests
Steer Manager (AC) . . . . . . . . . . . .7-126 AC Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Steerable Caster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45 Analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-121 to 6-150
Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 Test A04 – Primary Throttle
Theory of Operation Potentiometer (VR1) Voltage . . . 6-122
Series AA/BA/DA/EA . . . . . . . . . 8-68 Test A05 – Lift/Lower Potentiometer
Series CA/FA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-123
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Test A08 – Traction Motor Temperature
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-124
Stops, Carriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-190 Test A09 – Lift Motor Temperature 6-125
SuperWrd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8, 6-5, 6-14 Test A10 – Traction Power Amplifier
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Heatsink Temperature . . . . . . . 6-128
Entering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Test A11 – Traction Motor
Switch Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129
Clogged Filter (CFS-1) S19 . . . . . . .7-112 Test A13 – Pressure Sensor
Location . . . . . . . . . . . .7-141 to 7-146 Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-152, 7-153 Test A14 – Power Supply +12V DC 6-131
Deadman S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-102 Test A15 – Battery Voltage . . . . . 6-132
First Speed Limit, Configuring . . . . 6-11 Test A19 – Lift Power Amplifier
Horn Heatsink Temperature . . . . . . . 6-133
Fore-Aft Stance Test A20 – Lift Motor Current . . 6-134
Primary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53 Test A22 – Primary Traction
Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73 Throttle (VR1) Request . . . . . . . 6-135
Side Stance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64 Test A23 – Lift Throttle (VR2) Request
HTI Pressure S18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-136
Location . . . . . . . . . . . .7-141 to 7-146 Test A26 – Travel and Lift/Lower +5V DC
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-152, 7-153 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137
Second Speed Limiting, Configuring 6-11 Test A28 – Deadman Inductive Sensor
Steer Limit (AC Lift) S11 7-41, 7-44, 7-111 (VR4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138
Tilt/Sideshift Test A29 – Secondary Throttle
Series AA/BA/CA . . . . . . . . 7-54, 7-55 Potentiometer (VR3) Voltage . . . 6-139
Series DA/EA/FA . . . . . . . . 7-65, 7-66 Test A30 – Secondary Traction
UnNested, Configuring . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Throttle (VR3) Request . . . . . . . 6-140
Symbols, List of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Test A31 – Solenoid 5T (AUX1)
Symptom Tables Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-141
Electrical Symptoms . . . . . 5-31 to 5-35 Test A32 – Solenoid 5B (AUX2)
Hydraulic Functions . . . . . 5-19 to 5-28 Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-142
Travel Functions . . . . . . . . 5-29 to 5-30 Test A33 – Aux Dump (SOL3)/ Main Relief
System Card Dump (SOL8) Current . . . . . . . 6-143
See Vehicle Manager Test A34 – Solenoid 2 (Lift/Lower)
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-144
Test A35 – Brake Current . . . . . 6-145
Test A36 – Ambient Temperature
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-146
Test A37 – Steer Power Amplifier Test O00 – Toggle the TPC Contactor
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-184
Test A39 – Analog Reference Test O01 – Toggle the STR Contactor
Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-185
Test A40 – Handle Heater Test O02 – Toggle the LPC Contactor
Reference Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . 6-149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-186
Test A41 – Emergency Power Off Test O04 – Toggle Aux1 Directional
(EPO) Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-150 (SOL5T) Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . 6-187
DC Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8 to 5-9 Test O05 – Toggle Aux2 Directional
Input (SOL5B) Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . 6-188
Test I00 – Deadman Switch (S2) . 6-152 Test O06 – Toggle the Reach Solenoid
Test I01 – Nested Switch (S14) . . 6-153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-189
Test I02 – First Speed Limiting Test O07 – Toggle the Tilt
Switch (S12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154 Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-190
Test I06 – Reach Switch (S4) . . . 6-156 Test O08 – Toggle the Sideshift
Test I07 – Retract Switch (S5) . . . 6-157 Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-191
Test I08 – Tilt Up Switch (S6) . . . 6-158 Test O09 – Aux Dump (SOL3)/
Test I09 – Tilt Down Switch (S7) . 6-159 Main Relief
Test I10 – Sideshift Right Dump (SOL8) Current . . . . . . . 6-192
Switch (S9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-160 Test O11 – Toggle the Load Hold (SOL1)
Test I11 – Sideshift Left Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-193
Switch (S8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-161 Test O12 – Ramp the Proportional Lower
Test I14 – Steering Fuse (FU1) . . 6-162 (SOL2) Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-194
Test I15 – Horn Switch (S3) . . . . 6-163 Test O18 – Toggle the Horn . . . . 6-195
Test I19 – Drive Motor Test O19 – Audible Alarm . . . . . 6-196
Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-164 Test O20 – Travel Alarm Test . . . 6-197
Test I20 – Lift Motor Speed Sensor 6-165 Test O23 – Toggle Fans . . . . . . . 6-198
Test I23 – CAN Bus Test . . . . . . . 6-166 Test O25 – Toggle the 2d Pump (SOL4)
Test I24 – Steer Feedback Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-199
Proximity Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . 6-167 Test O28 – Ramp the Lift Power Amplifier
Test I25 – Steer Motor Encoder . . 6-168 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-200
Test I26 – Height Indicator Test O29 – Ramp the Traction Power
Encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-169 Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-201
Test I27 – Secondary Horn Test O30 – Toggle the Brake Solenoid
Switch (S10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-202
Test I33 – Steer Tiller Encoder 1 Test O32 – Toggle Relays
Connect Detect . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-171 K1, K2, K3, and K4 . . . . . . . . . 6-203
Test I34 – Steer Tiller Encoder 2 Shorts to Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Connect Detect . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-172 Summary List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-119
Test I35 – Steer Tiller Encoder 1 Theory of Operation
(Channel A & B) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-173 BSOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Test I36 – Steer Tiller Encoder 2 Cold Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
(Channel A & B) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-174 Electric Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-110
Test I39 – Neutral Pulses . . . . . . 6-175 Lift/Aux System . . . . . . . . 8-25 to 8-109
Test I42 – Lift Height . . . . . . . . . 6-176 Series AA/BA/DA/EA . . 8-68 to 8-109
Test I60 – Security Start Switch Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-75
(option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-177 Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-86
Test I80 – OCSS Upper Beam Test 6-178 Reach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-92
Test I81 – OCSS Lower Beam Test 6-180 Sideshift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-98
Test I86 – Lift Height . . . . . . . . . 6-182 System Components . . . .8-74, 8-92
Loop Back . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-204 to 6-206 Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-104
Output